ML20127L462

Marine Ecology Studies Operation of Pilgrim Station, Semiannual Rept 25,1984

ML20127L462
Person / Time
Site:	Pilgrim
Issue date:	12/31/1984
From:	Richard Anderson, Harrington W, Scotton L BOSTON EDISON CO.
To:	MASSACHUSETTS, COMMONWEALTH OF
References
BECO-5.85.030, NUDOCS 8505230002
Download: ML20127L462 (336)

Text

- _ _ _

ii Mtif)q) Y/tUcref I

Motedro  %%

y 0 T NU ggg ,

84 9 l

!i l l

[g lg l ..

s.

l -ss GOSTON EDISON COMPANY N ' [.%g2 y ..

E ' NUCLEAR MANAGEMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT

g l$0'#2008ES$8$Slga p ggom yfEDISON LEn i

annor von tomonnow \

'E I i

I  ;~

MARINEEC0LOGYSTUDIES I ~

RELATEDTOOPERATION0FPILGRIMSTATION l .

l I 'i 4 i SEMI-ANNUALREPORTN0.25 I  ; REPORTPERIOD:JANUARY 1984THROUGHDECEMBER1984

'DATEOFISSUE: APRIL 30,1985 l

1 I -

I I

Compiled and Reviewed by: [ .

Robert D. Anderson i.

Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist

+

Af

. r a e sheries Biologist I

I lr Nuclear Management Services Department Boston Edison Company .

25 Braintree Hill Office Park p Braintree, Massachusetts 02184 L 'f\

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I Summary i II Introduction III Marine Biota Studies IIIA Marine Fisheries Studies Annual Report on Monitoring to Assess Impact of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station on the Marine Fisheries Resources of Western Cape Cod Bay, Project Report No. 38 (January - December 1984) (Mass. Dept.

of Fisheries, Wildlife and Recreational Vehicles; Division of Marine Fisheries)

IIIB Benthic Studies Benthic Algal and Faunal Studies at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Sta-tion, July,1984 - December, 1984 (Battelle New England Marine Re-I search Lab)

IIIC Plankton Studies I Investigations of Entrainment of Ichthyoplankton at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1984 (Boston Edison Company)

IIID Impingement Studies Impingement cf OrJanisms at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station: January I - December 1984. (Boston Edison Company) y IV Fish Surveillance Studies

.g Overflights I Summary Report: Fish Spotting Overflights in Western Cape Cod Bay in 1984. (Boston Edison Company)

V Recreational Fishery Sport Fishing Survey at Pilgrim Station Shorefront (1983) (Mass.

Dept. of Fisheries, Wildlife and Recreational Vehicles; Division of Marine Fisheries)

I VI Minutes of Meeting 62 of the Administrative-Technical Commi ttee, Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station I

I 1, I

I

SUMMARY

Highlights of the environmental surveillance and monitoring program results cbtained over this reporting period (January - December 1984) are presented

'I below: [ NOTE: Pilgrim Station was in an outage during this report period, so data reflects a control situation with no influence from thermal components and intake flow (April - mid-August)].

I Marine Fisheries Studies:

1. The May-October 1983 shorefront sportfish survey at Pilgrim Station re-vealed a catch rate of 0.45 fish per hour (compared to 0.2u for 1973-1975). An estimated total of 5,541 angler visits accounted for 4,929 fishes caught. Cunner (54%), bluefish (24%), winter flounder (9%), pol-lock (5%) and striped bass (3%) dominated the sportfish catch which was I influenced by Station operation, among other variables. The economic value of the Pilgrim Station shorefront sportfishery was $31,000 for this period.

I

2. Pelagic fish mean CPUE (Catch Per Unit Effort) for 1984 at the gill net station (135.3 fishes / set) decreased 11% from 1983 when 151.6 fishes / set were taken. Pollock (38.8%), cunner (18.9%) and Atlantic herring (7.8%)

were 65.5% of the total catch. Pollock, cunner and Atlantic herring catch rates all declined from 1983 to 1984. A significant positive correlation was found between cunner catch and Pilgrim Station operational output (thermal loading to the environment) and a positive relationship was indi-cated for Atlantic mackerel and bluefish.

3. Shrimp trawl catch for 1984 recorded 25 benthic fish species with winter flounder (33.3%), little skate (27.9%) and windowpane (14.0%) composing I

I-l

I 75.2% of the total . Mean CPUE for all species was 28.5 at the discharge surveillance station, 43.7 at the intake surveillance station (highest) and 36.4 for all stations pooled in 1984. The presence of disproportion-ately larger numbers of smaller fish caught in the intake embayment sug-gest s attraction as a possible nursery area. Winter flounder abundance at the intake surveillance station was more than twice that at the dis-charge station.

4. . Adult lobster mean monthly catch rate per pot haul in May - October 1984 was 0.32 lobsters (0.61 in 1983) which was the lowest seasonal value since sampling commenced in 1970. The surveillance area (thermal plume) catch rate was 0.42 while the reference area (control) was 0.48 (12.5% higher).

The seasonal, legal lobster catch rate since 1970 has not been signifi-cantly lower in the thermal plume area than control areas. A significant negative correlation was noted between legal lobster catch for thermal areas and mean annual Pilgrim Station output from 1970 - 1983, but no sig-nificant correlation between the former and mean seasonal Pilgrim Station output from 1970 - 1984.

5. In May -- October 1984 fish observational dive surveys 8 species were ob-served in the thermal plume area. Cunner (86.5%), pollock (10.6%) and tautog (2.0%) were the most numerous species seen. Total number of fishes observed increased 20% over 1983. Most fishes were in greatest concentra-tions at stations in the control zone (48.7%), followed by the denuded zone (43.6%) and the stunted zone (7.7%). This represents a change from operating years when most fish are observed in the direct path of the thermal plume, or denuded area, indicating attraction to the Pilgrim Sta-tion thermal effluent.

I-2

I 6. Atlantic silverside accounted for 88.2% of the 1984 haul seine (shore zone) fish catch with a total of 29 species collected. Shrimp (Crangon spp.) and the green crab (Carcinus maenus) were most aoundant in the in-vertebrate catch. Fish captured in the PNPS intake embayment were domi-nated by Atlantic silverside and included sand lance spp., blueback her-ring and winter flounder among the more numerous species.

I Impingement Studies

1. The mean January - December 1984 impingement collection rate was 0.13 fish /hr. The rate ranged from 0.01 fish /hr (June and August) to 0.31 fish /hr (October) with Atlantic silverside comprising 16.2% of the catch,

_followed by grubby 11.0%,' lumpfish 9.6%, and northern puffer 9.6%.

2. In February 1984, Atlantic silverside impingement accounted for 50.0% of

.ais species collected. March / April is historically the maximum impingement period for Atlantic silverside, but during 1984 low intake l pump capacity affected impingement seasonality for most species, as well as total fish impingement which was the lowest since Pilgrim Station commenced operation.

I 3. The 1984 fish impingement collections were at least three times lower than in 1983, even though more collecting hours were utilized. This appears indicative of low intake pump capacity and/or natural population fluctuations.

I I

I I-3 I

L.

I

4. The mean January - December 1984 invertebrate collection rate was 0.24/hr with the common starfish and horseshoe crab accounting for 25.9% and 25.5%

of the catch, respectively. No American lobsters were sampled and the invertebrate impingement rate was the lowest ever recorded at Pilgrim Sta- I tion.

5. Impinged fish survival at the end of the new Pilgrifa Station sluiceway was approximately 40% during static screen washes and 24% during continuous washes. Several individual species showed greater than 50% survival, and I little difference was noted between initial and long-term survival per-centages.

I Fish Surveillance Studies:

1. Fish overflights in 1984 spotted five major species categories: herring, I Atlantic menhaden, pollock, Atlantic mackerel and baitfish. In May, 250,000 pounds of Atlantic herring were seen in the vicinity of the Pilgrim discharge canal. Other Atlantic herring, river herring (alewife or blueback herring) and pollock were noted schooling around the PNPS in-take breakwaters from January-May 1984. In June, 220,000 pounds and in July, 875,000 pounds of Atlantic menhaden were observed near Pilgrim and these occurrences were reported to regulatory authorities. No incidents occurred involving these fish. In 1984 there were no observations of Atlantic mackerel. Pilgrim was offline for nearly the entire year, but the program was nevertheless conducted with its normal procedures.

I I

I-4 I

Benthic Studies

1. Four new species of polychaetes were added to the list of biota of western Cape Cod Bay as a result of analysis of the September 1984 samples. These I include Polydora aggregata and Polydora caulleryl, Phyllodoce groenlandica, and Potamilla neglecta.

2. Contrary to past samplings, no, significant difference in species richness existed between stations based on results of the September 1984 sampling.

I Although following the pattern of low species numbers in spring and high numbers in fall, the September 1984 values represent the highest values in the last 15 samplings.

3. Analysis of overall community structure via cluster analysis showed that I the Effluent Station has a low degree of similarity compared with the reference stations. Manomet Point and Rocky Point were virtually indistinguishable, showing a high degree of similarity with one another.

These clusterings continue to be consistent with past observations showing general alteration of community structure at the Effluent site, even I though Pilgrim experienced a one year outage.

I 4. The warm-water species Gracilaria tikvahiae, normally found at the

. Effluent station, was rare in the five replicates collected in March and September and may be directly related to the refueling outage. This alga I was observed in sparse amounts within the Effluent canal.

I I

I I-5

'I

5. Tao mappings of the near-shore acute impact zones were performed during I

the current reporting period. No major changes in either the size or shape of the denuded and stunted zones were detected as a result of the September 1984 survey. The survey of December 11, 1984 noted a greatly I decreased near-field impact area, due primarily to a sharp reduction in size of the Chondrus stunted zone. This new evidence of recovery from impacts of PNPS during the refueling outage of 1984 suggests recovery will indeed progress inwards from the impact zone boundaries, contrary to the hypothesis set forth previously. This also supports the hypothesis that the denuded zone is determined primarily by scouring effects while the stunted zone is shaped by thermal loading.

6. A preliminary study addressing the problem of mussel growth and biofouling at Pilgrim Station indicated that a modeling approach to the problem has definite applicability. The approach involves understanding the rate of growth since the optional time to backwash is prior to when the mussels reach a maximum length of 3/8". Five different equations were exa' mined for possible fit, and of those, the linear and logarithmic functions appeared to fi t best. Both temperature and flow rates are parameters which are very significant in the rate of growth of mussels, and must be looked at further if the model is to be refined.

I

7. Additional evidence of recovery from impacts of PNPS in the Effluent discharge zone is the appearance of the cold water alga Laminaria, which was prevalent in the Effluent area during the June 1984 and December 1984 transect mappings. This is directly related to the lack of thermal l discharge from PNPS, as the species had never been reported in great I l

quantitles within the near field impact area prior to 1984. l I-6 1

J

. Plankton Studies:

Entrainment

a. . A total of 32 ' species of fish eggs and/or larvae were found in the January - December 1983 entrainment collections.

b. Egg collections for.1984 were dominated by Atlantic cod - (January -

I t ' April), American plalce (February - April), winter flounder (February -

April), labridae - Limanda group (May - August), Atlantic mackerel, May - June, and windowpane (August - October). Menhaden .were most abundant in July and August. Hake were abundant in August - November and rockling in September and October.

c. Larval' collections for 1984 were dominated by pollock (January) and rock' gunnel (January - April) and grubby (January - April), winter flounder (May - June), cunner (June - August), .rockling (June -

October), and Atlantic mackerel (June). Sand lance were most abundant in ' May. Sea snail was abundant in June. Atlantic menhaden and ccd, (July, November), hake (September), and Atlantic herring (November).

d. No lobster-larvae were collected in the entrainment samples for 1984,

e. The number of fish- eggs and larvae collected was lower than in previous years -and this is attributed to the fact that Pilgrim was

-offline for nearly the entire year.

I-7

^

L. m . - .. .

I INTRODUCTION I

A. Scope and Objective This is the twenty-fifth semi-annual report on the status and results of the environmental surveillance and monitoring programs related to the op-eration of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS). The monitoring programs discussed in this report relate specifically to the Cape Cod Bay ecosystem with particular emphasis on the Rocky Point area. This is the thirteenth semi-annual report in accordance with the environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of the PNPS Unit 1 NPDES Permit (#MA0003557) from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and Massachusetts Division of Water Pollution Control . A multi-year (1969-1977) report incorporating I marine fisheries, benthic, plankton /entrainment and impingement studies was submitted to the NRC in July 1978 as required by the PNPS Appendix B, Tech. Specs. Programs in these areas have been continued under the PNPS NPDES permit. Amendment #67 (1983) to the PNPS Tech. Specs. deleted Ap-pendix B non-radiological water quality requirements as the NRC felt they I are covered in the NPDES Permit.

I The objectives of the Environmental Surveillance and Monitoring Program are to determine whether the operation of PNPS results in measurable ef-fects on the marine ecology and to evaluate the significance of any ob-served effects. If an effect of significance is detected, Boston Edison Company has committed to take steps to correct or mitigate any adverse situation.

I I II-l I

These studies are guided by an Administrative-Technical Committee thich I

was chaired by a member of the Mass. Division of. Water Pollution Control in 1984 and whose membership includes representatives from the University of Massachusetts, the Mass. Division of Water Pollution Control, the Mass. I Division of Marine Fisheries, the National Marine Fisheries Service (NOAA), the U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, the U.'S Environ-mental Protection Agency and Boston Edison Company. Copies of the Minutes of the Pilgrim Station Administrative-Technical Committee meetings held during this reporting period are included in Section VI. I B. Marine Biota Studies I

I

1. Marine Fisheries Studies A modified version of the marine fisheries monitoring, initiated in 1981, is being conducted by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Divi-sion of Marine Fisheries (DMF).

The occurrence and distribution of fish around -Rocky Point ~ and at sites outside the area of temperature increase are being monitored.

l Pelagic species were sampled using gill net (1 station) collections (Figure 1) made at monthly intervals. In 1981, shrimp trawling and haul seining were initiated which provide more PNPS impact-related sampling of benthic fish and shore zone fish, respectively. Shrimp trawling is done twice/ month at 6 stations (Figure 2) and haul l seining twice/ month during April - October at 5 stations (Figure 1).

l I

I II-2

I Monitoring is conducted of local lobster stock catch statistics for areas off Rocky and Manomet Points (Figure 3). Catch statistics are collected approximately weekly throughout the fishing season I (May-November).

g .

A finfish observational dive program was initiated in June 1978.

SCUBA gear is utilized on biweekly dives from May-October (weekly mid-August to mid-September) at 6 stations (Figure 2) in the PNPS thermal plume area.

I A sportfishing creel census performed in 1983 to determine the fish-Ing effort, catch and economic value of this activity at the PNPS shorefront recreation area was not continued in 1984. The census was I conducted during randomly selected time segments from May-October. A final report is included in Section V.

Results of the marine fisheries monitoring during the reporting period are presented in Section IIIA.

2. Benthic Studies The studies described in this report were conducted by Battelle New England Marine Labs, Duxbury, Massachusetts.

I The benthic flora and fauna were sampled at three locations at depths of 10 feet (MLW) (Figure 1). Quantitative (rock substratum) samples were collected, and the dominant flora and fauna in each plot were

! recorded. Sampling was conducted two times per year to determine II-3

blotic changes, if any. Transet sampling off the discharge canal to I

determine the extent of the denuded and stunted zones is conducted four times a year. Results of the benthic surveys reported during this period are discussed in Section IIIB. I

3. Plankton Studies I

I Since August 1973, Marine Research, Inc. (MRI) of Falmouth, Massachu-setts, has been studying entrainment in Pilgrim Station cooling water of fish eggs and larvae, and lobster la. vae (from 1973-1975 phyto-plankton and zooplankton were also studied). Figure 4 shows the en-trainment contingency sampling station locations. Information gener-ated through these studies has been utilized to make periodic modif1-cations in the sampling program to more efficiently address the ques-tion of the effect of entrainment. These modifications have been developed by the contractor, and reviewed and approved by the Pilgrim A-T Committee on the basis of the program results. Plankton studies in 1984 emphasized consideration of ichthyoplankton entrainment. The 1984 entrainment report was prepared by Boston Edison Company. Data were collected by Marine Research, Inc. Results of the ichthyoplank-ton entrainment studies for this reporting period are discussed in Section IIIC.

The 1984 winter flounder larvae study focused on differences in num-bers of eggs collected between the PH-DB estuary and outside the es-tuary. This was intended to determine if significant numbers of I

I II-4 J

I winter flounder spawn outside the harbor. In addition, some eggs collected from each location were aged. Results from the 1984 winter flounder larvae studies were presented in Semi-Annual Rept. #24, October 1984.

I 4. Impingement Studies I

The Pilgrim I impingement monitoring program spectates and quantifies the organisms carried onto the four intake traveling screens. Since January 1979, Marine Research, Inc. has been conducting impingement sampling with results being reported on by Boston Edison Company.

I A new screen wash sluiceway system was installed at Pilgrim I in 1979 I at a total cost of approximately $150,000. This new sluiceway system was required by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Mass. Division of Water Pollution Control as a part of NPDES Permit

1. MA0003557. Special fisn survival studies conducted from 1980-1983 to determine its effectiveness in protecting marine life were termi-nated in 1984.

I Results of impingement monitoring and survival program for this re-porting period are discussed in Section IIID.

I C. F1sh Survelliance Studies I Fish spotting overflights are conducted as part of a continuing effort to monitor the times when large concentrations of fish might be expected in the Pilgrim vit.inity. Regularly from May-October since 1978, dive II-5

7-inspections have been conducted of the Pilgrim discharge canal in crder to I

evaluate fish barrier net durability, and effectiveness in excluding fishes from the discharge canal. Because of the PNPS outage during 1984, and lack of a thermal discharge component, no barrier net was deployed in I the discharge canal requiring inspections.

An annual summary report for fish overflights for 1984 is presented in Section IV.

D. Station Operation History The daily average, reactor thermal power levels from January through December, 1981-1984 are shown in Figure 5. As can be seen, PNPS was in an outage during the 1984 reporting period; however, most environmental moni-toring programs were performed to obtain control data for impa.9t compari-son with previous and subsequent years, when the Station is fully operable.

I E. 1985 Environmental Programs A planning schedule bar chart for 1985 environmental monitoring programs related to the operation of Pilgrim Station, showing task activities and milestones from November 1984 - May 1986, is included as Figure 6.

I I

I I

II-6 l

l L

H L

l L

r i

L I Gurnet Pt.

q I

L CAPE COO A S 1 (located near the BA Y mouth of the Jones River) h S-5 A 0 1 -2 1 N e 1.Lt u long Beach PL YMOU TH 8 A Y P:, vuouTH a.,

Rock y O Poont e G2

/ \,=.y

[ ).,' S2

'....Y ' ;k S-3 PILGRIM

/ *...'  %) , '- / SITE l 6 waren coae ,-  %:

/. ':::". -?%

. . J

' ..gh. lion no .

f ..

' . ,. ~ . , ~ , , . . . - y } g, Proscuno Beach LEGEND i , 6Wre y s

. .. norse sexn G3 POWER PLANT 4 eq'..,,,te,y. ', 34 6 A BEACH SEINE STATIONS (S) @ f a $',",,7"

d BENTHIC STATIONS (G) '(D

• p# ,'" ..,

ese GILL NET (N) 'I '

[ s l.

... h 5  !

l,$ Stage l Poont y, -. . . . .

[. ,

's- . si i

8'i .'.' . . . , di i*

{ ,

j .,

Figure 1. Location of Beach Seine and Gill Net Sampling Stations for Marine Fisheries Studies, and 8enthic Studies Sampling Stations

[

.r . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ . _

I I I

I I

Gurnet Pt.

CAPE COD BA Y xv I

k 3

0 12 1 N m6 h t La SCALE IN MILES Long Bexh PL WO M W pt yMouTH HARBOR l Rock y Pums l'. ~ ~' g, ,

6 T-3

/ *

,' s W r ea C0

j ILGRIM 'I*b;,

t

{ ,/ . O '#

? '

j

! !C , SITE S

..qnatonmue <

~: . . . . . , * * { ')qi

~

proscrua Bexh i

t LEGEND N, N il s,h,re

• i.i%~'-'qP@.

i a,, "8# 8'#"

& POWER PLANT wooer SHRIMP TRAWL STATIONS (T) @ / M# Po '"'

~,N ..,,..

...DIVE STATIONS (D) ,'

'I I

j

! sre point y

l .

~.

.r~. *\  !

1:

l '.

.s. .: '.

. */ \

\

. /

l Figure 2. Location of Shrimp Trawl and Dive Sampling Stations a for Marine Fisheries Studies g I

L

I I

I I

I I

I ^

\

y T -}, . , l SCALE IN MILES PL YMOUTH BA Y I

I f Rocky Poiret PILGRIM SITE I . ***

warrar cove

,/*

'i . PriscDie Baech E

E ', , ,e ,

nnier nom Buch z-.t I

't .l.

l

.I /~'J.-

I E,

?

N?t I $' ,

\

I

^

Figure 3. Lobster Pot Sampling Grid for Marine Fisheries Studies.

I

I I

O C 13 I

DUXBURY i C-11 C-12 I

DUM8uRY BA Y O

ew. , ,

C-10 a,,n n O.c " .

O a O

C-7 C4 I

~'SN" nA N n o rtl s._...

l lO C4 PLYMOUTH O  : C.3

/,\ w ca.e

' ./ s /+:.'a *Ntoniu

~-

,,, - . .~. ?y -

s 1.' . -

q;g C2 l h .. *** W"

, N. w. o =

}' .i. C-1 l

!' )

s. h .-Y O

-s, g F '\ , I I

Figure 4 Location of Entrainment Contingency Plan Sampling Stations, C.

l i.

I I

tc p 1

fa j ,#8" w

JANUARY - DECEMBER 1981 JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCet APRL MAY JUNE JLAY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DE t

• g to 15 20 25 8 10152026 6 to 16,028 8 to 15 20 25 6 to 15 2025 6 to 16 2026 6 to 18 2025 6 to 15 2026 8 10182026 5 to 152026 810182028 5 10

! 2000 ~

l I 6-

[ f ,) .j,, J IEI w I b% -"- * *a m l  ;- 1

[ ii .a - aF j,,1-b i h

' l' r r j E E @ h .

E d T

=-(d -3 J ""yT -~~~Q, -. 'T i .r g j: g.4 q

? _ _L..L _fk -

E ~$ Erpg E r

-c i - I WI -

l; r t y g j. - p g 4 -t 7.a 1 L T -

[ -{ . l  :- -

rr 5

" t.

t

_,L i

~#

F$

1 4 , - -

q -

-3 E -

t 1,,jn i 4 ~I I: 31

.1 4~I

1. -J._j -

-e r-

-jl.4 i t

_2h.: - -4

~l 3 :

1 r 4,

4 3

l .J_h

-+ t t

' -- - - ~' - -

}- ",

~

[~ -

4_j , ,T,- l f 'l ' ,,. ,. _

j *4 -3  :- r- , L i: -

t t :1

]d r

F N

r J t J._ "

g '

'"T

- $~ EI ri t 4 -

4 - f. {t _ I~} '. -

.5 - -

l t- .,

m+ -%+ rwf y y g g v y n t

l '~ ',

_ n g" A ,i Wi M H h -

4 P,  ! n Mc H 1 ;,yr Bg; w n.. wms (a MM

~

e,a n ; u m : -41 j_j t- - r-g 4- =r -11 4 -4,4~ L L

+:

-' T t _ r FT' r- - g e -

1. , 1 ., ,; 2- -t 1p i 3. -- t r

• r- . a ri goo n x-y -il

• .4 -

i

}. .y .* x -

g- -r."T 't

- [g "

i n-~+ t-

~4. . ,

t p r q ;r -

71

-r - -- ' ,+

r >

r, - a+,4 1,r F ., y t

i. .e L3 0

5 to 192025 8 to 152025 6 to 182025 5 to 182025 5 to 152026 6 to 162c 25 6 to 182026 6 to 182026 6 to 152025 510182026 5 to 182025 8 to JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRL MAY JUNE ALY AUGUST $EPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DE JANUARY - DECEMBER 1981 i

J JANUARY - DECEMBER 1943

.,.d JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER der

' , 8 10152026 6 10182025 s 10 18 20 26 8 to 18 2026 8 to 15 2026 610182026 5 10 182026 6 to 182025 6 to 18 202S 6 10162025 6 to 16 2025 8 to 2000 E j b" I~~ J,_ - 1* "

I 45 5 E- -[ -

IT *% - -

I a_ -

"E % -t J 4,_

I E -F i'i

, -e i ,, - T-- -

-E g ~3 g -

g 1 -3T = ' E M- P P -

t

--r-r '

p--

.~ . - $800 7 f

~ - -

-f-~

'- ~

p ,, J. {

p1 F -N g 3 r J ., p j +, .r1 } [ --

}

"~-~~

t

.- 4 N T~ L .[' 4 Lp f j r

~ ~

.E "L -

3 [ ~

~I~

t. ". h. J . -3 .h . n 4 1- ptj L- r L. p -

i.: -

j h

%[ ['

~

+

z "-

~~Y Tl -

-1

[ , .s t _.) :2 T~I~~~ -

," T7~I~r~ $~~~ i. t fr !t y 14f44:4 M E '~ ~- '- +,, i- Z, .~ , 4 '- ,. ; ~;-  % - ~' ! 2 8 1000 _; -

.- n.ti. ,

i _4 t 2

,4 ,, p 3 u . 2 1 ., 7, f _

34 g _p-- j _

a00 "T~I " -, +

~b x; 2

L i -1 r- -I

Y , I p- 1

~E

~I"IT ~I {

.i d4 d, L,jp-, - }* J M

J p{r i - 2 --

,.a . r t t

4, __4._

L

.p p  :

4,  ;. L -t i a. ,

rp - -

E_

• ~ ;p -- + i- E~ b 4-'3- -+

t ,8 , .

- .r t-J A i ' F- 1- T r2 -F F

- 4- *--

-+

Q

_-; "D - r F ~~J~ r c-  : rF [ 4

- T [ [ [- 7 i -t . [ 3 l l t

83, 7 -t- L1 1- ,- h Eg{ -

[

- - tt t

}

~

1 _ t p- - -

.t 4 -

,- -1 m , rre -

+e 1.- _r - t . -

r -F A_

-i.~ r --+

.r r-

- L r  : -

.a l

+L -p'~ -

}

-.r-} -f n r J a[ -

-pt .jNt.; 7:

.-3.u -. I _, 'p _ -

-- F ,

r. -

I -

-r T  ; '-E }

rT t.

- F 5 to 182025 6 10162026 6 to 162026 S to 162026 6 to 152025 6 to162026 S to 162025 e to 182026 6 to 162026 4 to 152026 5 to 152025 8 to JANUARY FEBRUARY MAROI APRL MAY AJNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEnERER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DE JANUARY - DECEMSER 1983 J

t

+

,a

__-___m..__a____m _ _ _ _ _

, . . . , . . . . ,. .- . i , . - ..,-r,- .. - , . - - r m mlmE6 MMM E l

l l

JANUARY - DECERIBER 1982 haBER JANUARY FEBRUARY ' MARCH APRL MAY JUNE JLA.Y AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER i43025 8

• 20 25 6 to 18 2026 6 to 18 2025 5 to 18 2025 8 to 16 2025 5 to 16 3025 6 to 16 202$ 5 10162025 6 10182026 5 to 16 20 26 6 10 182026 8 to 15 20 26 E~ 3:- - - , p- [ -

1) -! -p .] pad ggi ii- --

g y r 1 j.[ "T" y@9lijg::g, ;g::- .;hi5 ]j ;p gg . 7 -

y ;i j ,-

~

] d- g- -: 7 g:. .[

" ~

["i _~ [

~'

3 l Ed ~1 tE lie $~5 E'2=iihj- C 81 il;}" .'fhE:

i [fl l r 1F ,4_Jt' 4 ~

i. E N' al

• j.i * =a & Bih i 4 Jiv I'~4~1: at 99Eh+ r-

.-:3_

i__

f. F - r -- .J - f' _' -

M ~1

@iffiy@@ - -

~

3. ,. t

• 2 1 ,

' p*M g"!!!!--

g EE. -

' ~

~

• i- 12~ -

e F

- ~

E =a rr.

Y ~".'r'~

~ r g, r-. !" li-I r~ T gggrig I.. I-3'-- y MF "

gj rs

~

'~F~ t -

,.- ~ i~ f}2- I. 1- p_t [' gg.gg- Ej;gy'. -

. m~

t ._

~~ ~

4

.f. ;

~

n  ; J,, g [' y-F_ -

j.-4.a; t. -

f  : ;.  :  ; pi_i: ~ .

gjiME ihr 3 ;

,.x --

rya- 7 t _g ,T 3 .y r t

7, g.a, r'- r +~ ! t ~~

.Ei!

hjlE}{I I;hffEj -@h i ji -F :

N a -

i F -

r -- i i ~r: .} .r - t -. g.~ _r 7 . :- ..42 r t._ i;:h hilii- @c{f -i 6- #E]h ga' r E :;. E-k- E I

~

f 3 I '

-t,., -[t -

[ g: 2p~[ ~b b ,,f 1 F-

[ iiQ = -

~ ~

I#~~[~

• 8 d~ -!i ' ~

-f b, _ ' , , _ ]J- h =j_h- d. @ ::pi hhjls T L }[ ~

i _

t :s  ;;};4

j{ .-

, L- 7 --

-T 3rF[ 1. F i. 8 - a F l- E r J p .8

~

.y j FE N ==E NIIi5$EE$~' INE' :' '

bi+ r a* E d=i ). N- "~

N$

~

! b

~

"E- Y; 5Ei-- 5 LT r t 1

r- i[7~ ,rh' 3 ~

-l" -l =r . t-- t a- [ ir-  ?  : - -

~

--t:1sE" "i=~ +-E ' I [" g

,41 Ma, Qj_4,.

d .d ' C.- ~ _,,j,, -

1} I

~

It fMr~j,_ ,,,_ yu L- I'i 15 5 ii5 l" tined" l5E- - #4- 4:. ' - ,, [

} ,

fe-a r - . ' ' - -4 7p  ; -E - r-- 'g. -

( p- * - ,, v[ !ifi [h,,'l;NE: -!@si r., 4- -

(G

'a- d- j- --

- 4 -

t 3, , 1 -f -It r -h die -l :E 'i ,d:ih? h. :  ; ydGE .- idr:" n- .r -

f

. L 'i 8-

'l ,,g,,,,

'+ -~ -

• ~

~ ~

",7 h,,,_ r -

- f- -p~ r .

l jp : b h j p r-r r Ebc r "r .~ } ~~ l t--" E-1 ~ ]~ F~ T~l I 1-f di!T #~ip , E?i H"FdiR =E: g L t-

~

[ ~

~f"'

1F.

~

L .,. t: I- a-8-- x }~ h- r-t -E-- ftu ,~

~

- t" .,. -

- L :: . - - .

F4"J jih M :;Ej!!  ! $rej;lijii ihEh li.:E+- 1:.; xt t i- "

rF" 0 62026 8 O 15 20 25 8 to 062025 6 to 162026 5 to 162025 5 to 162029 6 10152029 8 10162026 6 to 182025 8 to 152026 5 to 162025 6 to 162025 8 to 182026 hABER JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRL MAY JUNE ,AJLY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY - DECEMGER 1982 p Xws m on Apertare Card TI

' APERTURE JANUARY - DECEMBER 1944 MBER JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 52025 8 N *" 20 26 4 to 18202S S to 162025 5 to 19 2026 5 13162026 8 to 16 2025 5 to 16 2026 8 10182026 5 10162025 8 to 1820 25 5 to 15 20 25 6 to 182025

p ., a #

( n.rp: -

[.~.- 3 -f .2 ~p ,

• . y t k

{.4 7.r y 4 7 L .p . L~.+-1 [- j F .;a r & J ff

. , - ae r

' . p- t ,r , , ._  ;. -

c 3, .

_, " - r- -r 1, i t

- 3  : r iq~'~~! _  ; -1. 3

-1  : _- 2: y '_ at .j

~

r 1 . e a_ Ii E, I J: 4

• i-

!.' ~ t l' 'F fE -

'."_ f ' E rf

~

_a r *,t '

.- .F. I'~ t LEC ~ +- --

,, t

'#~ $- Ti~4 "C" ~b l ~l 't

$~3 L I~

, L -- r-p

,g3 g -t

- g ._ r_r_- 1

~

"' E F L z -r

+ r-tr Li~ E '-

p ' -

.r,3

[

-r,.,,-

I - r ::

, 'xi

. jp L

i(

[-y L -

t:

T r

-L r

_j_ y_ ,.4 , L ,

[-'_-,.,,

F , ~- ' f E f -i ' r L" tr I ~

r L -

4~ __

r-F 4-

.r r ,

.c [ i. 4 [f ;;- '1 4

ht

-4 '

r i

r_4, _.

g

,y r F t -t

{K

-t .

- E t ., r-

,.3 L g t Lr4 i  :- ti 1 4, t r1 8 f 4 r; y r- .a r [ p j 4_ -

7. ht j F 1 L L.ct M a'. j 4 e

~

f J, - a -

T de - -

t r p i_ f r-_ f:  ; ~l~T~I-] 1 r_ r F ,

e r_ 8

!b -

F u"_ . - 4 ,4'- T 1 , [ +

~

~

f '*- jy h - -j yh( I1 3F - J., h j

43-t 4+: p

- r2 _q r- - , & t. -

rc - -

e a t t. r -" e -

rrLL' p. pt .p p _ r E i_"- ~

I j i a- r ~' * -

r' r '; rc * +' I

-4 a_- ' ~ i

,r p

4 L [- .,j'_J+1 s

-h 7 t-+

a.7 r [ 1 tt - -

rj-

& -p  ::

F - L _..L - -

I,

$ c

4 .L tp[

g

((i_,_,,,_4,,, _, e j_ ~~r ar y 3 ,, F 1 ei f~ ' p_, r k 2 -~T ' ~ -

~

r --l g f .r 2- p t r- Fi g t ir - -

1- , -t t -

L -, j 4 4 a [ pp 2 ,

' t -

rp _ 32. g I- r 3 -

gs i

'; - ' ' - ' -* O t 2 -

- - - '{ F - -

[ --

t I~ l' k -

f y, E_ t. . T i . r L t -

~

0 E 1. -

r 4 r .t- - p i -' -

L sA p1 ep r1- r j .

-}

t i L F8 rt p rrr - *~

T'Il-b 3 ~~~1 q he -br L. - " '- t  ! .F .1 -E @ -tu t J t- T t A ~

-r {_I'I"~ @$~

t F1~

0 52026 6 G E2025 ' S 10 18 20 29 5 to 19 2026 8 to 162025 6 to 162025 8 to 182025 8 10352026 4 to 182026 6 to 162025 8 to 182026 5 to 162026 6 to 182026 bdBER JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY - DECEMBER ieu

'850 5 2 3 0 0 0 2 -o l FIGURE 5. Daily Average Reactor Thermal Power Level (MW and %) from 6 January 1981-December 1984 for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station.

1 l _ _-

, ~..

-m e

,w ,,_

r--- ve p_-! e_

- ]-

~

gm, p. ", c t' <, t_ e (_I t._., e

[4 f i

Figure 6e Schedule for Pilgrim Station 1985 Environmental Monitoring Programso isee,

,. .mes ,s....m ,

r. r-

- - .mo. i-i

.,_e_.1~. - *- -ieeI. sos _ ,,.e_._..._____r_,_.. n-: e . ...m I

-e. . e , .ee. , - , i .. i _se i , e i

• N Melale Pl=1 wi.i _se i e.e i - i - i . i - i

• belable lalal=ls Hb' ehls- l' a h Wi + Io lake f

• In faksi' bl. b=Hbl . le lableef e b ohels bebl=le e bbkit h4 bel inb.bl. e tabl=le tokh.Is NMbal 4> es>

gi eesses se omsvenne seesesse testen ve een me see eewee enes crut emmeviesi

+

=

eetese elesesse Eve 48ueeftssi sewee asennee em esmeene es essenme ae>

=

w.ees sense see=sessissi +

l sewee maemem em semwe = e somme I a4>

ee.e.e see cens seenervess C"3 eewie eseo east am see see ermensan es.se ene ease ease a esassenes esemans <>

es.e.e m. .ee  := e 4>

ask ee.ses emme == een me owe eowee sustness se amovenom seemus ae>

es.see ene sent emasivsst --. -- -

. .-.~.- -. -- .-. .-.

es.ees esvise essave se a esseness

-y . ae> -

gwg eenses same e a se ==

ae m.eme =

- .e.e seeses asam asesses tusmet 8 W a ceneos sessemene eeSpentfee tea-esEE B a i

eessas sessies omreve casavi e ee ease um memes seen eneng 4B>

esee.e oms, eeni sesene to see CD esw.e mee esvere news asese, C3 esesee esem6neeer ease. er me eewee mes, emmt mese, se esse _

- a ee,se. am, i

essene use emessus <=emq r

cessee mesemTse esecua tee (es-esmWB emme teous esees, essmet + f.

eesew some meses ereme senern c3 j esse,e - e es. . .se cm

.e .se s.e ses,. .ees. <>

.see es .s.es - e.e . . . - - . . . ~ . - . . - - . - ,

.g . . .woes. .mee.st essa essa e se mee. - .e.. . . . . . - - - - - . - -

gej esame seems e a se es e es-. e.asone es seem.me e,.

e se seems e ee se meo = i es .se een emess um use te ne, =

I ese.,e ammi se sono ese..e see esse e esmo. samme esenee r

CD C~3 l ese sa see esse ese-emma asease . . . . . - . - .

es w see sene asent esper .-. - . .

,.. ..-.-.-.-. . .-.-.-. ... ,

I emesse emmenvangs emessen tim +

senese messverre inanesere seesman tier) +

a seeses eastersus scenerete seessee (see

=

esee.e onese ene . esse esse.e ones maavese C

eneste este ehd1 Wrest

+

, . ..e es CD

.e e== see es ese a em se es e ,, we , ca

====e== .

t aseen ] 3 son. I esses f _ms 3 eesse i l - H o pf. ).pd e 4.> I l. F 9k.l. lo bl=I. I. loWgle HM1 i, ] es.oo i L r o ,L a..o .e.* f muss f asse 3 asse I emes I mese i esseel eene I b leMI. I. lakt=le ble.k.I M?:b l e bbi=(.

, sense

. . -e. e pl es == l .smos

. Wh>kel r P> >=l

} Mi a FW=I

• l* Hl=l=le HHMie Talabf e '

(

Y. *v * [3 ~ l . _

~~

!  !  !  !  ! i i i i i i i ,!! I i  ! i i  !  ! II .o

!  !  !  ! -i 0(!'i D(!

i i

i i

ni di ni di i

i 11

-i 60 0

.0 i 0 i i l i i i  !!

i n tll i i n i i i it I

U l 1

.ug i .g _;

~( u  !

i 1

ti i

l

!(

I i

]

11 i

i i i i i i 4 6 i i i i~ i i -l o'

0_(.  :

_ 10.

1+

_+

! 4  ! 'g~  !  !  !  !!

((  !

U  !  !  !  !  !' -i l i l i I I ly i i i i i -i i

i n'h i(i ,

i i

i II'.

!  !  !  !  !  ! _f i

i l l I I t I

I i i i i i i U- i- i i -i-i .

i ~g I i i i i i li I I I -i i 1 I i i  ! i k '

i i i i i i

-i EJ

. . . . . l1 ik ; yg

! !g  !  !  !  ! -i 4

!(  !

g!

P I I i l' I 1 t i sii! i i i ilii il i .i t i,ill 8,

il!

I 1 ,i s.i i,liiIlil!'ppsi

! nii li,!: is!i i i

Ijigig.s i i  !; ;

ii.ip. ,5 ti l IJ![Iljil lll!:iii i 'l li!!i lli li ll illii!Ii'ii 11! lil!'ni..i I'l!i 'i i I i  : lli l!,!

':'j !:ii'I i !ll l1!!i: ,l;.,t 'lijll l

l f

11:lliil!!!!illi lli!!illllilli!!!!llii.I!i!i!it!s ti!il:illii , Ili!!! <-

1111111ll11!!11111111111111111111!!11!!1111111!!11!!!!!!!!  !!Illi r

i.

-i

i. g r ., -

i, is i ,. .

is s f'<

11 :a :m i.!il 2 2ni si:'hhh 211, i.i.

850 5230002 -Q.- A r

7

'l3; #

3 _._

--I kki-1 I

i+  ; .+

r ^-1  ! . -1 e

i g! i

b. !i  !  !  !  !$_

-i I;

i

.t00 !i  ! -i I;

gi ~

-i l i s ,

11

i. . .

11 2, l  !  !  !

,, o -i 1- i i i i

-i 1

g i T $1

o. -i g I I i -i.

, e'  !!  !  !  !  !!

~l I -i n I i i -i 3 11 i  ; i 11

-i o

L

'5 sc l i i(0[] i i

i

g

-1 11.

-T-i

.400+. i

. Ui .

0 -I 11

! h -5  !  !  ! -5

-- o u i+e i i i 0 i+,

e s . . .

,.  ; -1 i i i y

f a i t i  ; i 11 is --i i i i 4 -[

1; 1

4 i i

i li

[1 , .

u a-y ,;i  !  !  ! I; o i i i -1 3  ;-i l i i i ti 3 2 -i i i i ,i T b, i li i i i li

- ._= . . _1 r .! .1 i1 i i i

. . . ii

j--;

u L i I i 1 e iit i i  ;

. mr i ;  ; - . . i :i g  !  ! !s -i i .! !i= it it i

- __ li

.c --

a .jP  !  !  ! P i i i i i a ;u  ! i i i 4

. i - u , i  ;  !! I

!!,  ! i l

. ,  !!! l lii.! ii . l si !j 1 i rij  !! .!

k I!

!i l

!!b!!!!!!!l! l:iiiir t lti :Iliiiiiii!!:

.il! s 11'!!!

i t I!!!!.

il-111  !  !!

! li :li!!!iii

!!.!i!!

i s illili!!!!ilili!!!!iili t i s i!il[lliil:1 b!fI!ll!8

- i i i l Il il !!

! b ii  !!

h; , 1111111!!!!1'1111111111111111111!!1111111

[jj J,ji [i l-ih II :li!! :lil :l!!  !

u%

s-1 I I I I i -I c i i i i i i li i i! .o

!  !  !  !  ! -i 0(' 0(!i ' ni ni i it 60 i g i Vi i. i -i I;

.0 i

' i i

i l-

l. i 8

[li.

I I

-1 n n lt I

.U g , .u; , ., _g (u j .j tj j j( j  !!

I i i l i I -i i i i i i i li

) i i i i~ i i -l o(

i

.0_(.  :

__1.  ;

_ 10_ _;

+

! 6  !  !

0-  !  !  ! II 0  ;- -;

((  !

i 0 i

i i

i i if i i i i i i -i i n 90 i i i i i 11 i i I i i i i -i li i i i i i i i i i i i  ; ij .

i i i 0- i- i i -1 i

1 d' i I

i I

i i

i i

i 1

11

-j i i i i i i li i i ~j

i. i. i. i. . .

1,

!  !  !  !  !  ! -i i  !!  !  ! -l !f E it it i i i i il mo i

i i i it i i

!! i isi! i!i t i i iii il i

- ll1 1,1i e i  !! 5! ! iil l ll II l i.:[:[Ij!!lll!ll:11i,!!ijliII il!lIIlIl.hi Isili!!!ilillilil!! llill!!!!!in!istiliti!iin!ilil!!i lill!

!! 3 i l,!II j l '!:. 8-i!!!  !  !

l 4

t l l l l l l l 111!! l 111111111111111111 l.!! 11ll 1111111!! ! !!! !!Ili!

! ! !!! ! I d fi! fil!$!-- $i$!$. i!,

850 5 2 8 0 0 0 2 -oJ__, ,

L

I o i

I ANNUAL REPORT lt ON MONITORING TO ASSESS IMPACT OF I .

PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION ON MARINE FISHERIES RESOURCES OF WESTERN CAPE COD BAY I

E Project Report No. 38 (January-December, 1984)

Summary Report No. 17 I

E I

I By Robert P. Lawton, Christine Sheehan, Vincent Malkoski Steven Correia, and Mando Borgatti i

I February 28, 1985 l Massachusetts Departr.ent of Fisheries, a Wild 1tfe and Recreational Vehicles Division of Marine Fisheries 100 Cambridge Street Boston, Massachusetts 02202 1

I

I TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page I. Summary III.A. - 1-II. Introduction III.A. - 6-III. Methods and Materials III.A. - 6 IV. Results and Discussion

1. Comercial Lobster Catch Statistics III.A. - 15

2. Nearshore Benthic Finfish III.A. - 18

3. Pelagic and Benthi-pelagic. Fishes III.A. - 24

4. Shore one Fishes III. A. - 35

5. Underwater Finfish Observations III. A. - 38 V. Monitoring Integration III . A . - 41 VI. Impact of PNPS On Marine Fisheries Resources III. A. - 43

1. Commercial Lobster Catch Statistics III. A. - 44

2. Nearshore Benthic Finfish III.A. - u7

3. Pelagic and Benthi-pelagic Fishes III.A. - 53 4 Shore one Fishes III.A. - 63

5. Underwater Finfish Observations III.A. - 67

6. Impact Perspective III.A. - 74 VII. Acknowledgements III.A. - 76 l

VIII. Literarme Cited III.A. - 77 IX. Appendix III.A. - 79 5

lI 18 III.A.-11

(

' j m *+

}. f L

'A .

l *% <

%g .,' LIST OF TABLES E .. Tablis S s ,w.

Page j( 1. Ncarchore tr'aul mean seasonal lobster catch rates III. A. - 17

~

.per 13 minute tow, 1981-1984

2. ^ E*pecies numbers and percent composition of finfish III. A. - 19:

captured by nearshore trawling at Station 1-6, January-Dece .sc,1984.

~~

3. Checklist of finfish species collected by nearshore III. A. - 20 trawl in the off-site waters of Pilgrim Station, 1981-1984.

4 Yearly mean catch per tow (pooled stations) for III. A. - 21

\

dominant species in nearshore trawl sample, 1981-1984. -

5. Nearshore trawl catch data for selected demersal III. A. - 21

~i community species occurring in the vicinity of v

Pilgrim Station, January-December, 1984.

6. Numerical rank, catch (number), percentage composi- III. A. - 25  :

B. tion, and size range of finfish species taken by '

gill net (7 panels of 3.8-15.2 cm mesh) in the Ls immediate vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1984.

F

7. Monthly and seasonal gillnet sampling totals: III. A. - 26 temperature and finfish catch in the vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1984.

I 8.

I j

Indices of relative abundance for Gadids collected in western Cape Cod Bay near Pilgrim Nuclear Pcwer Station based on standardized gill-net gear and procedurea, 1971-1984 III. A. - 28 .

Hs 9. Indices of. relative abundance for two Labrids, two III. A. - 29 I

pelagic carnivores, and for all finfish species pooled caught in western Cape Cod Bay near Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station based on standardized gill-l net gear and precedures, 1971-1984.

10. Indices of relative abundance for Clupeids and III. A. - 31 Osmerid capturea in westerr. Cape Cod Bay near Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station based on standardized gill-net gear and procedures, 1971-1984.

11. Shore- cne fishes captured by haul seine at five III. A. - 34 stations in the vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Power I Station, April-October, 1984.

!!I.A.-ifi I

l LIST OF TABLES (continued)

Tables Page

12. Abundance and size ranges associated with the occur- III. A. - 39 rence of all species observed during underwater observations May-October, 1984.

13. Mean catch per standard gillnet (five panels of 3.8- -III. A. - 55 8.9 cm mesh) set (CPUE) for various time periods and the percent differences for selected species caught in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station, 1971-1984.

14. A summary of impact assessment of Pilgrim Nuclear III. A. - 75 h

Power Station (PNPS) on marine fisheries' resources 3 in western Cape Cod Bay.

1 L i l

l s g i

i 4

I e

I III.A.-iv I

I LIST OF FIGURES Figure Page

1. Distribution of lobster pots sampled, 1984 III. A. - 7 j

2. Location of nearshore trawl sampling stations for III. A. - 9 Marine Fisheries studies off Pilgrim Station.

j

3. Location of Beach Seine and Gill Net Sampling III. A. - 10 Stations for Marine Fisheries Studies.

4. Finfish observational diving stations at PNPS III. A. - 13 discharge, 1984.

" 3

5. Mean density of Atlantic silversides (no. per m III. A. - 36 water seined) collected in the haul seine at I various locations in the environs of Pilgrim Station, 1981-1984.

I '

6. Annual mean and cumulative Pilgrim Station Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %) since the plant began operation, 1972-1984.

III. A. - 43

7. Mean seasonal 1sgal lobster catch / pot from reference III. A. - 45 and surveillance quadrats, 1970-1984 I 8. Mean annual nearshore trawl catch rates for four dominant finfish taxa at reference Station 1 and surveillance Station 3, 1984.

III. A. - 49

9. Length frequencies for little skate, windowpane, III. A. - 51 and winter flounder at reference Station 1 and I

intake (Station 6), 1984.

10. Mean annual gill net catch-per-unit-effort for III. A. - 54 pollock in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station versus yearly Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %), 1971-1984

11. Mean annual gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for cunner III. A. - 54 in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station versus seasonal Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %), 1971-1994

12. .Mean gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for Atlantic III. A. - 57 I herring versus yearly Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %) at Pilgrim Station, 1971-1984 lj 13. Mean annual gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for alewife III. A. - 57 W in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station versus Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %), 1971-1984 I

g m .A.-v

l LIST OF FIGURES (continued)

Figure Page 14 Mean annual gill net catch-per-unit-effort for Atlantic III. A. - 60 cod in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station versus annual Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %), 1971-1984

15. Mean gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for Atlantic III. A. - 60 mackerel versus Unit I Capacity Factor (MDC Net %)

for May-November at Pilgrim Station, 1971-1984.

16. Unit I operating capacity versus seine catches of III. A. - 64 Atlantic silversides in the Intake of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1981-1984

17. Monthly % Pump Capacity versus seine catches of Atlantic III. A. - 64 ,g silversides in the Intake of Pilgrim Nuclear Power g Station, 1981-1984

18. Monthly catch rates (all species pooled) by haul seine III. A. - 66 l for Station 3 in the Intake of Pilgrim Nuclear Power U Station, 1983, 1984

19. Monthly catches of Atlantic silversides by haul seine III. A. - 66 at Station 3 in the Intake of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1983, 1984.

20. Distribution of three most common fish and all fish III. A. - 68 combined for each observation station and zone off the PNPS discharge canal, May-October, 1984 l 6 4

I 1

l l

I l III.A.-vi I

I -

S e

2

• +

LIST OF PLATES -

Sz g Plate 1. Biologist measuring lobster caught by a ecmmercial fisherman in the _"-

g off-site waters of Pilgrim Station. y E_

f Plate 2. Fishes caught by the gillnet in the thermal plume near the Pilgrim " p_.

discharge canal. ..

~

=

Plate 3. Bottom trawl being set to sample groundfish in the inshore waters of Western Cape Cod Bay. k r

';3

-Typical trawl catch is processed, which includes identifying, enumera-Plate 4. _~ E ting, and measuring the species for environmental impact analysis. {

h_

s Plate'5. Haul seining in the intake embayment at Pilgrim Station: the being set from a powered-skiff to enclose a rectangular area.

net is k

.-p

-A Plate 6. The haul-seine bag end is about to be brought ashore where the catch _P will be sorted and quantified. -

e Plate 7. Biologist / diver deploying a transect line between observational stations. __L-i Plate 8. A longhorn sculpin (Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus) eyes divers who complete observations at a station in the " stunted" cone.

[

s.

P

-2 4

T. -

3-

'r k

Y

1_

V E__

2

=~

-3 3

III.A.-vil E 2

=

I.

SUMMARY

k -

l Commercial Lobster Catch Statistics 5

Data for the co=mercial lobster fishery in the vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear -

5 -

Power Station were collected from 9 May to 29 October, 1984 A total of 3,747 7

lobster pots and 4,664 lobsters was sampled. Females and ovigerous (berried) j females comprised 64% and 3% of the total catch, respectively. More berried

=:

females were captured in June and October than in the summer months. [

g The overall catch rate (all lobsters and sampling dates pooled) for the  %

study area was the lowest recorded during our 15-year study. Reduced catch rates r

were also recorded from other Massachusetts' waters. The state-wide decrease in catch rates was attributed to reduced recruitment of lobsters to the fishery -s due to a delay in the spring molt. Increased fishing pressure may have con-I

~

tributed to the decreace in the legal lobster catch rate for the Plymouth area. ,

i Subsequent to 1978, commercial lobster fishermen in the Plymouth area j increased their fishing efforts on sand substrate. Trawl data indicate an increase in lobster densities on sand substrate since 1978. This shift in distribution is attributed.to intraspecific competition for preferred habi- _

5 tat. -

i Quadrats G-11, H-10, J-11, and J-10 were replaced with E-13, E-14, and F-13 {

as reference quadrats because the latter areas are geographically removed from 3 the influence of the thermal plume. [

f In 1984, seasonal catch rates of legal lobsters for reference and surveil- g lance quadrats were similar. No statistical differences between reference and

=

surveillance quadrats were found in either pre-operational or operational years.

A negative correlation between seasonal thermal load from Pilgrim Station and ,

j mean seasonal lobster catch rates for surveillance quadrats was not significant at P > 0.05, but was significant at P ,< 0.10. Assigning impact on legal lobster catch rates due to thermal discharge is tenuous at this level of significance. $

y III.A.- 1 f

a E R f

i Nearshore Benthic Finfish In 1984, a total of 3,325 fish representing 25 species was sampled in 103 standardized bottom trawl tows made in the western inshore sector of Cape Cod Bay. Winter flounder, little skate, windowpane, winter skate, yellowtail flounder, Atlantic silverside, and longhorn sculpin comprised 94% of the annual catch. The new surveillance station, located in the intake embayment, yielded the highest mean trawl catch (pooled species) per standard tow (CPUE);

whereas, Long Point (Station 5) yielded the lowest. The greatest diversity of finfish species occurred in both Warren Cove (Station 1) and at the 9-m depth contour, MLW (Station 2). '

Winter flounder was numerically dominant, comprising 33% of the trawl totals.

Mean catch per tow for the study area (all stations pooled) declined 34% from last year. Little skate comprised 28% of the catch. Catch rates for little W skate and winter skate increased from 1983, but remained essentially unchanged for windowpane and yellowtail flounder. Little skate led the catches at Stations 3 (discharge) and 4, while winter flounder predominated at the remaining stations.

There is preliminary evidence that winter flounder may avoid the thermal dis-charge in the fall. There was a bimodality in relative abundance, with secondary peaks occurring each October of 1981-1983 at reference stations but not at the discharge station. In 1984, an outage year, a secondary mode in relative abund-ance occurred in November at both reference and surveillance sites. (

The intake at Pilgrim Station appears to be a productive area for adult and ,

juvenile fish. Larger numbers of smaller fish were captured in the Intake than at reference Station 1 in Warren Cove. Smaller individuals may be attracted to the relatively sheltered intake embayment as a nursery area. Additional data are needed to confirm this premise as this is the first year that trawling was III.A.-2 I

I conducted on a regular basis in the intake channel at Pilgrim Station.

Pelagic and Benthi-Pelagic Fishes A total of 1,686 fish, consisting of 26 species, was captured in the gill net. With sampling effort reduced by almost half since last year, total catch declined 56%.. Annual mean catch-per-unit effort (CPUE) for pooled species dropped 11%. Pollock and cunner ranked one and two, respectively, and com-prised almost 60% of the total catch. Other dominant species, in order of numerical rank, were: Atlantic herring (7.8%), blueback herring (6.0%), northern searobin (5.2%), and tautog (4.7%).

Seasonally, gillnet catches were highest in diversity and abundance in spring, and lowest in winter. Overall catches were down for pollock, cunner, Atlantic herring, Atlantic cod, and alewife; but were up for blueback herring, northern searobin and silver hake.

Statistical correlations between Pilgrim Station's operational output and I CPUE for the following species: pollock, Atlantic herring, blueback herring, alewife and Atlantic cod were not significant (P > 0.05). Thus, no relationship between Pilgrim Station operational output and CPUE data for these species was discerned. Pooled CPUE for cunner during operational study years had increased 83% from preoperational study years (1971-1972). A statistically significant 5 positive correlation (P < 0.05) between CPUE and plant operational power level 3 was found. Data from the observational diving program support the concl'2sion g

that cunner appear to be attracted to the discharge current. With Atlantic mackerel, there may be a relationship between CPUE and station output (P < 0.10).

Although a statistical correlation relating CPUE for bluefish with station output was not run, both the gill-net catch index and creel data indicate that bluefish I are attracted to Pilgrim Station's effluent.

III.A.-3 I

Shoresone Fishes

]

A total of 11,444 finfish representing 29 species was captured by haul seine.

Catch rates decreased at all stations except in the Intake which showed an increase l of 62%. This increase probably reflects the use of a larger seine at that station..

beginning in August, 1984. Catch totals were highest at Long Point and lowest at

• Warren Cove. The highest and lowest diversity (total # of species captured, all dates pooled) occurred at Warren Cove and Gray's Beach, respectively.

Seasonally, both catches and diversity (all stations pooled) peaked in late summer-early fall.

Silversides accounted for 88% of the catch total, and were numerically dominant at all stations. Other numerically dominant species were sand lance, .

mummichogs, and winter flounder.

Haul seine data, generated during four years of study, revealed large natural variability in nearshore fish abundances. A plot of PNPS output versus catches of silversides revealed no discernible relationship. Haul-seine data more closely resemble impingement records than other gear types. Impact of impingement en shorezone fishes has not been detected. Topographic changes within the Intake embayment and the use of a larger seine at this station prevented us from drawing conclusions based on comparison of data for an on-line year (1983) versus an outage year (1984).

Underwater Finfish Observations Thirteen finfish observational dives were conducted from 1 May to 26 October. The absence of a warm-water discharge allowed the development of heavy algal growth in the discharge canal during late spring. Algal pro-liferation in the stunted zone was also noted.

Eight species of finfish were observed in 1984, with the number of finfish sighted increasing 20% from last year. Cunner comprised 86% of all sightings and were found at all stations. The average number observed per dive increased m .A.-4 g

Y y ,'c

('h,g.

46% from-last year.y-Theinumber of pollock~ observed remained essentially unchanged'

'lfrom 1983. .Tautog, ranking third Lin-abundance, were found at all stations ekeept

.the. outer control' station. 2The~ remaining species were. observed-only occasionally,.

)

E r: presenting _less than--1% of. the.-total' number of fish recorded. :

• : In 198t+, more cunner werel seen in' the control zone than in either the dtnuded or stunted zones.-lThis represents.a marked shift from past trends. With-

.(out%the~ attraction of the thermal effluent,-cunner may have been lured to the-i rocky control. stations which provided cover and forage. ~The: distribution of'

[ .tautogsseemed: unaffected-by the-lack'of discharge. current. For the first time

?since,1979, striped bass =and bluefish were not' observed by' divers. Their absence.

'in- thelimmediate area- of the~ power plant was attributable to lack of a' discharge w

, current.

Integration A ~ Data'from the' intake screenwash collections were found to be coimilar.to ~ haul seine inl terms of species diversity and seasonality. The

dominant finfish species in both collections was Atlantic silverside. :The-seasonal distribution was the same as that of 1983. Second in' abundance were

- sand ' lance'- (haul seine) and grubby (impingement) . . Neither species was found in

both haulLseineLand impingement collections. Two species, northern puffer and.

lumpfish, ranked third in impingement records. Bothweresampledinthe) haul

-seine, but in icw numbers. Fourth.In impingement were alewife and' Atlantic Mtomcod. Both were sampled by haul seine, but none were collected in the intake.

7 Y " Windowpane ranked fifth:in screenwash collections and eighth in' haul seine' records.'

' Data'from impingement coll'ections complement that gathered by DMF, and are

+;. Jusefulin. assessing the diversity and seasonality of the local inshore finfish

~ . community.

-- --_a--_--,----_-----x--._._.___ _ _ _ _ . , _ _ , _ _ _ . . _ ___ __

I II. INTRODUCTION Environmental surveillance monitoring was conducted by the Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries in a continuing effort to assess non-radiological impact of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station on fisheries resources of the surrounding area, under Purchase Order No. 68723 to Boston Edison Company. Data from January-December, 1984 are analyzed, summarized, and reported in relation to past findings. It is noted that the power plant was in an outage throughout this study period, with no waste heat released into the environment and with one or both circulating water pumps turned off. Measurements, counts, percen-tages, and indices of abundance were used in this report to identify trends T and relationships in the data by area and over time.

III.- METHODS AND MATERIALS (See plates 1-8 in this section).

Because of the large number of lobstermen trapping in the vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station and the many landing sites along the coast, it was impractical to monitor the entire local lobster fishery. Therefore, an index of harvest was obtained by sampling the catch of two cooperating commercial lobstermen, who fish a large number of lobster pots in the environs of the power station. A new lobstermen was added to the sampling regime this year while one of the original participants dropped from the program. Because of time, cost, and manpower constraints, controlled research fishing was not under-taken. Sampling was conducted approximately weekly during the inshore lobster season by alternating lobstermen. To facilitate data compilation, the study area was partitioned into a grid of 0.8 km2 quadrats, with catch data recorded by quadrat (Fig. 1). Thys, reference and surveillance areas could be identified I and compared. Information collected included: catch of lobsters per -pot-haul; pot location (quadrat); and for each lobster: carapace length (CL) in mm, sex, reproductive state, and molt condition. Data were often verbally reported on tapes in the field and later transcribed to written records.

III. A.- 6

4 1

1 .

1 .

O

, 16

. t. ,, .,

16 ma in mas PL UTH 24 40 60 BAY 17 52 16 '4 74 54 178

• 23 152 65 90 /, 54 '

32 96 89 "",J,222 gg 65 7g f

' ;* *i tG R4M 95 35 48 65

, 3 f'**

wonen C ,~ 96 105 0 32

..- } p ., il

, g 159 s ne Her 144 4$

• Y, 126

.) w ..# 22 I, -

i e, =

16 16 .

.f f 2

s -

32 24 16 1

1

\

.1 _ 1,_1_

q ,1 - . 1. ,,1.,... . .. _ ,1 4. 1 .

m . ..,

3 1

E To monitor the nearshore demersal finfish community, we centinued small vessel (7m) trawling of the inshore waters (3-10 m in depth MLW) in the environs of Pilgrim Station. Six stations were sampled bi-weekly throughout the year (Fig. 2). Trawling in the impact area was conducted at Station T-3 (Discharge) and T-6 (Intake). We opted for fifteen minute tows, utilizing a 9.8 m Wilcox trawl (9.8 m sweep; 7.0 m head rope; with wings of 11.4 cm stretch measure; and fitted with a 6.4 mm stretch mesh cod-end liner). Mean catch (no of fish) per 15 minute tow (CPUE) was used as 'an index of stock abundance. When uncon- i tro11able factors prevented us from completing a standard tow, catch values were extrapolated.

Pelagic and demersal finfish species frequenting the ledges that bracket the plant site were captured primarily to provide samples for radiation analysis.

We used a sinking anchored monofilament gillnet: 3.0 m deep and 213.4 n long consisting of a " gang" of seven 30.5 m panels of the following mesh sizes:

3.8, 5.1, 6.4, 7.6, 8.9, 11.4, and 15.2 cm - stretch measure. However, data records were kept by species, and inter-year comparisons of relative abundance made. The net was set overnight approximately monthly at a site parallel to shore along the 3 m depth contour (MLW), northwest of the terminus of the effluent jetties (Fig. 3). This site is subjected to thermal elevation from-waste heat when the plant is operating. To minimize sampling bias, the end of the net positioned nearest to the discharge canal was reversed on alternate We continued haul seining, initiated in 1981, to sample shore-zone fish in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station. This sampling technique complements our other sampling methods and provides representative data en forage species and the i juvenile stages of sport and commercial fishes which inhabit the intertidal and 4

III . A.- 8 t-

f-C.anee Pr.

Cart' C00 SA Y r

N W""" 2^

\T-S g ,;, ,,,,, et vaecut,e sa r 5 cat t ar8 '8'AES r esau t,*

T*3 et4^80*

n ,, ,

Pe. e r./ . . .. e

> > 1. , r.2

.~.. . i

__ e

,-r... e.<.

..7,,,,,,:,..~,N v;

• 7 7.'t.'*""'* -

,, ;. .,, e,, .

- [** * ' ( f C E *80_

a .,,.,,

l ,* .y, ae. s te n

• 90.ttA 9t.Au t

• N' ,,,,.,,

_ swaius tsaat ste ficas ti1 @ M ,. i. "

oive sta rictes ics / '

/

.i ... V i,! ;s it s .-

r..

y ....

e.  :

h~. ll .'

i '. ei

' \

[

Ti prs 2. Locati:n of nearshore trawl sagling stations for Marine ilsheries studies off Pil. rim Stati:n.

III.A.-9 i

J

I i

I Gurnot Pt.

C.4PE coo A s.1 tio sted near in, motath of the Jones River)

S5 0 I2 N ~% % e t l s; SC ALE IN *.ilLES PL YMOUTH gA y i 0."'9 Stach PL r *.*QUTH HARSCR Racey Puont As2 ,. ; /, , ,. =h*.,n l' .r .. 3$s.3Pitcaim

. . - ,S 2 , %, 6 - ee ca.,

s,..q;. sire c.w w ..n. . __

v-

• ' ^^

~\ ~~ ~[L E G E N D ,.

A, .;; .  %.$"y .n W

PCWER PLANT h g

A BEACH SEINE STATIONS (si =

P Y. "

e:. , '.

lm : p/

"* citt nei cm

.p}

,i , :l y ,aa h y-f../

,. f'- ' . ,',

-

l - _ _ _

Figure 3 Location of Beach Seine and Gill t'et Sampling Stations for Marine Fisheries Studies.

l W

III.A.-10

i

?

_ hallow se. tidal zones. Species occurring in the nearshore area are integral

) components of ccmmunity structure.

Five stations (Fig. 3), representing typical shore-zone habitats in the i

study area, were systematically seined biweekly from April through October, I

wh:n fishes traditionally populate the inshore area. Gray's Beach (Station 1) .

In Plymouth-Kingston-Duxbury complex, an estuarine location, is a sandy beach with exposed mud fl ts at low tide and bordered by salt cord grass (Spartina

, alterniflora). Warren Cove (Station 2) and White Horse Beach (Station 4),

both in Plymouth, are open coastal sandy beaches. Pilgrim Station Intake embayment (Station 3) is a man-made partial enclosure formed by breakwaters and rip-rap. Seining at this surveillance site was conducted at the head of

) th embayment, proximal to the power plant's intake screens. Station 5 is

) located just inside the mouth of Plymouth Harbor along Long Point barrier beach.

At each station, we routinely followed a standardized quantitative seining

) t:chnique, modified after Conover and Poss (1982), requiring 3-4 people and employing a 45.7 x 1.8 m haul seine with a 1.8 x 1.8 x 1.8 m bag of 0.48 cm

) square mesh (twine #63). Setting the net entailed the following: 13.7 m of n:t were drawn together at one end and walked out perpendicular from shoro to a d:pth of approximately 1.2 m with the rest of the net trailing behind. The i

c:ntral 18.3 m section, containing the bag, was then stretched parallel to the sh reline while the other end was secured ashore. At this point, an attached lead weight and float were dropped at the newly formed corner, and this end of the net was quickly brought to shore, thus enclosing a rectangular area completed by the shoreline. Replicate hauls were usually made at each station. Water temperature (= 1 m deep) was measured using a Hydrolab T4 marine thermometer ct the time of sampling.

III.A.- 11

I At Station 3 (Intake), sampling was constrained by removal of a portion of the beach there by maintenance dredging conducted in 1982. The bottom now slopes to a depth of 3.5 m at a distance of about 7.6 m from the shoreline (MLW).

This limited sampling to a narrow section of shoreline, which apparently biased catches. To alleviate this problem,.we commenced to use a deeper seine at this site in late August of this year. The new net, measuring 45.7 x 3.0 m with a 3.0 x 3.0 x 3.0 m pocket of 0.48 cm square mesh (twine #63), was set from a small outboard-powered skiff to enclose a rectangular area.

3 The volume (m ) of water seined each haul was estimated considering the depth and linear distance of the net from shore at inception of a set. Fish were identified, enumerated, and measured. If catches were unusually large, all fish were counted, but length data were obtained from a random subsample of at least 100 individuals of each species caught. Density estimates (no. caught per m3 of water seined) were calculated for dominant species as a measure of relative abundance and compared spatiotemporally.

The underwater finfish observational study was continued in 1984 Stand-ardized inspection of six selected stations (Fig. 4) was systematically undertaken during the daytime by biologist divers utilizing SCUBA. Dives were at 2-week intervals from May through mid-August, weekly from then until mid-September, and then biweekly through October as meteorological and hydrological conditions allowed. Euring each dive, two divers descended to the bottom and occupied each station for about eight minutes where they recorded observations on marine biota, with major emphasis on finfish (species and numbers). Stations designated as 'S' , ' D' , and 'C' were located in the ' stunted' , ' denuded ' , and ' control' :enes, respectively (Boston Edison Company 1980). This endeavor provided first-hand observations of finfish behavior and condition seaward of the discharge canal barrier net.

III . A. - 12

e M

d I

I k

n l

.a d-l -

f J

=

.=

! m t

5

/ S A - so ~ D,A - ,_C, l

.o-5 c 2A - t so" - 2A

) -l F- 3 A

~

Da 1 -

) s,.o 6 .r MLW

' . f

\

1. E

\ 4 l ~

l ,

w rise. + . rintish obsenattenal diving statices at rns discharse.195".

I E n

t 3 t' III . A.- 13 -

mm l

I To more clearly address Pilgrim Station impact on marine fisheries' resources in the surrounding waters of Cape Cod Bay, the Pilgrim Nuclear Pcwer Station Unit I Maximum Dependable Capacity Facter (M.D.C. Net %) was compared to assessment data where applicable. This output factor approximates thermal loading to the marine env*ronment resulting in calefaction of cooling water drawn in through the power plant. In 1984, with the plant not operating, there was no waste heat released into the environment and with one or both (April to mid-August) circulating water pumps turned off there was a reduced flow or no flow of water through the discharge canal. To address plant impact, we have compared data for reference and surveillance stations, for preoperational and operational study periods, and for an outage (1984) versus an operational (1983) year of high thermal output (> 80% MDC).

t I

1 L 3 x g

't I

i i

III.A.-14 E

I

)

~

, P; i.p / ~" , -

A i

t

, -:?

w ,

. c t.i dN . O Plate 1. Biologist measuring lobster caught by a commercial fisherman in the off-site waters of Pilgrim Station.

-m-_.

-~~:,w. 5D 1====i "Y v '~*[

,a si

. . w , w ,1,

)

_ ",,, 3" _  :[

.;;. -(3~r

~ '

> i

, ;j

/ .

N.* ' **

W gyg!!@@. W'

> .s -

i

._ W 1

• f4 , } . g !!

. . , , 'l .

1. ($ 19..:x "

~

~

Q .

4 i

'r{;, . .g i

p r.

, m...- .m ., h. ~.m.,

~v yk,*.:g

.h, ex $$7-9 ,.

~~

Wp, .,c,rs,,p,g .

- .. , . , . . , ,,3

, . c pg q. . .s

..;gfDI$ ,)q' . [' Syg

• x 2 M 3 1 5 2 ; x b O, s.,.aL&:y.a ~-. .,&

Plate 2. Fishes caught by the gill net in the thermal plume near the Pilgrim Station discharge canal.

!I l

i

. g'

~

'.6 <

.g .

! ..+. *'=, .

~'

l Lm =a-- C. -y -

_ g_:._3_

u-

._ . - 9

• 1_2.m -

--

• 22f , _, ..

i

-., g" 2..

_ . :' '4 9;4':

-~ -

l

• g' i lt Plate 3. Bottom trawl being set to sample groundfish in the inshore waters of western Cape Cod Bay. (Photo by Phillips Brady of DMF)

.I .. . ,

g k f.f i

l '#

.w

h

} ..

l3 '

I 4

it lE

'~'"~T

E i

ili

(

1 .1_ n t>p)*

I

!g Plate 4. Typical trawl catch is processed, which includes identifying, enumerating, and me*S"ri"9 the 59ecieS for environmenta inp ct anaiysis.

15!

}

il

=

0 g Pn jj

=.

{a ,

@ e@

3, ,

i -

By m"

%i! [U' 1t

14 4 7

+ ig 3

, -i sp;,

y; gh u,:u, - .

R -

,g > ,

I i .- wAwAPP,MM. . .w - -. . 27 F"'

q , n . -

g 2 ,

=

g ~ 3 4".1 ' j; '

3

~

] C w r n,.:?~s. . a

. . ~

~ .7 . . . _ ..

.*wasa J

- ~,.; ..

C k.~ w ; :. -

=-

-E ..

9%

.c: - - -

a

~7 -

. :- , m B

il Plate 5. Haul seining in the intake embayment at Pilgrim Station: the net is B being set from a powered-skiff to enclose a rectangular area.

1 -

l 44 }

. ] . ,, ri;,

B .W m -

%., c , . ,

[

'~ ' [

o .

[ ' ,-

m m.,

i 'Y. r . '

.- _ :3g

. . , = r $$t i. l' v

y < n my,,,.?>u r

. 3

. - se :

, ; '.7 .-r c~

...'s - .

^ g p- j/l ~~

, { .b f 5.'. W *'*; ?, . *~

f. l-

'^

,,. -:- Q,f'

~[ , ., I -

. k: N j .

• y $.  ?

'~'-

Y#L] -,

T

?,,

Plate 6. The haul-seine bag end is about to be brought ashore where the catch i will be sorted and quantified. (Photo credit - Phillips Brady of DMF)

l5 m v.n.

B ..r_"

, b 8 .. .

-i ks ' 'h

~ . .

l l

l I

l8 i

'l Plate 7. Biologist / diver deploying a transect line between observational stations.

l lI l

, . ,. m c ..

g wk uJ =  %,l<I', $,^} .

3 s

..4 ..

i a tjy- W . 4,-.g"

. ;~  ; a /, _.

a' p -

,g;. 17 - :pTi.g%p{ .r J 8 ~ y -

v$

K ,g' C

5 '

i p

r .

p. . .v_ . 7;,_

f; ,, a i n,- e p, ; - n,g-8 , 9,* ,

.a e

g ., :g

. .k vg

.' ,.4 , }- , , q.'.,4 t  :.d.;-

' ' , Ig $ _.

• B.

q;~

g .

, *,7pT;(- y'f -5ggf .g'Anlif fj i A. -

a. -

• skyn 4

, b$,

' ,^ .

Jg. f ;q,bM'cp*.b,% lb.p

% ^ . .--

8

, Plate 8. A longhorn sculpin (Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus) eyes divers who com-plete observations at a station in the " stunted" zone. (Photo by P. Brady)

I

5 IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

1. COMMERCIAL LCBSTER CATCH STATISTICS Recording of catch data for the commercial lobster fishery in the vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNP 3) commenced on 9 May and continued through 29 October 1984 A total of 3,747 lobster pots containing 4,664 lobsters was sampled. Spatial distribution of sampled pots is presented in Figure 1. Average legal lobster catch per pot haul per month for all quadrats combined, together with monthly rates from past years are presented in Appendix A. Yearly lobster pot catches for 1970-1984 from Plymouth Bcy to the E111sville region of Cape Cod Bay are given in Appendix B.

Project biologists obtained fishing data from 1,515 legal lobsters during this sampling period. Spring fishing catch rates (legal lobsters per pot haul) were slightly higher than those recorded in 1983 (Appendix A). However, the July legal catch rate was the lowest (0.21) since study inception in 1970.

Reduced commercial lobster catches were reported from other Massachusetts' waters, particularly from areas of greater depth in Cape Cod Bay (B. Estrella, personal communication).1 An apparent widespread delay in the spring molt due to lower water temperatures this year may have reduced recruitment of lobsters to the fishery. Long periods of offshore winds and extensive cloud cover were recorded and may have contributed to the colder water temperatures. Catch rates increased later in the season (August and September) but remained low, possibly due to reduced molt probability caused by the cooler temperature regime. The legal catch rate for October was among the highest from 1970-1984, however this did not greatly affect the easonal legal catch rate (0.32) for all quadrats 1B . Estrella, Marine Fisheries Biologist, Coastal Lobster Investigations, 8 Mass. Division of Marine richeries, Sandwich, MA.

III . A.- 15 5

I peoled, which was the lowest recorded for the entire study.

The 1984 catch rates were determined from the pot catches of two commercial lobstermen, one of whom was new to the program this year. Therefore, we are uncertain whether decreased legal catch rates are indicative of a decrease in catch (reduced recruitment) from 1983 or reflect differences in fishing power. There appears to be more evidence supporting the former premise, because catch statistics from other Massachusetts waters showed decreased catches per pot haul of both legal lobsters and pre-recruits (B. Estrella, per-sonal communication).1 State-wide legal lobster catch rates from 1984 de-creased 14% from 1983 catch rates.

The average seasonal (May-October) 1984 catch rate for all lobsters pooled was 1.2 per pot haul (Appendix B). This was the lowest overall catch rate recorded during the 15-year study and equals one-third the value of catch rates observed during pre-operational years (Appendix b). A major factor affecting catch rate is the increased fishing pressure throughout the study area. We reported last year (Lawton et al. 1983), that advances in fishing technology, ccebined with increases in fishing effort, affected catch rates.

Females comprised 64% of the total catch (1.8 females to 1.0 male). There wera 79 ovigerous females sampled (37 sublegal, i.e. < 81 mm), representing 2.7% of all captured females. The largest ovigerous female was 124 mm in cara-pace length (CL), and the smallest, 70 mm CL. The frequency of berried females captured each month varied from 0.6 - 6.4%. As in 1982 and 1983, the highest frequencies of berried females occurred in June and October, but declined during the summer months (July-September).

After 1978, commercial lobstermen in the Plymouth area increased their fishing efforts on sand substrate. Division of Marine Fisheries half-scale Yankee trawl catch date from 1970-1981, disclosed a relative paucity I

III.A.-16 I

i data disclosed a relative paucity of lobsters on sand substrate prior to 1979.

Data from 1979-1981 revealed substantially greater lobster catches per standard tow than pre-1979, indicating large numbers of lobsters were inhabiting sandy areas (Table 1). However, trawl catch rates of both legal and sublegal lobsters have declined considerably from 1981 levels (Table 1). The relatively large numbers of lobsters captured on sand substrate (particularly sublegals) repre-sent a shift in distribution from rocky substrate which is believed to be related to intraspecific competition for habitat (burrews) in rocky areas.

5 Preferred habitat may have become a limiting factor which would compel the predominantly small lobsters to migrate from rocky areas onto adjacent sand substrate (B. Estrella, personal communication).1 Table 1. Nearshore trawl mean seasonal lobster catch rates for 15 minute tow, 1981-1984

% Catch rates 1981 1982 1983 1984 Legal lobsters (> 81 mm) 2.4 1.0 1.9 0.4 Sublegal lobsters ( > 01 mm) 54.0 19.7 23.1 14.1 All lobsters 56.4 20.8 25.0 15.5

( l

I-

2. NEARSHCRE BENTHIC FINFISH Nearshore trawling in 1984 commenced 9 January and continued through 10 Decerter. Due to inclement weather, sampling was conducted monthly in October and Decerter, with no samples obtained in March. The remaining months were sampled biweekly.

A' total of 3,325 fish representing 25 species was collected in 103 bottom tows (Table 2). Seven species: winter flounder, little skate, windowpane, winter skate, yellowtail flounder, Atlantic silverside, and longhorn sculpin comprised 93.8% of the total catch. Two species new to nearshore trawl collec-tions were taken this year - tautog and red hake (Table 3). The new surveillance station in the intake embayment (T-6) and reference station T-2 (Fig. 2) yielded the greatest combined catches per standard tow (CPUE) of 43.7 and 34.5, respec-tively. Stations 2 and 5 yielded the lowest CPUE for pooled species (Table 2).

The average catch for pooled species at all stations was 32.3 fish / tow.

Winter flounder Winter flounder was the dominant groundfish species, comprising 33.3% of the total trawl catch (Table 2). Mean catch / tow for all stations pooled was 10.8, down from last year's high of 16.3 (Table 4). Relative abundance was greatest in the intake of Pilgrim Station (surveillance Station 6) and next highest at Station 5 off Long Point (Table 5). The average annual catch rates at the other sampling locations ranged from 6.5 to 12.6 flounder per tow.

Little skate This year, as in 1982 and 1983, little skate ranked second in overall catch Obundance, comprising 27.9% of the trawl totals. This species ranked first in catch at surveillance Station 3 (discharge area) and at reference III.A.-18 I

I

l Tacle 2 Soectes aunioers anc cercent ecmoovittee of I finftsn cactured my rearsnore trawlteg at L

Stations 1-6, January-Cecemoer,1984 Species Sta.1 Sta.2 St a. 3 Sta.4 St a. 5 Sta.6 Totals % caten

_==

Little skate 102.8 120.0 217.6 221.3 117.J 146 7 927.7 27.9 f Winter saate 37.2 61.6 23.6 31.3 49.1 12.6 215.5 6. 4 Bluecack norring 0. 0 4. 5 8. 3 0. 0 0. 0 79.4 4. 5 0.1 Atlanttc monnacen 4. 0 3. 0 9. 8 0. 0 1.1 . 8. 4 - 8.1 0. 2 Atlantse coc 1. 2 3. 2 ' t .1 3. 0 0. 0 9. 4 - 8. 3 0. 2 Silver hake 1. 3 0. 0 0. 8 0. 0 0. 3 9.- 8 1. 0 0. J Dollock 2. 0 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 3.7 5. 7 0.1 Tomeoo 14.0 8.1 7. 2 13.3 3. 0 - 9.~ 9 42.7 1. 2 Atlantse silverstco 5. 0 51.5 6. 6 10.8 0. 0 9. 7 83.7 2. 5 Northern pipefisn 0. 0 0. 0 - 8.8 0. 0 1. 0 < S. s 1. 0 0. 0 Scuo 1. 0 2.1 4.2 0. 0 1. 0 ' t;2.1 9. 7 0.2 Rock gunnel 0. 0 1. 3 0. 0 0. 0 5. 0 - 2a E' 8. 8 0. 2 But*erfinn 53.0 0. 0 0. 0 0.0 1.1 11.2 55.4 1. 6 g Northern searobin 0. 0 2. 3 5. 2 1. 3 0. 0 ' S. 8 - 8. 6 0. 2 Sea raven 0. 0 1. 0 1. 3 1. 0 1. 0 0. 8 4. 4 0.1 Grubby 1. 0 1. 5 2.1 2. 2 1.1 _ 11.9 20.0 0. 6 Longnoen sculmin 9. 6 24.6 18.7 16.5 6. 0 c 32. 8 100.3 3. 0 Lumpfish 0. 3 0.' O 0. 3 0. 0 0. 0 x 1.' S c 1. 8 0. 4 Seannatl 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 2. 0 8. 8 2. 0 0. 0 Foursoot flouncer 3. 0 1. 3 1. 3 1. 3 0. 0 . 0. 8 - 7. 0 0. 2 Windowoane 105.6 116.7 194.6 81.5 27.6 62. 31 498.6 14.9 Yellowtall flouncer 9. 0 60.0 51.3 58.3 0. 0 :15. 7' 194.3 5. 8 Winter flounder 240.4 124.5 139.9 '128. 7 218.5 263. 5F 1138.8 33.3 Nortnern puffer 2. 0 0. 0 0. 0 1. 0 J. 3 8. 3 3. 0 0. 4 Tautog 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 0. 0 3. 0 @. 8 3. 0 0. 0 Dooled species I

Nummer of tows 19 17 29 18 16 13 103 Total fisn 591.8 587.0 578.4 572.1 434.7 568.8 3324.9 Caten/ tow 31.1 34.5 28.5 31.7 27.1 43.7 Cercent caten 17.7 17.6 17.1 17.2 13.0 17.1

=--

III.A.-19

Tabla 3 - Check 111t of f t: fish spectos collect =d by nearshors traut in the off-site waters of Pilgrim Station, 1981-1984.

• Clases chandeichthyes Order: Perciformes Order: Ra11forsees ramily: Sparidae - porgies ramily: Bajidae - skates ~

Stenotomus chrysops (Linnaeus) - scup g erinacea (Mitchill) - Little skate ram 11y: Sclaenidae - drisms g ocellata (Mitchill) - winter skate Menticirrhus saxatilis (Block and Schneider) - northern kingfish family: Labridae Class Osteichthyes Tautoga onitis (Linnaeus) - tautog Order: Clupeiformes Tautogolat.rus adspersus (Walbaum) - cunner Family: Clupeidae - herrings Family: Pho11dae - gunnels Alosa mestivalls (Mitch111) - blueback herring Pholls gunnellus (Linnaeus) - rock gunnel Atosa pseMoharengus (Wilson) - aleulfe family: Stromateldae - butterfisbas Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe) - Atlantic menhaden repritus triacanthus (Peck) - butterfish H Order: Salmomiformes s H ramily: Trig 11dae - soarebins f Family: Osmeridae - amelts Prionotus carolinus (Linnaeus) - northem searot h t Osmerus norden (Mitchill) - rainbow smelt 90 Family: Cottidae - sculpins o order: Cadiformes Manitriptermas americanus (Gmella) - sea raven ramily: Cadidae - codfishes Nyowocephalus aenaeus (Mitch!!!) - grubby Cadus morhua (Linnaeus) - Atlantic cod Myoxocephalus octodeceaspinosus (Mitch!11) - longhorn sculpin Merluccius bilinearls (Mitch111) - silver hake Family: Cyclopteridae - lumpfishes and ana!! fishes Po11achius virens (Linnaeus) - pollock Cyclopterus lumpus (Linnaeus) - numpfish Microgadus toscod (Linnaeus) - toscod Liparts atlanticus (Jordan and Evermann) - seasnail Urvrhycis tenuis (Mitchill) - white bake Orders Fleuronectiforwes t!rophycis chuss (Walbaum) - red hake ramily: Bothidae - letteye flounders Family: Zoarcidae - eelpouts paratichthys dentatus (Linnaeus) - stammer flounder Macro:oarces americanus (SchaeIJer) - ocean pout Para 1Ichthys oblongus (Mitchill) - fourspot flounder i Order Atheriniformes Scophthatmus aquosus (Mitch111) - windowpane family: AtherialJae - silversides family: Pleuronect!$aa - righteye flounders MenIJia menidia (Linnaeus) - Atlantic silversides Lisands ferruginea (Storer) - yellowtail flounder

! Order: Casterosteiformes Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum) - winter flounder Family: Syngnathidae - pipefishes Orders Tetraodontiformes l

Syngnathus fuscus (Storer) - morthern pipefish fam!!y Tetraodontidae - puffers l

i-Table 4 . Yearly mean catch per tow data (pooled stations) for dominant species in nearshore trawl samples, 1981-1984.

Species .-

winter yellowtail skate longhcen Year flounder flounder spp. windowpane sculpin

I 1981 14.4 5.3 3.8 3.3 0.4 -

. 1982 10.7 3.8 6.5 6.3 2.0

~ "

1983 16.3 1.3 9.4 5.1 0.5 1984 10.8 1.9 11.1 4.8 1.0 I

Taolo 5. Nearsnore trawl caten data for selectec '

demersal communsty species occuretng in tne vicintty of pilgrim Station, January-Decemoor, 1984 winter yellowtatl little wanter flouncer flouncer skate windowoane skate STATICN 1 Size nange (mm) 88-'03 110-389 234-685 37-315 355-552 mean st e (mm) 231.1 225.1 315.3 221.2 612.7 Mean caten/ tow 12.6 0. 4 5. 4 5. 5 1. 3 STATION 2 Si=e range (mm)73-431 166-493

.i Mean s1:e (mm)

Mean eaten / tow 277.6

7. 3 80-383 250.2

3. 5 327.2

7. 0 67-375 247.3 350-652 443.0

6. 8 3. 6

?S7ATICN 2. ^ W ~" ~ ' '

1 Size range (mm) -117-402 132-492 133-499 64-473- 332-775 Mean size (mm). ' 242. 4.. .-247.5 286.7' ' 211. & '444 1.

Meam caten/ tow- 6. 5.- 2. 3 ' n,18. 9 5. 2~ . .w 1.1:

~

h"' '

w  ; , ,.,: N ,.

L.n . u. : b .. .... . , .% . a N ' '.i Size range (mm) 41-a22 130-380 172-435 90-372 355-733 Mean size (mm) 251.5 250.0 254.2 205.7 373.3 i 7.1 3. 2 Mean caten/ tow '12.2 4. 5 1. 7 STATION 5 Si=e range (mm)60-330 235-200 40-340 360-570 Mean sa== (mm) 288.8 333. 2 175.3 462.8 Mean caten/ tow 13.6 0. 0 7. 3 1. 7 3. O i.-. STATION G2 ' 7 ^ N" ' $" 1 ^ P?^.*fF '

~..

~~

'I

• Size range- (sumL .128-429- /88-398 ,1122-498 '"

l75-313: ':390-818 Mean stze~(ess)- n 1169.& l 182.9 - ' [227.3r :191.E ,- .311al;

.I o --

Mean caten/ tow ' 52944~ i: 1.2  ; 11. 2. '

- . 3.4.7 .m.. \ "

s 1 8.9

4. , ,

- ..a. << ,

III.A.-21 1

I I

station 4 (Fig. 2), and second or third at the other stations (Table 5 ). As in 1983, the highest mean CPUE (12.2) occurred at Station 4. The mean annual catch for skates in the study area has steadily increased (Table 4 ), from o low of 3.8 in 1981 to 11.1 this year.

Windowpane The windowpane ranked third (14%) as it did in the trawl catches of 1982 and 1983. Mean CPUE as an index of relative abundance for pooled stations was 4.8, essentially unchanged from last year (Table 4 ). Catch / tow was highest at reference Station 2, with Stations 1 and 3 ranking second and third, respectively (Table 5 ).

Winter skate Winter skate abundance has evidently increased in the study area since 1982. This species ranked tenth in catch rate in 1982 with a mean annual CPUE of 0.1, fifth in 1983 with a CPUE averaging 1.1, and fourth this year (2.1).

Winter skate were most abundant at Station 2 and least abundant at the surveil-lance stations T-3 and T-6 (Table 5 ).

Yellowtail flounder Yellowtail flounder abundance indices indicated a decline from 1981 to 1983 (Table 4 ). Yellowtail again ranked only fifth this year, comprising 5.8%

of the total catch (Tible 2). Yellowtail flounder were most abundant at reference stations 2 and 4, with none collected at Station 5.

I The greatest diversity of finfish species (17) was sampled at both Stations 1 and 2, while 13 and 14 species were collected at the two surveillance ctations. Station 3 had more species in common with Stations 1 and 2 than with Station 4 and 5. At Stations 3 and 4 this year (as in 1983), little skate was the dominant species, whereas at the remaining reference stations, winter flounder III.A.-22

I rcnked first. In 1981 and 1982, winter flounder ranked first in catch at all stations. The apparent increase in skate abundance at all stations is most likely the contributing factor effecting the shift in dominance pattern at sta e n 3.

I I

I I

I I

I I

I lI I

lI I

l5  ;

III.A-23 l

I i- - - - - - -

E

3. PELAGIC AND BENTHI-PELAGIC FISHES Gill net sampling (10 overnight sets) in 1984 yielded 26 finfish species totaling 1,686 fishes (Table 6). We recorded lower ambient water temperatures this spring and summer than last year. With sampling effort reduced by about half since 1983, total catch declined 56%; annual mean catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE), i.e., catch per overnight gill-net set, for pooled species dropped 11%.

Pollock and cunner ranked one and two, respectively, comprising almost three-fifths of the annual catch. Catch composition of these dominants was similar to last year's findings, with pollock constituting 41% of the total catch in 1983 and 39% in 1984; while the catch of cunner totaled 18% in 1983 and 19% in 1984 For the years 1971-1976 pooled, pollock ranked first numerically in overall gill-net catch (39%), Atlantic herring second (18%), and cunner third at 13% of the catch in the off-site waters of Pilgrim Station (Lawton, Anderson et al. 1984b). Cunner has since replaced sea herring in the hierarchy of dominance.

From an analysis of long-term data bases on biota and hydrography, data were pooled by season (Lawton, Anderson et al. 1984b) as follows: winter (January-March), spring (April-June), summer (July-September), and autumn (October-December). Winter was characterized by the coldest water temperatures of the year, accompanied by changes in faunal distribution. Gill-net catches were lowest in species diversity (three finfish species collected) and abundance (number) in the nearshore marine environment of western Cape Cod Bay (Table 7).

In the spring, gill-net catches were highest in diversity (20 species collected) and abundance. Spring temperatures in Cape Cod Bay were evidently favorable for migratory and resident fishes to cohabit the area. Concomitant with maximum water temperatures in summer (August), gill-net catches of pelagic and benthi-pelagic species declined in diversity and numbers of fish collected. The fall III.A.-24 I

8 1

I i

Table 6 . Numerical rank, catch (number), percentage compesition, a*1 size i range of finfish species taken by gilt net (7 g enets of 3.8 - l 15.2 cm mesh) in the I-sedtate vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Tower I station, 1944

)

l Percentage of size Speeles Number total catch rente (mm)

I 1. pollock (Pollachius virens) 655 39.8 1J7-380 TL

2. cunner (Tautogelstrus adspersus) 318 19.9 100-290 TL

3. Atlantic herring (Clwres harengus harenrus) 131 7.8 150-338 TL

h. blueback herring (Alosa aestivalis) 102 6.0 129-260 FL

5. northern searobin (Prionotus carolinus) 88 5.2 200-320 TL I 6. tautog (Tautora enitis) 79 h.7 180-593 TL

?. Atlantic cod (Cadus morhua) 57 3.m 150-761 TL

~

8. silver hake (P'ertuccius bilitnearts) 56 3.3 230-u95 rt

9. alewife (Alosa pseudeharengus) Su 3.2 229-285 FL

10. sea raven (Femitripterus americanus) b7 2.8 250-4u9 TL

11. lorghorn sculpin (Myerocephalus octodeceaspinosus) 23 1.4 210-395 TL

12. blaefish (Pomatmus saltatrix) 14 0.8 lu5-755 FL

13. rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) 11 0.7 192-227 TL I smoth dogfish (?'ustelus canis) 11 0.7 3?f-1026 TL 16 Atinntic r.enhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus) 8 0.5 17#-290 FL

15. Atlar. tic mackerel (Scomber seorbrus) 5 0.3 219-k29 TL little rhete ( @ erinocea) 5 0.3 2m6-505 TL winter skate (Pg ocellata) 5 0.3 520410 TL I 16. fourspot flounder (Parallchthys cbleceus)

• 0.2 222-291 TL

17. butterfish (Pecrilus triae49thus) 3 0.2 110-127 T!.

winter floander (Pseubpleumrectes amerleanus) 3 0.2 223-360 TL

19. gr.tby (*.mw cer%* aennes:s) 2 0.1 125-142 TL s'orthorn sculpir. (?9exocephalus acerplus) 2 0.1 22f - W Il

~5 19. Atlantic t w od ("lerectius t w ed.) 1) 235 IL

)

I red h.no ("-erhvcis ehuss) 1) 4 0 T*

i

) 0.1 s;1ny dogfish (Sauslus acanthias) 1) f95 TL l

l Tctal 1.686 r

l FL

• f:rk le :gth TL = total length l

8 III.A.-25 LI

- ___ _ _ _ - _ _ . . _ _ ~ , _ , ._ . . _ _ . . , - . . . .

E Table 7. Monthly and seasonal gillnet sampling totals: temperature g and finfish catch in the vicinity of Pilgrim Nuclear Power g Station, 1984.

I Seasonal / ~ Surface Water Bottom Water Finfish Number Month Temperature (C) Temperature (C) Species of Fish I

WINTER 2-4 2 3 6 Jan. 2.0 2.0 1 1 Feb. 4.0 -

3 5 Mar.* - - - -

I SPRING 9-13.5 5.5-13 p 548 Apr.* - - - -

May 9.0 5.5 10 268 June ** 13.5 13.0 17 280**

i SUMMER 13-21 10.5-15.5 15 529 July 13.0 10.5 11 332 l l Aug. 21.0 15.5 10 88 W Sept. 14.0 13.5 10 109 l

L I

AUTUMN 6.5-8 6.5-9 -

13 325 Oct.* - - - -

3 Nov. 8.0 9.0 12 206 Dec. 6.5 6.5 7 119 Total 2-21 2-15.5 26 1,408

• No sampling because of adverse weather / wind conditions.

• • Two sets made this month; mumber of fish caught equals the mean of the two sets.

I III.A.-26 I

I trend was inconclusive, in that, no set was made in October because of adverse wind conditions. It is evident from seasonal differences in catch that species frequenting the eulittoral zone in Cape Cod Bay undergo changes in distribution associated with environmental variation, namely in water temperature.

I Pollock Ranging in size from 137-380 mm FL, pollock were captured in 1984 from I May-December (Table 6). Over the years, survey abundance of this dominant species has peaked in spring (Lawton, Andersen, et al. 1984b). This year's catch of pollock was more than double that of any other species. Mean annual CPUE was 53.8 (Table 8), a 30% reduction from the 1983 survey index (76.7);

however, stock abundance was remarkably similar to the 1982 level of 54.8 fish / set.

Our long-term record of annual stock estimates suggests that population fluctua-tions of pollock occur regularly inshore, with year-class strength perhaps an important factor, inasmuch as only juveniles (Steele 1963) have been recorded throughout study investigations.

Cunner Cunner (100-290 mm TL) ranked second in overall gill-net totals. Sampled spring through fall, highest catches were obtained in June and July. Their conspicuous absence from the inshore area during colder months reflects an offshore movement to deeper, warmer water (011a et al. 1975). Total catch of cunner was twice as large as the next most abundant species. Nevertheless, the catch index was substantially down from 35.5 in 1983 to 27.1 (Table 9), or a 24% reduction. This index of relative abundance, which was the lowest obtained since 1976, suggests there was a change in local distribution and/or abundance in 1984.

I g III.A.-27

'I

E Table 8. Indices of relative abundance for Gadids collected in western Cape Cod Bay near Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station based on standardized gill-net gear and procedures, 1971-1984.

Year Abundance index Year Abundance index 1971 67.9 1978 91.3 1972. 119.8 1979 86.9 1973 109.1 1980 135.2 1974 41.6 1981 110.7 1975 22.1 1982 54.8 1976 57.2 1983 76.7 1977 141.8 1984 53.8 Atlantic cod 1971 8.9 1978 2.8 1972 14.2 1979 6.5 1973 9.6 1980 4.5 1974 7.9 1981 4.1 1975 6.1 1982 8.9 1976 4.4 1983 6.0 1977 3.0 1984 3.1 silver hake 1971 1972 0.3 1978 1979 0.0 g 0.1 0.0 g 1973 0.4 1980 2.5 1974 8.4 1981 0.7 1975 5.1 1982 2.3 1976 21.8 1983 2.3 1977 13.4 1984 4.3 I

I I

B III.A.-28 I

Table 9. Indices of relative abundance for two Labrids, two pelagic carnivores, and for all finfish species pooled caught in western Cape Cod Bay near Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station based on standardized gill-net gear and procedures, 1971-1984.

L~ Year Abundance index Year Abundance index p cunner L

1971 18.9 1978 44.0 1972 18.6 1979 38.6 I 1973 21.1 1980 44.3 L 1974 18.9 1981 40.7 1975 26.4 1981 38.8

f. 1976 27.6 1983 35.5 L 1977 42.7 1984 27.1 e tautog l

1971 0.7 1978 0.7 1972 0.6 1979 3.1 1973 1.2 1980 1.9 1974 1.0 1981 1.6 l 1975 0.4 1982 4.4 f' 1976 1.2 1983 5.1 L. 1977 0.6 1984 5.2 e Atlantic mackerel L

1971 13.9 1978 8.7 g 1972 5.0 1979 3.7 1973 6.3 1980 6.4 1974 2.4 1981 2.2 1975 5.7 1982 6.6 1976 1.6 1983 1.5 L 1977 2.5 1984 0.3 bluefish 1971 0.1 1978 0.9 1972 0.2 1979 3.2 l 1973 0.4 1980 0.3 1974 6.6 1981 0.4 1975 4.4 1982 0.1 1976 0.6 1983 5.6 1977 0.8 1984 1.2 all finfish species captured in the study (pooled) 1971 158.7 1978 202.1 1972 144.2 1979 232.5 1973 165.5 1980 231.8 1974 140.9 1981 224.7 1975 96.8 1982 150.5 1976 229.0 1983 151.6 1977 296.h 1984 135.3

, III.A.-29

e-5 Atlantic herring Atlantic herring (150-338 mm FL) ranked third in annual gill-net catch (7.8%) as it has for the last several years. Herring were most abundant in autumn; none were collected this year in spring or summer. Lawton, Anderson

.et al. (1984b) reported that over the years, largest numbers of adult herring

-were impinged at Pilgrim Station in November. Howe and Germano (1982) indicated that sea herring returned in numbers to Cape Cod Bay by late fall-early winter.

This year's survey index decreased somewhat from 17.8 (1983) to 14.2 but was comparable to the 1982 level of 13.3 (Table 10).

Blueback herring Blueback herring was fourth in catch (6.0%), replacing its relative, the alewife, in the dominance hierarchy. Lengths of fish captured ranged from 128-260 mm FL, representing probably three year-classes (I-III), according to the work of Scherer (1972). Most of the catch was obtained from one set made in November. Mean catch per set was 10.8, a noteworthy increase from last year and by far the highest value of the entire survey for this species (Table 10) .

Other Species Northern searobin and tautog ranked fifth and sixth, respectively, in catch. Searobins (200-320 mm TL) were captured from late spring through summer.

Total catch almost doubled from last year despite a reduction of catch effort by about half. -Tautog (180-593 TL) declined in rank of catch from last year, but the index of relative abundance remained essentially the same (Table 9), suggesting a stable local population. This species was captured May-September, apparently moving offshore for the winter. Highest monthly catch was obtained in August.

The numbers of Atlantic cod, silver hake, and alewife caught were similar.

Cod were most abundant in spring as they have been over the years of the survey.

The size range of cod captured the last two years was similar; CPUE, however, III.A.-30 I

L

Table 10. Indices of relative abundance for Clupeids and Osmerid captured in western Cape Cod Bay near Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station based on standardized gill-net gear and procedures, 1971-1984.

Year Abundance index Year Abundance index Atlantic herring 1971 14.2 1978 22.3 1972 1.5 1979 56.0 1973 4.6 1980 14.7 1974 19.9 1981 44.4 ~

1975 17.4 1982 13.3 1976 96.1 1983 17.8 1977 80.0 1984 14.2 Atlantic menhaden i 1971 1.8 1978 6.4 ~

1972 0.7 1979 8.1 -

1973 1.9 1980 l

0.5 --

1974 4.9 1981 1.8 1975 4.1 1982 1.9 1976 6.4 1983 1.5 1977 2.7 1984 0.6 alewife 1971 44.3 1978 14.5 1972 10.8 1979 4.7 1973 15.3 1980 6.1 1974 29.6 1981 1.3 1975 4.1 1982 3.0 1976 12.2 1983 9.7 1977 7.4 1984 3.1 blueback herring 1971 2.1 1978 3.5 1972 0.2 1979 4.9 1973 5.6 1980 0.8 l 1974 1975 0.8 0.6 1981 1982 0.7 0.1 1976 2.1 1983 1.7 1977 2.9 1984 10.8 rainbow smelt 1971 0.1 1978 0.7 1972 0.1 1979 1.6 1973 0.2 1980 0.7 1974 1.9 1981 0.6 1975 0.5 1982 1.3 1976 0.9 1983 0.6 1977 0.5 1984 1.2 III.A.-31

1 I

dropped by almost 50% (Table 8). Preliminary National Marine Fisheries Service )

l landing data for 1984 revealed that commercial New England landings of cod were j down from last year (National Marine Fisheries Service, personal communication).2 8i1 1

Silver hake were taken seasonally in late spring /early summer and in the fall.

From 1971-1973, the annual catch rates for silver hake were relatively low, I but between 1974 and 1977, relative abundance increased substantially, possibly because of the' recruitment of several strong year-classes (Table 8). None were l

, sampled in 1978 and 1979; whereas from 1980 to 1983, stock index rebounded to

.h W

a relatively constant, modest level. In 1984, CPUE approximately doubled the mean index for the previous four years. New England commercial landings of silver hake were up 18% from 1983 for the period of January through early October, 1984 (National Marine Fisheries Service, personal communication).2 Catches of alewives were highest in spring; the 1984 CPUE averaged 3.1 fish per set, a marked decrease from 1983 but a return to the level of 1982 (Table 10).

Overall, gill-net trends of relative abundance for dominant species were down from 1983 for pollock, cunner, Atlantic herring, cod, and alewife but up for blueback herring, northern searobin, and silver hake. Mean CPUE for pooled species was also down and was at its lowest level since 1975 (Table 9). It was evident that those components of the inshore finfish community structure consisting of pelagic and benthi-pelagic fish populations vary seasonally as a result of the spatio-temporal distribution of resident and migratory species, which are influenced by water temperature changes.

I I

2 National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, Woods Hole, Mass.

III.A.-32 8

P

};

B 4 SHORE ZONE FISHES l A total of 11,444 finfish, representing 29 species, was captured in 99 sets of the haul seine completed during 15 sampling days (Table 11). Approxi-I mately 4,000 invertebrates, consisting primarily of the common shrimp (Crangon spp.) and the green crab (Carcinus maenas), were also captured. Water temperature throughout the sampling regime ranged from 5.5 to 26.0 C.

L Four species, not previously captured by haul seine, were taken in 1984 p Seined were two juvenile coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) at Gray's Beach I

" (Station 1) and single individuals of winter skate (Paja ocellata), little skate (Raja erinacea), and rough scad (Trachurus lathami) at Warren Cove (Station 2).

Rough scad have not been previously documented in the Plymouth area and are I rare north of Cape Cod (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953).

The index of overall abundance, catch per set, for all stations and l

7 species pooled, decreased 52% from last year. Catch rates decreased at all stations except in the Intake (Station 3), where an increase of 62% was recorded.

We believe this increase in catch rate to be largely influenced by a change in sampling gear (see Methods section of this report).

Seasonally, catches were highest in late summer - early fall, with monthly l

catch per set (all stations and species pooled) peaking in September. Abundance indices from 1981-1983 a_co peaked in late summer - early fall.

Catches were largest at Long Point (Station 5), where 40.8% of the total h was obtained. Excluding White Horse Beach (supplemental data), catches were lowest at Warren Cove (1,195 fish seined).

Four taxa: Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia), sand lance spp.

(Ammodytes spp.), mummichog (Fundulus heteroclitus), and winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus), comprised 97.3% of the catch totals. The III.A.-33

I Table 11. Shore-seme fi,ahee septured by henal seine at five statione in the I vicialty of Pilgria Neeleer Pouer Station. April-Ceteter 1944 Station 1 2 3 4 5 White Grey's Warree Pilgrim Pilgrie IIerse lang Total Percent of someles tesen cove intake 1 intake I Besen Point numeer total earch Atlaatte ellverside 3.707 1.127 ' 441 303 77 e.417 10.092 SS.2 send lanse opp.8 10 846 5 4 545 5.8 mummiehet 120 2' 79 201 1.8 uinter flounder 45 24 31 1. 9 58 168 1.5 bluebeek herring 9 2 ~ 57 4 2

• 70 0. 7 Sentnere sculpin to 44 0.4 northern pipefish 5 12 1 17 35 0.3 uindeupene 3 4 1 25 35 0.3 striped killifish 12 to 11 37 0.3 cuaner 1 21 3 25 0.2 hate app.*

• Is 1 9 0.1 eleuite 2 2 1 2 7 0.1 1

At14atie eed 4 2 6 01 l Atlantie temoed 2 1 2 $

I hiuefish 3 2 3

! rech gunnel e e l bay enenewy 2 1 3

! rainbow smett 3 3 Atlantie mennedes 2 1 3 i

Atlantle heaving 1 2 3 spotted hate 2 1 3

= e 0.1 threessine stickleback 2 2 northerie puffer 2 2 come salmen 2 2 tautos 1 1 lumefish 1 1 little state 1 1 uentee skate 1 1 routm acad 1 1

• Total no. of fish 3.305 1.191 1.282 315 92 4.675 11.e**

'su moer of sets 25 22 8 12 12 10 99 Caten/ set 154.2 $4.3 '157.8 28.2 7.7 233.8 115.4 fetal ne. et speeles 10 19 15 4 6 18 21 1

Percent of total catch 34.1 10.4 11.0 28 0.8 =0.9

• Not separated by speelee.

I 150' s 10' seine utilized beginnans in late August.

2 150' a 6' seine ut111:ed fue April into August.

I I

I B

III.A.-34 I

.._2 , ... w.:.. . .. . . - - -- -

. - - - -- - - --- - - - -~

single mest abundant species was the Atlantic silverside, which accounted for i

88.2% of the total catch. Silversides were numerically dominant at all stations ll h

I and were caught throughout the sampling period, with abundance peaking in September. Changes in monthly catch reflect the influence of water temperature on their seasonal movements, and recruitment of young-of-the-year to the

! population. Overall density of silversides in the study area, based on catch per volume of water seined, averaged 0.40 silversides per m3 (all stations and sampling dates pooled). This is a decrease of 54% frca last year. Compared with 1983, densities increased at the Intake (+143%) and Long Point (+35%) but declined at the remaining three stations (Figure 5). Increased catches at the Intake were probably influenced by fishing efficiency of the larger seine.

Sand lance ranked second, comprising 5.8% of the total. Ninety-seven percent of the catch was obtained in the Intake using the larger seine. This species was also captured in smaller numbers at Warren Cove and Long Point. Mummichogs ranked third in catch (1.8%), being captured at Gray's Beach, Long Point, and in the Intake at PNPS. Winter flounder ranked fourth and were taken at all stations. The numbers of other species captured by haul seine are presented in Table 11.

The predominance and seasonal abundance of silversides are comparable to findings for the past three study years. Aside from the silverside's numerical dominance, the composition of the other most frequently caught species has varied during the course of study. This variation probably reflects gear bias, sampling error affected by the relatively low numbers and/or the aggregated dispersion patterns of many of these species, and fluctuations in population size. For example, although Atlantic menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus) accounted for 12% of the total seine catch in 1983, 66% were captured in a single set at Station 2.

III.A.-35

I 3.s 3 . '.

Ii g 3 3r3*/ ' 5 3*3Cn y

. . _ cc .

5 = inta<e

^

3 h

• Whi e Morse 3edCh 1 52 s-

Lor.g ?cir.:

7 z . c.

.,^

i .'.

E i.

.{j 1. s.

1 I

,i

g e t..

3'

)

. s.

• '?:D m

s:!;if

!!!r

.4

,.:41 I i 1

1

)

i

!!!! iiiis a:

. . ::. s

)

I g 5

5 pjjk.-

• e, 82 e2 *s.

.EA?

l r

Fi/;re 5.  : Mar. de n i*v of A-13nti: 3ilt+rsides (n:. per ,3 ater seined) : ci ..r'a i in -P.e r. A 21 seir.e at v a r i:*ls 13:liiar; ir. the :rceirer.s of Pilgrim 3:1 - L: n .

• 941 '.97 I

g B

m..e I I

I Diversity, as measured by the total number of species present in a commun-ity, was highest at Warren Cove, where 19 species were collected. Lowest diversity, excluding White Horse Beach (only supplementally sampled) occurred at Gray's Beach. Seasonally, maximum diversity (all stations pooled) occurred in Septerler, when overall seine catches of fish in the nearshore zone were l large.

E ,

I I

I I

I I

I I

l I

l W III.A.-37

!I

I

5. UNDERWATER FINFISH OBSERVATIONS Employing the procedures and station locations established in 1981 (Lawton et al. 1982), underwater finfish observations began on 1 May, with a total of 13 dives made through 26 October. Eight species of finfish were observed (Table 12), including two species (rock gunnel, Pholis gunnellus, and striped killifish, Fundulus majalis) not previously sighted by, project divers. Though not included in the total, a banded rudderfish (Seriola zonata) was seen for the first time moving between stations S and S .

1 2 Invertebrates noted included horseshoe crabs, starfish, rock crabs, amphipods, and mussels.

The average depth on station was approximately 3.8 m, and total dive duration was generally 60 minutes.

Estimates of visibility, influenced by available light and wind, ranged from 1.2-6.2 m (averaged 3.7 m). In general, visibility was greater during the 1984 sampling period than in previous years, probably due to the reduction (or absence) of a plant-induced current and discharge of impinged material.

Water temperatures (surface and bottom) ranged from 7.5-27.8 C and l 7.0-25.0 C, respectively, within the dive area. Temperatures in the intake embayment ranged from 6.5-24.0 C at the surface and 5.0-22.0 C on the bottom.

Ccmpared with 1983 data, temperatures in the study area were somewhat lower and more reflective of the seasonal fluctuations noted outside the immediate vicinity of the discharge canal.

Attendant with the power plant outage in 1984, changes were noted in the flora of the study area. The absence of a warm, high-velocity discharge allowed a dense layer of algae (primarily Laminaria spp., with patches of Enteromorpha spp. ) to flourish in the discharge canal during the late spring. Later in the summer, when water flow increased due to limited operation of the pumps, III.A.-38 I

l l

I '

Table 12 I Abundance and size ranges associated with the occurrence of all species observed during underwater observations May-October, 1984.

I Number Station Size I Species observed by divers

% of all fish where most abundant range TL (cm) I cunner 2,234 86.5 C 1

$ 2-18 I pollock 273 10.6 D 2

$ 5-13 tautog 52 2.0 D 10-51 2

m grubby 8 0.3 C  % 5-10 1

I sea raven 7 0.3 S 2

8-41 s

I longhorn sculpin-rock gunnel 5

3 0.2 0.1 D

S 1

2

% 8-31 5

striped killifish 1 0.03 S k5 I

I I

I I

I I

I I III.A.-39 I

I the larger concentrations of Laminaria were apparently dislodged and flushed out. However, some plants remained throughout the study period. Algal growth in the " stunted" sone also appeared denser and more luxuriant.

In 1984, the number of finfish sighted was the highest yet recorded for underwater observations, totaling approximately 2,580 fish (a 20% increase from 1983). Of these 48.7% were found in the " control" zone, 43.6% in the

" denuded" or discharge zone, and 7.7% in the " stunted" zone. This distribution represents a shift from past trends.

Comprising 86.5% of all sightings, cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus) was most abundant, occurring at all stations. Of the more than 2,200 cunner recorded, 54.7% were found in the " control" zone, compared with 38.5% in 1983.

The mean number of cunner observed per dive (172) increased by 46.5% from the 1983 mean of 91.9 cunner / dive; this increase was believed to be related to the incidence of young-of-the-year (1.3-3.8 cm in total length).

Pollock (Pollachius virens) was the second most abundant species observed.

An estimated 270 individuals compares well with the number (280) sighted in 19G3. Distribution, however, was much different in 1984 In past years, pollock were noted at all stations; whereas last year, they were found primarily at Station D2 . The majority of fish (200) occurred at this station during one ,

dive on 26 June. Sizes ranged from about 5-13 cm.

Third in abundance was the tautog (Tautoga onitis), which was found at all stations except C1 (Table 12). As in past years, the majority (69.2%) resided in the " denuded" zone. A size range of approximately 10-51 cm is consistent with past size estimates.

The remaining species (Table 12 ) represent less than 1% of the total number of fish observed, occurring only sporadically. With the exception of the striped killifish, all were benthic species and were found over or under rocks.

III.A.-40 I

I V. INTEGRATION OF MONITORING In an effort to better assess the impact of Pilgrim Station on the local environment, data collected by the Division of Marine Fisheries (DMF) was compared with records from the other monitoring programs. Of these, we found that impingement data was the most appropriate for comparison, because the same species and sines of finfish were being sampled.

A COMPARISON OF IMPINGEMENT TO OTHER GEAR TYPES As in 1983,' impingement data from 1984 intake screenwash collections were compared with that gathered by the various gear types employed by the Division of Marine Fisheries. In terms of species diversity, haul seine records were found to be most like impingement data. However, because of the small sample size of the screenwash collections (136 fish actually impinged), comparisons of catch abundance were not appropriate.

The dominant finfish species in both sampling programs was the Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia). Found in great abundance throughout the haul seine study area (see Shore Zone Fishes - this report), this species was seined most frequently in late summer-early fall. Abundance in screenwash collections was greatest in winter, as noted in 1983 (Lawton et al. 1984).

The sand lance (Ammodytes spp.) was second in abundance in total haul seine catch (first in intake collections), but was not impinged. This species can probably avoid impingement because of their ability to burrow into sand sub-strate (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953), such as found in front of the intake. This behavioral trait would reduce their susceptibility to impingement on Pilgrim's in-take screens. Increased haul seine catches are at least partially attributable to our use of a larger seine (see Methods and Materials-this report). This net has g enab1ee us to better samp1e th. sharp ere,-off now foune ., the Intax. Station I m .^.- -

I

I subsequent to dredging in 1982.

Second in impingement collections was the grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus),

a species not seined during the study period (April-October) in 1984 As in the past, those individuals impinged late in the year (fall) were somewhat larger than those taken earlier.

Two species, northern puffer (Sphoeroides maculatus) and lumpfish (Cyclop-terus lumpus) ranked third in screenwash records. Both were sampled by haul seine in the intake embayment, but not in abundance. Northern puffer were both impinged and seined in late summer, while lumpfish were sampled by both methods in autumn.

Fourth in impingement collections were the alewife (Alosa psuedoharengus) and Atlantic tomcod (Micregadus tomcod). Of the alewives captured by seine, only one was netted in the intake. Tomcod were also seined, but none were captured in the intake.

Windowpane flounder (Scophthalmus aquesus) ranked fifth in screenwash col-lections and eighth in haul seine catches. Impinged primarily during the fall, this species was found in haul seine catches throughout the summer and fall.

Although large numbers of fish are generally not impinged at Pilgrim Station, the intake screens sample the entire water column, making impingement data use-ful in determining"the efficiency of the DMF gear. As one or both of the circu-lating pumps were down for most of 1984, data from that year are not represen-tative of past trends in impingement, but were similar enough to allow ccmpari-son with the haul seine. As in 1983, data from impingement collections complement that gathered by DMF and assist in assessing the diversity and season-ality of the local finfish community.

I III . A.- 42 I

I VI. IMPACT To more clearly address plant impact on the marine resources of Rocky Point, Plymouth, we plotted the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Unit I Maximum Dependable Capacity Factor (M.D.C. Net %) by year (Fig. 6 ). This factor output approximates I thermal loading to the marine environment.

E .

100 10.

80 ,/ k [,

, i i  ! i 8

1  !

/ i E D m

i\

i

\

s

/

\*

" f *s t i #  %  ! I 60*

/ \ /N,'/ i

'I r ::

]c. } 50.

0 E

/

I i i

_ . l. ) _ - - - - l - - - - - -\ , ,

i /

2 s33%

\ /

}

40. *<

/*~

i  ! \/ i

= l v 1 30- /

n S v-10

\;

0 . . .

E ,

72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 31 32 a3 94 13 . Year 7. ---. (53,3 fa)

Annua

• 7""*"-**"*"

I Tigure 6. Annual mean and cumulative Pilgrim Stati:n L' nit

• Capscity Factor (M 0 C Net %) since the plant began operation.1972-1984 I

GM r. Robert D. Anderson, Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist, Nuclear Management Services Department, Boston Edison Company, Braintree, Mass.

III.A.-43 5

I

1. COMMERCIAL LOBSTER CATCH STATISTICS - PCWER PLANT IMPACT In past years, pooled catch statistics from reference quadrats G-11, H-10, J-11 and J-10 (Figure 1) were compared with data from surveillance quadrats H-11, H-12, I-11 and I-12. These reference quadrats were initially selected because of their proximity to the surveillance area, and were described as 'not strongly influenced' by the thermal plume. This year we reconsidered use of the aforementioned reference areas, and selected instead quadrats E-13, E-14 and F-13 (Figure 1) as replacements. They are located in Warren Cove and are completely removed from the influence of the thermal plume, as demonstrated by isotherm mapping (Stone & Webster 1975). It was more appropriate to select control sites further removed from the surveillance area because of lob-ster mobility. If thermal changes modify their movement patterns, catch rates for areas thermally influenced and those immediately adjacent would be the most strongly affected.

. Comparison of mean seasonal legal catch rates at surveillance versus refer-ence areas revealed little change from 1983 to 1984 (Figure 7). The catch rate increased considerably in the reference area from 1983 to 1984; however, this is believed to be an artifact of sampling in that very little data were avail-able from the reference area in 1983. The 1984 seasonal catch rates for legal lobsters captured from reference (0.48) and surveillance (0.42) areas were similar (Figure 7).

The 1984 seasonal catch rates for legal lobsters captured from reference (0.48) and surveillance (0.42) areas were similar. We statistically tested lobster catch data (Kruskal-Wallis nonparametic statistical test; Sokal and Rohlf 1969), for this outage year (1984) and pre-operational years (1970-1972) cot-bined for differences in average seasonal catch rates between reference and III.A.-44 I

J 1

1 1

1 1

4 f ~ 8 9

1 L

3 8

1 9 1

4 l 2 8

~

8 9 f 9 1 1

1 1 8 1 9

1 1 s

t 0 a l 8 r 9

1 J

q 9

7 e 9

1 n R l a

8 l 7 i l 9 1

J r 7 u 7 R 9

A 1

E Y

a R 6 e 7

9 1 e r

e H 5 7

f e

9 )

1 2 m

7 4 1

I-3 7 9 1 1 )

1-3 I, 3 1 2 R 7 9

F, l l I,

1 4 1 1 2

D, 1 I I

7 3 (

D 9 1

1 D s s ( t

• r a 1 a s r 7 e t d O .

9 y a a 1 r u e d q

• n a 1 0 i u q c e

7 l

~ 9 - n f 1 f e a f c l o nl ei

• r e

- - - - - ~ - - - e v n 0 9

0 8

0 7

0 6

0 5

0 4

0 3

0 2

0 1

f r e

r u

s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = =

M 0 h t

' E mC

I surveillance quadrats. No significant difference (P > 0.05) was found. The Kruskal-Wallis analysis was then performed on mean legal catch rates for en-line years (1973-1983) to examine the magnitude of differences between reference and surveillance areas. Again, no significant difference (P > 0.05) was fcund, indicating no measurable thermal impact on the catch rates of lobster in the surveillance area.

Catch data were further examined through correlation analysis of the mean seasonal (May-December) Unit I Pilgrim Station Capacity Facter (MDC Net %) with the corresponding seasonal legal lobster catch rates for surveillance quadrats for on-line years (1973-1983). These test variables were not significantly correlated (r= -0.5988) at P > 0.05 but were significantly related at P < 0.10.

From the analysis performed in 1983 (Lawton et al. 1984a) we found a significant negative correlation (P < 0.05) between average legal lobster catch rates and annual MDC Net % Capacity Factor. However, in last year's analysis we included data from 1972, before the plant commenced operation, with data from operational (on-line) years. Also, it should be noted that mean annual (January-December) percent plant output was utill:ed for comparison last year, while mean seasonal (May-December) output was employed in this year's analysis. We selected seasonal data because the icbster pot sampling program is conducted seasonally.

Significance at a probability level of P < 0.10 is questionable as to statistical implications, however. The result of the Kruskal-Wallis tests indicated that no plant impact was statistically measured as affecting legal lobster catch rates in the surveillance area.

I B

l III . A . -46 I

L _

I

2. NEARSHORE BENTHIC FINFISH - POWER PLANT IMPACT This year, as in 1983, Station 1 in Warren Cove was utilized as the primary reference site for comparison with surveillance Station 3 in the discharge

one . Similar benthic habitat at these stations formed the basis for reference site selection. In 1983, winter flounder was chosen for assessing power plant impact because of its commercial importance and predominance in most trawl samples. Additional species were also examined this outage year and compared with on-line data in 1983. An apparent change in trend (1981-1983) at the discharge station for winter flounder is first discussed.

Winter _ flounder apparently are not attracted to the thermal effluent, possibly avoiding the discharge area as they avoid shallow, extensive flats in harbors and bays that are warmed by the sun during the summer months (Lawton et al. 1983). When relative abundance indices were plotted by month for 1981-1983, the autumn trends of relative abundance at reference versus surveillance sites were different. Winter flounder exhibited secondary peaks in relative abundance during each October at the reference station when bottom water temperatures dropped below 9-10 C. This was not the case at surveillance Station 3 each October of 1981-1983; mean bottom water temperatures were higher at this station, presumably increased by the thermal discharge from Pilgrim Station. However, when data from the autumn of 1984 (outage year) were plotted, secondary peaks in relative abundance were apparent at both reference and surveillance stations. These increases occurred in November when mean bottom water temperatures dropped below 9-10 C. Water temperatures at both sites were similar throughout 1984; whereas, temperatures were generally higher at the surveillance station during years the plant was operational and releasing a thermal discharge.

III.A. 47 I

l I'

Mean annual catch rates for the four dominant taxa (winter flounder, skate spp., windowpane and yellowtail flounder) were examined for differences

.)

in yearly populatien fluctuations between reference and surveillance sites j (Figure 8 ) . Data collected from Station 3 mirrored that from Station 1 in 1 overall yearly trends of increases and decreases. However, the magnitude of relative abundance at Stations 1 and 3 differed by species. Winter flounder mean CPUE at Station 3 was approximately half that at Station 1 during all years, whereas CPUE values at the former site for skate spp., windowpane and yellowtail flounder were greater than or approximately equivalent to those for Station 1. If these differences were a result of plant operation, in that winter flounder are present in lesser quantities in the surveillance area, and conversely, the remaining species are present in greater numbers in the surveillance area, one would expect to see proportional (Station 1: Station 3) differences in 1984 data. This was not apparent, as 1984 abundance trends for dominant species appear to remain consistent with overall increases and decreases in annual CPUE during on-line years, indicating no measurable impact on the four taxa evaluated.

Catch data from the four dominant taxa were further examined through correlation analyses of the mean annual CPUE (1981-1984) with the mean annual Pilgrim Station Capacity Factor (MDC Net %). The test variables for all four species were not significantly correlated (P > 0.05): winter flounder (r = 0.69930), yellowtail (r = 0.C6312), skate spp. (r = 0.11513) and window-pane (r = 0.31017).

This year, a second surveillance site - Station 6, Intake channel - was added to the nearshore trawl sampling regime. The potential for impact at this site differs frcm Station 3 in that there is no continucus thermal component III.A.-48 I

winter flounder yellowtail flounder B-30 30-  ;

25- 25- '

?

} 15 15. -

3 i 0

~

10- 10-

~'

E 5- 5- >

, M -

i 1981 1982 1983 ,

1984 1981 1982 1983 1984 Year Year skare spp.

I windowpane

. 30.. 30 -. ,

25.. 25 -- _

~

3 9 2 15 . 15 - 4 3

5 19 , 10 -

I 1l i

~ ~

1 E r-E I I

1981 1982 1983 198'4 1981 1982 1983 1984 3 Year Year I 2 2

Reference Station 1 ft I E Surveillance Station 3 4

j-Figure 8.

I Mean annual nearshore trawl catch rates for four dominant finfish taxa at reference Station 1 and surveillance Station 3, 1984.

2

< d g

8 i I III.A.-A "

i

'lw

.5 E i 4

I to act upon biota, but only that temporarily induced by power plant backwashes.

The abundance indices computed for Station 6 provide a measure for potential impingement for several groundfish species. Sample collections supplement and enhance data collected in the shore one fish survey.

A comparison of length measurements for the five most abundant species captured in the study area showed that mean sizes for all except windowpane were lower at Station 6. The mean length for windowpane was second lowest at Station 6 (Table 5). Histograms of length frequencies (Figure 9 ) for the three most dominant taxa (skate spp., winter flounder, and windowpane) illus-trate the large numbers of smaller fish captured in the intake channel than at Station 1. Smaller fish may be attracted to the intake area because it is relatively sheltered. In addition, we qualitatively noted larger quantities of algae in the samples at Station 6, which could provide enhanced protection and increased food supply for juvenile fishes. We cannot rule out the possi-bility of a sampling artifact in that large amounts of algae in the trawl also serve to obstruct the net meshes, entrapping fishes that normally pass through the mesh due to their small size. However, large amounts of algae were often noted in the net at Station 5, yet smaller fish did not appear to be sampled in disproportionate amounts at that station. Regardless of whether smaller fish are attracted to the area, or are disproportionately sampled, it is apparent from screenwash analysis (R. Anderson, personal ecmmunication) that juvenile fishes are generally more susceptible to impingement than adults. Size ranges (total length) of winter flounder and windowpane impinged at Pilgrim Station 3

F.. Anderson, Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist, Nuclear Management Services Department, Bosten Edison Company, Braintree, Mass.

III.A.-50 I

.-. . ~ . - . - . ._ - _ _ _ _ - _ - _ _ _ _- _ _ _ _ _ _

I little skate Station 1 15.

10- ""*# "" *#

5 5- 35 .

30 0

Station 6

,8 15. 25 .

+

10 15 -

10 .

20 30 40 j I

5-

~

windowpane

[ Station 6 J.i

~

Station 1 h 30 -

t 2

Station

10. 10 20 30 40 Length (cm) 5-

. .a ,a . ._ I L

10 20 30 Length (cm)

Figure 9. Length frequencies for little skate, windowpane, and winter

. flounder at reference Station 1 and intake channel (Station 6),

1984.

I III . A.- 51 I

I this year were 54-79 and 42-96 mm, respectively (R. Anderson, personal communi-cation).3 In addition, CPUE data for winter flounder and all species pooled were highest at Station 6. These data suggest that the intake embayment (an I altered environment) has characteristics which attract juvenile and adult finfish, thereby increasing their susceptibility to impingement.

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

I III.A.-52 I

~

I

3. PELAGIC AND BENTHI-PELAGIC FISHES - POWER PLANT IMPACT Pollock Pollock (38.8%) ranked first numerically in overall gill-net catch in 1984 Annual stock estimates generated from catch-per-unit-effort (CPUE) data reflect local population fluctuations throughout the survey years (Fig.10). An increase in relative abundance was noted from 1971-1972, followed by a substan-tial reduction in the years 1974-1976. Stock index rebounded in 1977 to exceed past levels and remained relatively high until 1982, when the beginning of a decline was again indicated. Comparing mean CPUE for the preoperational (1971-1972) and operational (1973-1983) study years; and between 1983, when Pilgrim Station operational output exceeded 80%, and 1984, an outage year, revealed that relative abundance declined 10% overall during the operational period and 30% from 1983-1984, respectiveh (Table 13). There was no relationship discerned between the annual index for Pilgrim Station operational output and CPUE data for pollock (Fig.10); these variables were not significantly correlated (r = 0.242; P > 0.05). Changes in population level apparently reflect natural variability, perhaps related to year-class strength, amongst other factors, inasmuch as only juveniles (Steele 1963) were captured inshore.

Cunner Cunner (18.9%) ranked second in overall gill-net catch. Mean annual catch rates peaked in 1978 and 1980 (operational study years). Cunner is a year-round resident in the Gulf of Maine (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953), and population stability was evident from 1971-1976 (Fig.10), when the overall mean CPUE was 21.9 fish per set. However, from 1977-1983 (grand mean CPUE of 40.7), the annual catch rate for any given year about doubled that obtained the first six years of the survey, indicating a substantial change had occurred in distribution and/or abundance of the local population.

I III . A.-5 3 I  ;

I PCL10CK I

1'*0- .

~

2 0 120- - 75 t z y s f b a

100-

\ . =

y\ /

~

l\ j

! l \. I .

[ ~~0 W.

O 80- k -

~[ $

i

_ 60-.

i . i 3

0  ; 3 i

3 ,, 2 5

• e 40-I z

20- Catch-per-unit-effer _

~

Capacity Factor (MDC Net %) ~

~

A e a 4 =

a e 6 e a a a e a a 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 SO 81 82 83 84 Figure 10. Mean annual gill-net catch-per-unit effer for pollock in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station versus *early / Unit I Capacity Facter (MOC Net %), 1971-1994

(

CUNNER 50 100 I y 40 -

[. '*

/ - 90 I

o a  !  % /

~

o 't it  :

l ,

i m t !i / .,' / a c 30-  ! t  : - 'o e2 f\\ 50 I \

$?

a~

N I \ l'~~' a .*

! 20- / So

]

l u ./

e u

i 1,/ '

ii I l

E 10-I f -

20 CPUE Seasonal Capacity Tactor (MDC Net %)

e i . . . . . . . . i e s l 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 YEAR Figure 11 . Mean annual gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for c'ener in the vicinity of Pilgrim station versus seasonal Unit : Capacity Tactor (MOC Net %), 1971-1984.

III.A.-54 I

E E N O E EmW m em W W W W M M 4

j i

i i

l Table 13. Mean catch per standard gillriet (five panels of 3.8-8.9 cm mesh) set ( C1"E ) for various time periods and the percent differences for selected species caught in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station, 1971 - 1988a .

i l

Species 4

Atlantic Atlantic Atlantic bluetack Atlantic Year pollock cunner hboring alewife mackerel cod tautog herring menhaden bluefish

. 1971-1972 93.8 18.8 7.8 27.6 9. ta 11.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.2 I H (preoperational)

H

i. H 191.1-1903 4

. (op. rational) 8 's . 3 34 . 14 35.1 9.8 8.3 4 5.0 1.9 2.2 3.6 2.1 I

un un i

i l'reope ra t ional-operational -10% +03% +350% -684% - 5 '6 % -50% +217% +83% +200% +950%

tier cent djfference a

E 1903 76.7 35.5 17.8 9.7 1.5 6.0 5.1 1.7 1.5 5.6 i (* 80% capacity) 19H ei 53.8 27.1 186.2 3.1 0.3 3.1 5.2 10.8 0.6 1.2 (outage year) i.

1903-190e -30% -28% 4 -20% -68% -80% -18%

6 +2% +535% -60% -79%

f percent difference i,

l 1

l l

l i

l

I Pooled CPUE for cunner captured during the operational study years of 1973-1983 had increased 83% from the preoperational study years' (1971-1972) average (Table 13). Catch rate markedly declined in 1984, a year the power plant did not operate, to pre-1977 levels. There is an apparent relationship between the index for Pilgrim Station operational output for the spring and summer seasons, when cunner were most abundant in the study area, and catch data (Fig.11). This plot of the variables would suggest first a possible direct relationship between the two, and second, that CPUE was meaningfully higher when power output exceeded an average of 50%. We proceeded to statis-tically test CPUE and plant operation power level data, and, in fact, found a significant positive correlation (r = 0.636; P < 0.05) between them.

Thus, there is evidence for a relationship between the relative abundance of cunner in the vicinity of Pilgrim Station and " thermal loading" (calefaction) of the discharge waters emptying into Cape Cod Bay. Supporting data from our observational diving program revealed that substantially more cunner were sighted in the discharge zone as compared to surrounding areas from 1981-1983, when the power plant was releasing a warm-water discharge (Lawton et al. 1984a).

In 1984, an outage year, more cunner were sighted by divers at reference stations than the surveillance area, which suggests a shift in distribution.

No waste heat was released from Pilgrim Station in 1984, and no water current I generated Apr.-Aug. when both circulating pumps were turned off. In conclusion, it is apparent that cunner are attracted to the thermal current.

Atlantic herring Atlantic herring comprised 7.8% of the total gill-net catch, ranking third overall. Gill-net data suggest that relative abundance fluctuated throughout I the survey years (Fig.11). The annual mean catch per set was lowest in 1972 III.A.-56 I

i

I ATIANTIC HERRING I o 5

u.

100- - 100 m 5

/ '%.

% 60 . \ L l

e

40 /

\\ / '

"o  :

y i \/  ?

I U g

E 20.

20 t . . . . . . . . . .

I-71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84

- Catch-per-unit-effort YEAR

- - Capacity Factor (MDC Net %)

I rigure 12 Mean gill-net catch.per-unit-effort for Atlantic herring versus yearly Unit I Capacity Tactor (MDC Net %) at Pilgri:n Station, 1971-1984.

I AI.I'4III 50 - " IOU X.

'd t' . /* - 80 g 40 - [ ' .,, ., ,/ * .., f 2.2

? / n8

~

fi  ! . ,** / 60 q 20 -  : \, ,/

g, 4

!. ,/ 's../*** , ao D  !  %. . ,

y i V 20 I-

$ ;o .

E i /

l . . s . . . . s . . . . .

s 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 i Catch-per-unit-effort YEAR Seasonal Capacity Tactor (MDC Net %)

I Figure 13. Mean annual gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for alewife ,

in the vicinity of P11gri:2 Station versus Unit I Capacity l-Factor (MDC Net %), 1971-1984.

I III.A.-57 I

(a preoperational year) and highest in 1976 (operational). State catch statis-tics corroborated this finding; state-wide landings declined in 1973 but increased steadily the next few years, peaking in 1976 at 17.2 x 106 kg (National Marine Fisheries Service 1976). After the decline in the study area in 1972, relative abundance increased during the operational years of 1973-1977 but again dropped in 1978. Subsequently, CPUE fluctuated at reduced levels. A comparison of mean CPUE for preoperational (1971-1972) and operational (1973-1983) study years revealed a 350% overall increase during the operational period (Table 13).

Between 1983 and 1984, catch rate declined 20%. However, no power plant effect was evident, in that, no obvious relationship was discerned between annual Pilgrim Station operational output and catch data (Fig.12), and changes in stock abundance were not limited locally but appeared to be widespread. Further-more, catch rate and plant ' load' were not statistically correlated (r = 0.068; P > 0.05).

Blueback herring Blueback herring comprised 6.0% of the gill-net totals, ranking fourth in catch; seasonal abundance was highest in autumn. In a relative sense, CPUE was lowest in 1972 (preoperational year) at 0.2 fish / set and again in 1982 (operational year) at 0.1 fish / set. Overall, there was an increase in catch rate during the operational study period, markedly evidenced in 1984 (Table 13).

Catch rate and plant operational output were not significantly correlated (r = -0.312; P > 0.05), and no power plant effect detected to date.

Alewife The alewife comprised only 3.2% of the gill-net totals in 1984, ranking fourth in catch for 1983 but ninth this year. Seasonal abundance was highest in spring when adults of this anadromous species move inshore to spawn in their natal rivers, e.g., in the nearby Jones River, a tributary to Plymouth, Kingston, III.A.-58 I

I

-I Duxbury Bay complex. The annual mean CPUE declined markedly in 1972 (preopera-tional year) and then fluctuated at reduced levels during the operational study period. The National Marine Fisheries Service (1976) reported commercial landings in Massachusetts from 1973-1976 ranged from 67,700 kg to 748,000 kg.

An increase in recorded landings was not reflected in our abundance estimates.

The difference between the overall CPUE for the preoperational and operational ,

study years represents a downward trend of 64% (Table 13). Between 1983 and 1984, catch rate declined 68%. There has been an overall declining trend in relative abundance throughout the study that began prior to operation of Pilgrim Station; the nadir in the catch occurred in 1981, with a slight upswing noted in 1983 (Fig.13 ). We believe the decline in catch is related to natural variation.

We found no statistical correlation (r = -0.161; P > 0.05) between catch index and the mean Unit I Capacity Factor (index of power station operational output) for spring and summer, when most alewives were caught.

River herring have been subjected to intensive exploitation along the Atlantic coast, and commercial catches have been in a downward trend for years (Resource Assessment Division, Northeast Fisheries Center, 1983). Thus, the decline appears to be wide-spread and not limited to the Plymouth area.

Atlantic cod Atlantic cod exhibited spring and fall peaks in catch abundance in our gill net sampling over the years. Mean annual gill net CPUE increased from 1971-1972 (preoperational study period) but dropped during operational study years (Fig.I4). From 1973-1978, there was a steady decrease (80%) in CPUE, suggesting cod abundance had declined locally. There was a 50% decrease between the mean catch for the preoperational study period and the operational period (Table 13). However, CPUE began to rise in 1979 and subsequently flue-tuated at slightly higher levels until 1984, when it declined 48% from the I III . A. -59 I

I 1 A7!,AN* 0 cop I

-100

^

14 -

2

- 2 i,

=

10-4 i

/\

./

\

\* .

/

)

• l \*  ! . 60 3

" i #

[ *9 E

=

_ 8. ,/ , m

~

ea :l :l .

40 k 6

\/ *

1. - ^

i -

4 -

g U . . 23 j

2

= .

. . A. . . . . . . . . . . .

71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 94 l

Catch-per-unit-effert

.-~~.a Capacity Tactor (MOC Net %)

Figure 14 Mean annual gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for Atlantic cod versus annual Unit I Capacity Factor (MOC Net %) at Pilgrim Statien, 1971-1994.

t ATI. ANTIC MACTIPII.

l 100

! - 9- 1 l

5 8 3- 30 y

~ #***. #

$ 7 l *,~~~.

/ 7 i 5. . / . / ~ 60 m t / s 5"

7

% ./ -***

y a u. ...- - a0 -

2. ..*. -

a 3. .d

. 20 3 2-i y 1-

. . . . i

, i i . . . . . i i 71 72 73 74 79* 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Catch-per-unit-effort M

__ Capacity Factor (MDC Net %)

rigure 15. Mean gill-net catch-per-unit-effort for Atlantic mackerel versus Unit I Capacity Tactor (MDC Net %) for May-November at Pilgrim Station, 1971-1984.

m.s... I I

I year before and reached a near low level. There was no discernible relationship between indices for station operational level and relative abundance (Fig. 14),

and no power plant effect was indicated. Catch abundance of cod was not correlated to Pilgrim Station's operational output (r = -0.024; P > 0.05).

Atlantic mackerel Annual catch of Atlantic mackerel was highest by far in 1971 and lowest in 1984 (Fig.15). Relative abundance fluctuated generally in a two-year cycle.

Overall catch rates have been lower during the operational study period (Table 13). Interestingly, we found a statistically positive correlation (r = 0.477; P < 0.10) between Pilgrim Station MDC (Net %) mean Capacity Factor for May-November, the period mackerel were found inshore, and CPUE; however, this relationship was indicated at the 10% confidence level (corresponding to 1 type I error in 10 trials). It should be noted that statisticians would question the significance of a probability value greater than 0.05. The reader should also note that a correlation indicates a relationship between variables and doesn't necessarily imply cause and effect. At this point, we are not certain if mackerel are attracted to the thermal current at Pilgrim Station, but this is a possibility.

Other Species Not generally gill netted in large numbers, tautog, silver hake, Atlantic menhaden, and bluefish generally showed increases in relative abundance during the operational study period, although catch rates declined in 1984 for men-haden and bluefish (Table 13). No statistical correlations were run relating CPUE fcc these species and Station output because of the generally low numbers caught. Gill-net catch index for bluefish in 1984, an outage year, declined 79% from 1983, a year the plant operated at an annual mean Capacity Factor (MDC Net %) of 80%. Creel data (1973-1975; 1983-1984) from Pilgrim Station I III. A.- 61 I

I indicated that bluefish are attracted to and concentrate in the immediate area of Pilgrim Station's thermal effluent from August-October. Small catches of bluefish in September and October 1975 at the station were attributed to the lack of plant operation during those months; bluefish were observed being caught elsewhere in the area at the time (Lawton et al. 1984c). Corroborative data were obtained from our creel survey at Pilgrim Shorefront in 1983, when bluefish catches were found to be outstanding in the area of the thermal plume (Lawton et al. 1984a), as contrasted to 1984 recreational catches which were ostensibly poor.

In summation , it appears that Pilgrim Station's thermal discharge influences the local distribution of cunner, bluefish, and perhaps mackerel by acting as an attractant. To anglers, this thermal alteration of adjacent waters has a beneficial effect on sportfishing. The aforementioned three species ranked first, second, and eighth / sixth in catch, respectively at Pilgrim Shorefront during the fishing seasons of 1973-1975 (pooled) and 1983.

I I

I I

I 1

I III.A.-62 L

I i 4 SHOREZONE FISHES - POWER PLANT IMPACT Thermal effluent, power plant backwashing (antifouling measure), and I impingement are sources of potential PNPS impact on shorezone fishes in the vicinity of-Rocky Point. Although the rocky shoreline in the area of the discharge precludes sampling by haul seine, detection of a major perturbation in shorezone fishes is possible. Topography suitable for seining is found at the head of the Intake embayment (Station 3). Shorezone fishes within the Intake embayment are subject to effects of backwashing and impingement. The remaining seine sampling stations represent a variety of environmental types ranging from open coastal to a protected estuarine embayment. These locations provide information on the occurrence, distribution, and abundance of shorezone fishes in the Plymouth area.

Haul seine data, generated during four years of study, reveal there is large natural variability in nearshore fish abundances. A plot of monthly meen densities of Atlantic silversides (Menidia menidia) in the Intake versus the monthly PNPS Unit I capacity factor (MDC Net %) (Figure 16) shcus no discern-ible relationship. No relationship can be discerned from the plot of mean I densities of silversides and PNPS pumping capacity (Figure 17). Seasonal distribution, year-class strength, and changes in sampling regimes during the study probably account for a large portion of variation in silverside densities within the Intake embayment and the study area as a whole.

Station 3 is especially useful for monitoring the species that are subject to impingement. In 1984, as in 1983, the species most frequently impinged was the Atlantic silverside which was also dominant in seine catches. Other species, common to both impingement and seine collections include blueback herring (Alosa aestivalis), cunner (Tautogolabrus adseersus), and winter flounder (Pseudo-pleuronectes americanus).

III.A.-63

i I

1. e

. (=ts.2)

[

1- t.

e S

$ 1.6 4 .

j t. .

)

~

1.2. ,

l j o

!  : 1.0.. .)

3 .

E .40- ., 1 l g .

, .so. .

E .'

3 ..o.

e l

s .20.

t e .

. A

- c.". .I .. . .

j SG 100 Unit *. Capacity Tactor (Mcc Net 4) monthly mean.

Figure 16. " nit : sparsting capacity versus seine cat:nes et ,

' Atlantic silversides in r.e *ntaxe of Pilgris :!uclear i

Power Station. 1581 1185

. ( = 16.3) s . .. .

6.a s..e . .

~.

g i.u. ,

j t.:s. .

i.a.

~;

y i.e .

l ii .w.

2 l .u.

, y ,

i . .

j s ..

t

!  ; .u.

j .u.

! .. g

.a. .

.za.

. s> . .

', . . . e e u a a = u = u = = =

essun&y 4 Pump Casseser

. eassetE ..

t figur.17. m.usealt.u.P.am.e u .C.ase.sey u .,euwerens

= e,ssas e.mmeses i=.u e.,

u. r s.

III.A.-64 I

I Seine catches in the Intake were highest in August and September; whereas, high impingement rates occurred during colder months - November to April (Lawton et al. 1984). Decreased seine catches during the fall are related to the movement of shorezone fishes away from the intertidal and shallow subtidal zones to deeper water. Impingement rates of fish are influenced by pump generated currents, water temperature, and fish abundance (Lawton et al. 1984).

High impingement during colder months has been attributed to cold-induced sluggishness (Grimes 1975). To date, the impact of impingement on shorezone fishes has not been measurably detected.

Comparison of seine catches in the Intake for a year the plant was on-line (1983) versus an cutage year (1984) shows increases in both total catch (all species pooled) and catch of silversides in 1984 (Figures 18 and 19). An increase in catch rate in 1984 may be a sampling artifact, resulting from our use of a larger seine at Station 3 beginning in August 1984 (see Methods section). The larger seine probably increased fishing efficiency by affording access to deeper water. Limited spatial campling due to dredging operations ccepleted in 1982, combined with the possible impact of dredging on shorezone fishes may have contributed to the smaller seine catches at Station 3 in 1983.

As a result, conclusions based on a comparison of the on-line data of 1983 with off-line data (1984) cannot be made.

I i

I l 111.A..ee I

i

?

k if9

, tso- Tj:;j

. tse. E

~

.R]MM ig>n end O tp Ef![$l ii8:

• 3h!5%"l

• ' .$!Nii

., nu

• < #L f ,

2 Rid $$$$

$ mt DME::

30- -

E M$fg WW ::':M:M8:3 E fsk.m

!!$ b5 N$.

A 4 J J A S 0,A R J J A 5 0 1903 1994 rigure 18. Meathly catch rates (all species Poeled) by haul seine for Station 3 La tse utane et Ptigria Nucieer Power Station. !?t3.1984 1

I*

i. m

.e> ses.

~

, p?

ff 1? $a,

• n

-;

• sis

• • • n?;

m<

M i 50;$

'I .30 p q '4 W :O

.3%

f.'3 2: ..U!!j I T5 %I[ UIV:ik q i

j . t c. d4 ,;gi,  : :>

0,.8.: f.

.M EiG

.i.%q

+:9'.5 ,8 w:a EU m Mi!. N U$!h iY,.h r

M::;;. , d :T.mj .;

i

',ii:?:} ;

I'.' I.~f_

A R J J A S 0 A R J J A S 0 1983 1984 r!sure 19. nonthly case.o of Attantis silversides by haul seine at station 3 la the intase of Pilgria Nuclear Power Station.1993. Stet.

III . A.- 66 I

Lg

5. UNDERWATER FINFISH OBSERVATIONS - PLANT IMPACT Patterns of distribution and relative abundance have been noted-for the dominant species of finfish occurring around the discharge canal (Lawton et al.

1984). Demonstrating an attraction to the thermal effluent, the majority of fish (= 50%) we observed from 1981-1983 (Figure 20) were in the denuded or discharge zone (Stations D and D ).

1 2 Approximately 30-40% of the fish were generally found in the control zone (Stations C and C ) and 10-20% in the 1 2 stunted zone (Stations S1 and S2 )*

Dominant species were cunner (Tautogolabrus adspersus), pollock (Pollachius virens), and tautog (Tautoga onitis). Also observed, though not in great numbers, were striped bass (Morone saxatilis) and bluefish (Pomatomus saltatrix).

In 1984, Pilgrim Station was off-line for the entire year. In the absence of a high-velocity, heated discharge current, changes occurred within the study area. Water temperatures did not reach the high levels recorded in past years I but, instead, closely approximated ambient temperatures. A dense layer of kelp (Laminaria spp.) formed in the discharge canal, and algal growth throughout the discharge area was enhanced.

There was also a shift in finfish distribution with more fish (48.7%) sighted in the control zone (Figure 20) than in either the denuded (43.6%) or stunted zones (7.7%). Seemingly, without the attraction of the themal effluent (heat, current, food), fish were dist albuted more as they would be in a comparable non-impacted area. Two of the abundant species in the area, cunner and tautog, have marked affinities for structures or rock formations (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953; Olla et al. 1975). Of the three observational zones, the control stations B

are the most rocky, followed by the discharge area. In addition, the algae and invertebrates in the control area have not been impacted by the thermal discharge and may offer better cover and forage. Regarding the sightings in the III.A.-67 I

'I I

1981-83 1984 70-70,.

60-I 60,.

so,,

,,. s, _ Y sa.

e4: . na, h

, y > ;:s M%

8 .! M::M

$?;,. 7 P'7,w,F;.1- 3 m" 3 <#  : :iB 1: , s4 . !.? ..fr.

: ps

,~

5 8' d

![h.pk.

t

.,h i, -_

b' t.;.

"f l((

v ;,i;"- '

L- - -

sa_

b'_Tl 1, " 3 :

-m.,

.. .? n- MD:( ,

lFigli al; l

.;.M..1 .:

p I 4,4 .W

. g jgis - I

---i i' (7 : I *: , ::.!{:: w I go 1 Q;i.-7l .' 1 # 1:s ' ' I l- - - rM l: . .,e I :i:li 8 l vn Y: ,

l I

( M M;,.

p:

l t

-}~-8:klt; l' t-t:

l p n . ,

s t s, og o, e t

6 c, 5: l i: 4 102 4 i :.

stunt.4 stunars. contr t 3, . ,  ::,.ur,. en.m

- - station Zone Figure 20. Distribution of all fish combined and the three most comon fish for each observation station and zone off the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, May-October, 1981-83 and 1984 I

m . .-ee l

1

i' CUNNER 1981-83 1984 K to . .

64 to - .

34 83 .

( f.Y ".Jbf,b '

. M fs'/fi 4 f#*.'r , *~, '.*d a.

g g r.;en. ,'

r, ,,e i Y,I.s i.

3 - .t. - 2 2 b. i +

- .~ ; A:gt 1- 7. : "

5 . c ..

30-

=.Q;

': S e; 3 n. <

, ~ - ~1 e . ~?~ a l

. ". . ,. y g

s

=== q .

~}

. a.

. r-- -,

• • {

[,,,

f.: a.. 't,i i

• y I AI I

. i. g . -5 s . a(* * " +

g si '

1 I

-7 p,,. r ht i y- -

i . ;.. i g, i - e ,

to- i  :; l ,. l  :-  ;, , g , ,

r- - - *-' s- f

,w i ,  !

l l -i ,

l d, l

I -- 1 -

l

,.a .l$.g 1

.-- .;., I, p--

,i

. i, S

g, $

2 Og 0 2

1. l#

1 2 I' i 32

l

t It 72 Stuated 31eeherge contret 22**rik sene sene sene I!8

N t' 3 %"e'1

sn.  ::a.e

- - station zone

)

Figure 20. Distribution of all fish combined and the three most ecmmon fish for each observation station and zone off the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, May-October, 1981-83 and 1984.(Continued) I f

III. A.- 69

I POLLOCK 1984

. :o _,

90 - -h!O 1981-83 -

00 f

~

.._ SI k.

50 -

43 4h  ;

i.-i:7.-

mo. 1 .-

b ke

b. .o b .* ,s 3 l f

• c.

l 3 3a. ,

, , gl t ,-

a w, 4-q

~p.

to .-- i .:

_ 23-

~

I .

" " *"I I i 1 I l l 18 - 1 I , I

• U_

l g, , l 1 I

p. ,

i.

l l ,

t Sg l8 2 Dg 0 2

Cg C 2 . 0-Stunted Discharg. Contr.1 I~~

son. n. i l

H _J

- -station 81 I3 2 t I 2 21 I 2 zone {

,,,,,., t, ,,,,, ,,,n t san. we nr.

l Tigure 20. Distribution of all fish combined and the three most ccmon fish for each observation station and zone off the Pilgrim l1 W

Nuclear Power Statien discharge canal, May-October, 1981-83 and 1984 (Continued) g' 3 ,

III.A.-70 I

TAUTOG 1981-83 100 se.

te.

17..f F.,*. f,4-  ; >

F..; ,

. M.y

, l ?:/ id

.- 1984 3?2 ~~~ -

S p

• Yl

• 7 ..

bhkh mw

. st ? ,# y" Wing, 1 g f.QF..

'~'

so. jgry 1ld.

e

.}

n 3;h ny:;9 j

..: .? gzu is.  % ,:e s.a., ..

3 se. ,t 9 8%n~.,

e. . ., <

4m

. . . . 9;.y.

3

, , I.

,, , . d..i x : .,

l * '

i -h ' ?

'; W.

Agj[

2 9:4 1 n.

8'- " ,4.;t i l ..

I~~

!' .- i 2, 1

, s >- s

I l ,

,  ;}qj%

i I

19 3- e e

u. l T-~f.;'

so. -, u is I

3:m.

. . , .: I y ,

I I

i s.

I 1

--~

--q 4ti t g. s Io s  :

s, I s, +:

I5: lS t  ::

og o, e, e, sem.4 ot n.co. e.ner.1  :: w . :. ...,,;

e e sea. nw.

u.e.4 so w.

- -station zone rigure 20. Distribution of all fish combined and the three most common

{ fish for each observation station and zone off the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, May-October, 1981-83 and 1984 (Continued)

III . A . 71

E denuded and stunted nones, more fish occurred at the outer stations where effects of the discharge are less acute.

Estimates of abundance were the highest yet recorded (approximately 2,580 fish). Cunner, tautog, and pollock were nearly always found at all stations, and have been the most common species observed since the beginning of the study.

Cther common species were grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus), sea raven (Hemitrip-terus americanus), and longhorn sculpin (Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus).

These fish generally do not occur in great numbers but often were found as individuals or as small aggregates.

Comprising 86% of the estimated total in 1984, cunner was the most common inhabitant of the study area. That this species is attracted to the thermal pluce can be inferred from both the observed distributional pattern and data from the project gillnet study. Comparisons of the mean gill-net catch-per-set of cuaner with the Pilgrim Station Capacity Factor (MDC Net %) show a positive correlation (see Pelagic and Benth1-pelagic finfish-this report).

In 1984, an outage year, there was an apparent shift in distribution of the local cunner population away from the denuded and stunted zones and towards the more lush control area (Tigure 20). Approximately 57% of the cunner observed were at Stations C1 and C2 in 1984 as contrasted with 37% in 1983. A 23% decrease in mean gillnet CPUE of cunner for 1984 supports this conclusion.

Estimates of cunner in the study area were higher in 1984 (approximately 2,200 fish) than previously recorded. We believe this increase is due, in part, to the sighting of an increased number of juvenile cunner. Smaller individuals (1.3-3.8 cm TL) have always been recorded in the past, but not with the same i

frequency as in 1984 In an attempt to determine if local abundance had actually increased, we examined impingement and entrainment data for Pilgrim III.A.-72 I

B Station." However, due to the passive nature of the two sampling techniques and limited sample sizes, comparisons with the observed incidence of cunner in the discharge area proved inconclusive. We do believe that increased sightings are related to the absence of the discharge current. The smaller fish may not be able to maintain position against the flow of the effluent when the plant is operating and thus would be excluded from sections of the observational area.

Pollock, second in estimated abundance (10% of total sightings), also exhibited an apparent shift in distribution (Figure 20). Generally found swimming within the stunted zone, pollock were sighted almost exclusively in the dis-charge area in 1984 However, this finding may be related to a sampling artifact in that many of the pollock were sighted during a single dive.

Tautog seemed to be unaffected by the discharge current. Throughout the study years, this species has been found primarily in the discharge zone, and this was also the case in 1984 Tautog may be attracted to the large number of mussels, which form an important part of their diet (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953),

found growing in and around the discharge canal.

For the first time since 1979, striped bass and bluefish were not sighted by project divers. Though not observed in great numbers, both species were regular seasonal visitors to the study area in past years. As bass and bluefish exhibit a preference for fast-moving water (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953), such as the Pilgrim Station effluent, we believe their absence is attributable to the lack of a thermal discharge current.

E

$ 4 i Mr. Lewis Scotton, Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist, Nuclear Management Services Department, Boston Edison Company, Braintree, MA.

L

m. A.- 73 g

5 t

I

6. IMPACT PERSPECTIVE For the reader's convenience, the following summary is provided of the major findings of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station impact detected frem DMT empirical data bases as affecting fisheries' resources in the inshore region of western Cape Cod Bay (Table 14). This should not be considered all inclusive; and as it only highlights salient points, the reader is encouraged to turn next to the corresponding text for a comprehensive dir-cussion of the relevant issues.

The western sector of Cape Cod Bay supports important commercial lobster, Irish moss, and groundfish fisheries and a recreational hook-and-line fishery.

The ecology of the area involves the nature and functional structure of the various trophic levels comprising this inshcre marine ecosystem that has been characterized by Merriman (1984) as possessing inherent orderliness and complexity. The assessment of ecological impact of Pilgrim Station operation on the area's marine fisheries' resources naturally involves population dyna-mics which are influenced by interspecific interactions, such as, food web interrelationships. Observed stability of a population may well depend upon community dynamics as much as the dynamics of the species in question. Based on the nonradiological monitoring data collected to date off the power plant, effects have been detected, both positive and negative, and there is the potential for biota to be affected in the future either directly by plant action or indirectly via progressien through trophic level relationships. =

4 III.A.-74

r-1 Tabh 1% A sumary of imp;ct scasssment of Filgrim Nucisar P:w;r Stttien (PNPS) on marina fisE rics' rcsourcas in westtrn Ca;1 Cod My.

I, Investigation Irpact of PNPS 1963 versus 1984 (outage year) Comments Illi-ner study Cunner evidently attracted to 9 elative abundance of cunner The Duplications of thermal effluent (p. 56). in the area of the thermal attraction are twofoll:

11scharge down 24% in 1984.

I to sport fishermen this is teneficial, but con-versely this concentrates fish in the high-risk area I with the potential for thermal stress, gas bubble disease, and exposure to radionuclides.

I Atlantic mackerel may aggre- Catch of mackerei declined gate in the discharge current 80% from the 1983 level. Oitto seasonally (p. 61).

Bluefish attracted to and con- Gill-net catch of bluefish titto centrated in the immediate iropped 79% in 1964.

8 area of the thermal effluent

' rom August-October (p. 62).

I SCUBA observations Supporting data that cunner Increased cunner sightings in With no thermal effluent in are attracted to the heated the centrol zone in 1984 198u, there was a shift in discharge (p. 72). distribution of cunner away from the discharge (denuded) zone and toward the control zone.

Concentrations of bluefish and For the first time since 1979, As tass and bluefish exhihit striped bass in the vicinity bluefish and bass were not a preference for moving of PNPS linked to the cooling sighted by divers is the deter, such as PNPS effluent, water discharge (p. 73). environs of PNPS in 1984 their absence from the 117-ing area a; pears to be E related to the lack of flow from the discharge in 199a.

Creel survey I

With the plant operating, the Over 1,000 bluefish and = 150 Pever Plant has had a positive outfall at PKPS has proven to striped bass were caught by effect on the sport fishing to an attractive feeling anglers at PNPS in 1993; no off Rocky Points however, the ground for sportfishes (see bass and only a small number attraction of game fish to the creel paper, this volume). of bluefish were caught in 1984. discharge increases the poten-I 141 for fish kills via high temperature and gas super-saturation.

Faul-seine study Intake embaymett with its' Seine catches in the Intake Shorezone finfish residing breakwater and dredrei chanrel increased in 199a. in the *ntake, e:pecially in apnears to be a neven fcr the vicinity of the intake fishes in an otherwise open i coastal region (p. es).

screen well,are subject to plant entrapment. Impttgement, and thermal backwash ef fects.

I Trawl study Winter ficunder may avoid thermal effluent at least in the fall of the year (p. *7).

A bimodal distribution of flounder relative acundance was found at the survet11ance station in 198* that was not Autumn trends of relative abundance for winter flounder were different at reference versus surveillance sites found for 1981-1983. from 1981-1993 (operational years) but were sistlar in 198* (outage year).

Concentrating in the channel Catch-per-effort dropped Catch abundance of winter of the intaxe embayment are markedly in 1994 at both the flounder and for total I flounder (p.121.

The intake et FNPS, an reference and dischaege sta-tions, A comparison of 1993 to 198*

groundfish was higher in the intaxe esbayment than at the other sites trawled.

This sit 4ation has the I altered environment, has cha.-acteristics (rela-tively sheltered habitat with rock and algal cover) which apparently attract is not applicable tecause routine trevling was not con-ducted in the intaxe in 1983.

However, comparing the catches for 190s in the intake with potential for negative impact for it increases susceptibility to impinge-ment.

I f uvenile fish (p. 50 ). the reference locarian, we found that substantially larger numbers of smaller fish (skates, winiowpane, winter flounder) were in the intake channel.

I Lebster pot catch st4dy There may be 4 .onne: tion between PNPS cooling water discharge end legal labster

stch rate in the thermally-Catch rate of legal letsters Seelined overall in the sewty area in 190* from the 1983 level and was the lowest value we found a significant cor-relation (P 13.05) between ar.nual thermal capacity and legal lobster catch rate in affecte$ area (p. h4). f:r the 15-year stu3y. the impacted area and a cer-relatien (P 1 0.10) between I seasonal thermal capacity and catch.

III .li- 75 9.-__-- ;_._. - . - - - - - ~ ~ - - - - - - ~ ~ * - ~

• L

I I

ACKNOWLEDGMDITS We acknowledge the contributions of the numerous staff members of the Massachusetts Division of Marine. Fisheries who assisted in phases of field sampling; and to Leigh Bridges for editing the final manuscript. We thank John Karbott and Chris Kyranos for allowing us to sample their lobster pot catches.. Also greatly appreciated is the work of Marie Callahan and Carleen Mackin for typing this report. Finally, we thank Robert D. Anderson and the Pilgrim Administrative-Technical Ccemittee for overseeing the study program.

'E E

I I

I I

I I

I III.A.- 76 I

I

.I

I LITEPATUPI CITED Bigelow, H. B., and W. C. Schroeder. 1953. Fishes of the Gulf of Maine.

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv. Fish. Bull. (53): 577 pp.

Boston Edison Company. 1980. Benthic map overlays and assessment of benthic-monitoring programs, Vol. 2. Nuclear Engineering Dept. , Envircnmental Sciences Group. Boston Edisen Company, Boston, MA. 25 p.

Conover, D. O. , and M. R. Ross. 1982. Patterns in seasonal abundance, growth, I and bicmass of the Atlantic silverside, Menidia menidia, in a New England estuary. Estuaries 5(4): 275-286.

l Grimes, C. B. 1975. Entrapment of fishes on intake water screens at a steam electric generaticn station. Chesapeake Science 16(3): 172-177.

Howe, A. B., and F. J. Germano. 1982. Fisheries and environmental baselines relative to dredge spoil disposal, Cape Cod Bay, 1981. Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries. 19 pp.

Lawton, R. P., P. Brady, C. Sheehan, M. Bergatti, and V. Malkeski. 1984a.

Semi-annual report on studies to evaluate possible effects of Pilgrim Nuclear Pcwer Station en =arine fisheries resources of western Cape Cod Bay.

Project Report No. 36 (Jan.-Dec., 1983). In: Marine Ecology Studies Related to Operatien of Pilgrim Station, Semi-Annual Report No. 23. Boston Edison Company. 114 pp.

Lawton, R. P., R. D. Anderson, P. Bradyi C. Sheehan, W. Sides, E. Koulokeras, M. Borgatti, and V. Malkoski. 1984b. Fishes of western inshere Cape Cod Bay: studies in the vicinity of the Rocky Point shoreline, p. 191-230.

In,: J.. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observatiens en the ecology 8 and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp. Springer-Verlag.

(Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol.11).

8 III. A. 77 8 .

LITERATURE CITED (continusd)

Lawton, R. P., P. Brady, C. Sheehan, W. Sides, E. Kouloheras, M. Bergatti, and V. Malkoski. 1984c. The recreational fishery at Pilgrim Shorefront,

p. 231-140. In: J. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp.

Springer-Verlag. (Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol. 11).

Merriman, D. 1984 Preface. p. IX - XII. In: J. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp. Springer-Verlag. (Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol. 11). u National Marine Fisheries Service. 1976. Current fisheries statistics (No 7179),

Massachusetts landings, Dec. 1976. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adm.

Olla, B. L. , A. J. Bejda, and A. D. Martin. 1975. Activity, movement, and feeding behavior of the cunner, Tautogolabrus adspersus, and comparison of food habits with young tautog, Tautega onitis, off Long Island, New York.

Fishery Bulletin 73(4): 895-898.

Resource Assessment Division, Northeast Fisheries Center. 1983. Status of the fishery resources of the northeastern United States for 1982. NCAA Tech-nical Memorandum NMFS-F/NEC-22. 128 pp.

Scherer, M. D. 1972. The biology of the blueback herring (Alesa aestivalis Mitchell) in the Connecticut River above the Holyoke Dam, Holyoke, Massa-chusetts. M. S. Thesis. University of Massachusetts, Amherst. 90 pp.

Sokal, R. R. , and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. W. H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco. 776 pp.

Steele, D. H. 1963. Pollock (Pollachius virens L.) in the Bay of Fundy.

Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 20(5): 1267-1314 g

Stone and Webster. 1975. 316 Demonstration, Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 3 Units 1 and 2, Boston Edison Company.

III. A.- 78 I

)

Appendix A Average legal lobster catch per pot haul per month for all quadrats combined.

March May Seasonal Acril June July Aug Sect Oct Nov mean 1970 - - 0.41 0.30 0.54 0.75 0.61 0 68 0.80 0.58 (330) (351) (627) (667) (571) (691) ( 72) 1971 0.68 0.46 0.62 0.32 0.68 0.86 0.77 0.70 -

0 64

( 95) (331) (681) (591)- '(723) (730) (668) (668) 1972 -

0 59 0.55 0.31 0.66 0.80 1.30 0 88 - 0 73 (429) (248) (519) (718) (707) (477) (352) 1973 -

0.46 0.39 0.41 0.74 0.60 0.56 0.82 -

0.57 (135) (646) (634) (625) (295) (279) (151) 1974 - - 0.38 0.33 1.00 0.51 1.09 0.64 -

0.66 (309) (341) (54u) (595) (499) (455) 1975 0.32 0 23 0.25 0.64 0.58 0.81 0.70 0.65 0.52 (322) (525) (555) (314) (299) (278) (269) (233) -

1976 - -

0.27 0.21 0.69 0.59 0.34 1.11 0.63 0.55 (u38) (541) (641) (!44) (570) ( 37) (178) 1977 -

3.48 0.46 0.29 0.55 0.47 0.*2 0.86 -

0.55 (379) (417) (203) (555) (663) (604) (66*)

• 173 - -

0.41 0.30 0.63 0.62 1.09 0.71 -

0.63 (374) (571) (wat) (600) (279) (162) __

1979 - -

3.31 3.29 0.54 0.59 3.50 3.42 0.53 0.a6 (130) (653) (797) (*91) (200) (272) (271) l 1980 - -

3.21 0 25 0.63 0.6 0.53 3.34 0.63 0.54 (107) (477) (983) ($49) (u?6) (523) (255) 1991 - -

0.59 3.25 0.62 0.64 0.96 3.73 0.67 0.64 (319) (799) (744) (352) (696) (482) (377) 1932 - -

3.45 0.46 0.46 0.73 1.11 0.66 0.59 0.64 (410) (271) (780) (977) (475) (454) (107) 1983 - -

0.19 0.23 0.90 0.36 0.78 0.59 -

G.61 (719) (406) (905) ($73) (506) (423) 1994 - -

0.29 0.29 0.21 0.54 F

0.53 0.24 -

0.32 (420) (676) (866) (736) (827) (222) l i (number of pots hauled) '

1 >

l III. A.- 79 _

I i

Appendix 3 Total yearly lobster pot catch, 1970-1984 Overall I

overall No. of Total Sub- catch legals Year 7ots cat:n Male Female I.egals legals Ergers 7er cor per or i

1970 3200 11399 4950 6449 1889 9334 195 3.6 0 59 (43) (57) (17) (82) (2)

\

1971 4376 15158 6543 8615 2855 12043 260 3.5 0.65 (43) (57) l (19) (79) (2) 1 L

1972 3449 13527 5484 7051 2522 9848 166 3.6 0.73  !

(43) (56) (20) (79) (1) l 1973

)

2762 7821 3456 4363 1490 6267 68 2.8 0.54 (44) (56) (19) (80) (1) <

1974 2743 8386 3838 4558 1922 6426 41 3.0 0.70 "

(46) (54) (23) (77) (0.5) 1975 2795 8210 3757 4443 1306 6884 20 3.0 0.47 '

(46) (!4) (16) (84) (0.2) =

1976 2959 9179 +308 4871 1352 7919 3.1 9 0.46  !

(47) (53) (15) (35) (0.~)

1977 3485 7694 3646 4078 2050 5596 27 2.2 0 59 i (47) (53) (27) (73) (0.24) 1979 2602 7717 3432 4285 1535 6147 3.2 35 0.63 (wa) (56) (20) (80) (3.11 '

'979 2323 5596 2339 3:57 1325 4214 57 2.0 3.47 I (62) (58) (24) (75) (1) 1930 3667 7534 2992 4642 2181 5244 109 2.1 0 59 l (38) (62) (29) (70) (1) i 138" 3767 329- 3260 5034 2347 5756 191 2.2 0.62 (29) (61) (29) (69) (2.3) 1992 3374 7794 2899 4895 2195 5457 142 23 0.65 (37) (63) (28) (70) (1.8) y 1983 -3509 675 2539 4212 2156 4461 134 1.9 0.61 i (38) (62) (32) (66) (2.0) 1984 3747 4664 1696 2968 1515 3070 1.2 79 0.32 (36) (64) (32) (66) (2.7)

(Percent of total catch) I i

m . .. .

t

E l

B SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT Number 25 to '

I BOSTON EDISON COMPANY l

on 5

I i BENTHIC ALGAL AND FAUNAL STUDIES  ;

AT THE 1 PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION I Mark D. Curran Richard A. McGrath Judith A. Scanlon g Janet M. Kennedy 3 John W. Williams i 15 April 1985 I BATTELLE New England Marine Research Laboratory I 397 Washington Street Duxbury, Massachusetts 02332 i Battelle is not engaged in research for advertising, sales promotion, or publicity purposes, and this report may not be reproduced in full or in part for such purposes.

e r

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page E X E C U TIV E S U M M A R Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i. . . . . . .

IN T R O D UCTIO N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. . . . . .

(

METHODS................................................................. 3 p Quan titative Algal and Faunal Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 L

Qualitative Transect Survey ............................................ 6

/

Labora tory A na lysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 D a ta A naly s i s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 RESULTS.................................................................. 16 Faun al S t ud ie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 .....

A l g al S tud ie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

[ i Qualitative Transect Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Im pact of PNPS on Marine Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 f

STU DIES INTE GR A TION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56. . . . . .

Background ........................................................... 56 Coordination of Field Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 L Integration with Discharge Canal and Irrningement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Special Mussel Growth S tudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Relation of Impact Area Confi Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .guration to Environmental

........................................... 73 LIT E R A TU R E CITE D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 .......

/

LIST OF TABLES L

Table 1. Faunal Species Richness, Faunal Density With and Without i

M ytilus edulis , September , 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Table 2. Rank Order of Abundance for the Dominant 15 S September , 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pecies, 24 Table 3. Information Theory Diversity Values (Shannon-Wiener) by Replicate and for m2 Data , September , 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

E TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Table 4. Information Theory Diversity Values (Shannon-Wiener) Excluding Mytilus edulis by Replicate and m2 Data, September,1984. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Table 5. Dry Weight biomass Values (g/m2) for Chondrus crisous, Phyllophora spp., Epiphytes, the Remaining Benthic Species, and Total Algal Biomass for Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and l W

Effluent Subtidal (10'MLW) Stations for March,1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Table 6. Dry Weight Biomass Values (g/m2) for Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp. Epiphytes, the Remaining Benthic Species, and Total Algal Biomass for Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and 3 Effluent Subtidal (10'MLW) Stations for September,1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 g Table 7. Results of Two-Way ANOVA for Algal Biomass Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Table 8. (Mean) Dry Weight Biomass Values (g/m2) for Previous and Current Years and Percent Change Between Years for Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., the Remaining Benthic Species, Epiphytes of Chondrus, Epiphytes of Phylloohora, and Total Algal Biomass for 3

the current (March 1984 and September 1984) and Previous Year's W

(April 1983 and October 1983) Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Table 9. Colonization Values for Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora spp. for the Manomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point Subtidal(10'MLW)

Stations f or March,1983 and September 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Table 10. Condition Index Values for Chondrus crispus and Phv.llophora spp.

for the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent Subtidal (10'MLW)

Stations for April and October 1983 and March and September g

W 1984 ............................................................ 46 Table 11. Divers' Logs Describing appearance of Denuded and Stunted Zones, S ep t e m b e r 19 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Table 12. Divers' Logs Describing Appearance of Denuded and Stunted Zones j l_ D ec e m b e r 19 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 54 Table 13. Summarized Data for Days 0-76 of Mussel Growth Experiment . . . . . . . . . . 61 Table 13 A. PNPS Intake Water Temperature During Mussel Growth Study . . . . . . . . . . . 63 l Table 14. Significant Correlations Between Impact Area Parameters and Selected Environmen tal Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ,

LIST OF FIGURES

' Figure 1. Location of the Rocky Point, Effluent, and Manomet Point ,

Rock Substratum Subtidal (10'MLW) Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 l Figure 2. Rock Substratum Airlif t Sampling Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5

I I TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

Page Figure 3. Diagram of Qualitative Transect Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Figure 4. Writing Tablet Used by Divers for the Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Q.ualitative Transect

.............................. 10 Figure 5. Species Richness for the Period September,1979 Throu Septem ber, 198 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . . . . . . gh 19 Figure 6. Faunal Densities (m2) for the Period September,1979 Throu Septe m ber, 19 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . gh 20 Figure 7. Faunal Densities (m2) Excluding Mytilus edulis for the Period September,1979 Through September,1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Figure 8. Mytilus edulis Densities (m2) for the Period September,1979 I T hro ugh S e pte mber, 19 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 g Figure 9. Dendrogram Showing Results of Cluster Analysis of September,1984 y Replicate Data Using Bray-Curtis and Group Average Sorting . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Figure 10. Dendrogram Showing Results of Cluster Analysis of September,1984 I Replicate Data Using NESS and Flexible Sorting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Figure 11. Algal Community Overlap (Jaccard's Coefficient of Community) ,

and Number of Species Shared Between Replicate Pairs at the l Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent Subtidal, Stations

( 10'M L W), M a rch , 19 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Figure 12. Algal Community Overlap (Jaccard's Coefficient of Community) and Number of Species Shared Between Replicate Pairs at the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent Subtidal Stations i ( 10'ML W), September, 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Figure 13. Configuration of Denuded and Stunted Algal Zones in the Vicinity of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Discharge, S e p t e m b e r , 1 9 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Figure 14. Measurements of Denuded and Stunted Areas in the Vicinity i of the E f fluen t Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Figure 15. Configuration of Denuded and Stunted Algal Zones in the i Vicinity of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station Discharge, D ec e m b e r, 19 8 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Figure 16. Typical Curves for Various Growth Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Figure 17 (a-f). Mean Growth Curves for Mussel Growth Experiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-71 5

mA Ij B

LIST OF APPENDICES APPENDIX 1 ALGAL SPECIES COLLECTED FROM THE REPLICATE SAMPLES OF THE EFFLUENT, I ROCKY POINT, AND MANOMET POINT SUBTIDAL (10'MLW) STATIONS FOR TH q

SEPTEMBER,1984 COLLECTING PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1 . .E APPENDIX 2 ALGAL SPECIES COLLECTED FROM THE REPLICATE SAMPLES OF THE I EFFLUENT, ROCKY POINT, AND MANOMET POINT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW)

STATIONS FOR THE M ARCH,198., COLLECTING PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 APPENDIX 3 REPLICATE (TOTAL NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS PER SPECIES)

AND STATION (NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS PER SPECIES PER m2)'

FAUNAL DATA FOR EFFLUENT STATION, SEPTEMBER,1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3 APPENDIX 4

. REPLICATE (TOTAL NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS PER SPECIES) AND STATION (NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS PER SPECIES m2) FAUNAL DATA FOR M ANOMET POINT, SEPTEMBER,1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4 -

APPENDIX 5 REPLICATE (TOTAL NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUAL PER SPECIES) AND STATION (NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS PER SPECIES PER m2) FAUNAL. DATA FOR ROCKY POINT, SEP TE MBER, 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 APPENDIX 6

.g

^

g SCHEDULE OF CIRCULATING PUMP OPERATION DURING P OUTAG E O F 1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-6 . . .NPS R E F U E 8

8 8

a B

I I I

I l EXECUTIVE

SUMMARY

{

i This report presents the results of benthic algal and faunal studies conducted l  !

from January 1984 to December 1984 in conjunction with the operation of Pilgrim Nuclear 5 Power Station (PNPS) in-Plymouth, Massachusetts. Quantitative samples were collected in March and September 1984, and qualitative impact zone surveys were conducted in March, June, September, and December 1934. Of special interest Ifuring this reporting f period was the 12 month refueling and maintenance outage at PNPS begun in December 1983 and lasting through December 1934.

These investigations represent the most recent phase of an extensive long-terrn effort by Boston Edison to assess the impact of PNPS on the inshore benthic community of western Cape Cod Bay.

The benthic monitoring program has been refined in scope during the past I several years by the Pilgrim Administrative - Technical Committee in conjunction with Boston Edison Company and presently comprises the following components:

I o semi-annual quantitative sampling at the Effluent, and at the Rocky Point and Manomet Point control sites, and o quarterly mapping of the near-field acute impact zones via diver observation.

A variety of analytical techniques were employed to assess comnmnity structure. Specific data on algal biomass, dominant fauna and density of selected species were also investigated.

Field collection and laboratory analysis techniques were in most cases I identical with techniques used by former contractors. Comparability of methodology was insured by the continuation of some personnel who have had a long history with the program and by the use of previous investigators as consultants. Every effort was made I to ensure that the long-term comparability of the data base would not be compromised due to a change in contractors. We have carefully noted any changes in techniques which were deemed advisable.

As in previous samplings, five replicate 33 cm2 benthic samples were collected with SCUBA at three sites: Effluent, Manomet Point and Rocky Point. Samples were preserved in the field and returned to the laboratory where the faunal and algal fractions I were separated and analyzed. Data analysis was conducted at Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution using sof tware which had previously been used to analyze PNPS data.

The diver-transect study was conducted with particular care to ensure comparability with previous work. Methods were therefore identical with previous years, I

I involving a fixed line stretched offshore along the discharge centerline and a moveable line perpendicular to this which was traversed by divers who noted the boundaries of the g

g stunted and denuded algal zonas.

Seven new species were added to the list of fauna of western Cape Cod Bay as a result of analysis of the 1934 quantitative samples. In March, these included the sponge Leucosofenia cancelata, and two molluscs, Littorina saxatilis and Ancula gibbosa.

Additions in the September samples included four species of polychaetes. These were Polydora aggregata, Polydora caulleryi, Phyllodoce groenlandica, and Potamilla neglecta.

There was a statistically significant difference in species richness between stations at the time of the March 1984 sampling, from a high at Rocky Point to a low at Effluent. This significant difference did not exist in the September samples. In addition to following the pattern of low species numbers in spring and high numbers in fall, the September 1984 values represent the highest values in the last 15 samplings.

Greatest faunal densities in September occurred at Rocky Point, af ter having been lowest among the three stations in March 1934. Effluent exhibited the lowest faunal densities in September. No significant differences were noted between stations in September when considering total fauna or fauna excluding Mytilus.

The tubiculous amphipod Jassa falcata was the dominant species at the Effluent site in March. Mytilus was the dominant at the two reference locations, but the other top dominants were generally similar to those found at the Effluent. Mytilus edulis dominated all three sampling stations in September 1984, with 74% at Rocky Point, 63%

at Manomet Point, and 47% at Effluent. Overall dominance of the top 15 species at each station was quite similar in September.

Dominance patterns were tested for statistical similarity using a g

nonparametric ranking procedure. Results of this procedure in March indicated no g significant difference between all pairs of stations. The same procedure in September indicated a significant correlation between Manomet Point and Effluent, explained by the fact that eleven of the top fif teen species found at Manomet Point were also among the top fifteen species at the Effluent station.

Shannon-Wiener diversity was highest at Rocky Point in March, followed by Manomet Point and Effluent. Significant differences between stations when the index was g

calculated without Mytilus indicated the dominance by mussels at the reference sites in 5 March. Diversity was highest at the Effluent station in September 1934, followed by Manomet Point and Rocky Point. When Mytilus edulis was removed from the calculations, however, this pattern was reversed. No significant difference in diversity was noted with total fauna. Removing Mvtilus from the calculation showed a significant difference u I

l 4 -

"E' m -

between the Effluent station and both the reference sites. These observations point out the disproportionate effect a single highly dominant species can have on the Shannon-Wiener index. 4 Analysis of overall community structure via cluster analysis produced similar '

dendrograms using Bray-Curtis and NESS. As in the past, the Effluent station showed a l low' degree of similarity with the reference stations. Manomet Point and Rocky Point m I were virtually indistinguishable, showing a high degree of similarity with one another. ]

These clusterings continue to be consistent with past observations showing general 3 alteration of community structure at the Effluent site.

No additional algal species were encountered in the study during 1934.  ;;

4 6

p Chondrus crispus and Phyllophora spp. continue to be the most prominent macroalgal taxa n at Manomet Point and Rocky Point stations, with Chondrus being much reduced at the __ :

Effluent station. The warm-water species Gracilaria tikvahiae, normally found at the Effluent station, was rare in the five replicates collected in March and September and

]

may be directly related to the PNPS refueling outage which began on December 10, 1933 $

5 and continued through December 1984. This alga was observed in sparse amounts within -

the Effluent canal. Z Algal community overlap values were slightly lower at the Rocky Point station in March 1984 and at the Manomet Point station in September 1934. Seasonal values I - indicate homogeneous species composition at the three stations.

] --

g ,

Algal biomass data indicated greater total algal biomass at the Manomet Point -

reference site, with lowest total algal biomass occurring at the Effluent station. This was j consistent for spr,ing and fall. As was expected, highest mean Chondrus biomass values occurred in the fall of 1934. Biomass values for Phyllophora spp. decreased at boin mii Manomet Point and Rocky Point from March to September, while increasing at the N Effluent station. The high percentage of Phyllophora at the Effluent is inversely related to that of Chondrus. Rocky Point again assumed the number one position with regard to 7__

biomass of Remaining Benthic Species in September 1984, af ter a decline in March 1984.

Biomass of epiphytic species reflected normal summer growth of this component as well q m

as growth of host species. q Four mappings of the near-shore acute impact zones were performed during i the current reporting period. No major changes in either the size or shape of the denuded [;;

and stunted zones were detected as a result of the March, June, and September 1934 J surveys. The survey of December 11, 1934 noted a greatly decreased near-field impact -%$

-g area, due primarily to a sharp reduction in size of the Chondrus stunted zone. This q

.5ii 4

-a-

=

dl

~

111 -

2

I I

evidence of recovery from impacts of PNPS during the refueling outage of 1984 supports the hypothesis that the denuded zone is determined primarily by scouring effects while g

a the stunted zone is shaped by thermal loading.

The integration of environmental studies in support of operation of PNPS produced positive results during this reporting period. A preliminary study addressing-the problem of mussel growth and biofouling at Pilgrim Station indicated that a modeling approach to the problem has definite applicab'ility. Additional information is needed in the future in order to determine the extent to which the modeling approach can be used to indicate a schedule for thermal backwash. A cooperative dive was conducted in September 1984 with the Division of Marine Fisheries which served as a vehicle for information exchange. The relation of impact area configuration to environmental '

variables in the vicinity of PNPS was again investigated and reported on.

E I

I E

I I

I I

I I

I iv

. ... . . - -. - ,, .- , r i

1 -

SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT j Number 25 to BOSTON EDISON COMPANY on BENTHIC ALGAL AND FAUNAL STUDIES AT THE PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION

!I 3anuary,1984 - December,1984 Mark D. Curran j Richard A. McGrath 9 Judith A. Scanlon Janet M. Kennedy John W. Williams INTRODUCTION This report presents the results of the most recent series of benthic monitoring surveys performed at the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS). The monitoring surveys are part of a long-term effort by Boston Edison Company to assess the impact of the thermal effluent from the 655 MW" nuclear steam-electric generating station on the inshore benthic community. PNPS is located on the northwest shore of Cape Cod Bay, five miles southeast of Plymouth Harbor, Massachusetts. The quantitative algal and faunal data presented and analyzed in this report were derived from field g collections conducted in March 1984 and September 1984. Qualitative transect data were collected on March 28, June 27, September 11, and December 11,1984. A detailed report g of the March 1984 quantitative collections and the transect dives of March and June 1984 3 is presented in Semi-Annual Report Number 24 (BECo.,1984).

The specifications for times of sampling and procedures follow guidelines established by the Pilgrim Administrative Technical Committee (PATC) and adopted by Boston Edison Company. The program was modified in the summer of 1981 to include: 1)

Semi-annual (August, March) benthic sampling (quarterly samples were taken from September 1974 to June 11, 1981); 2) Three quantitative sampling sites (Manomet Point, gRocky Point and Effluent Station); 3) Five replicate samples (0.33m2) from each of the three stations (three replicates were taken from September 1974 through June 1980; six replicates were taken from September 1980 through June 1981); and 4) Diver-conducted l 1

1

[

I I

transect surveys to be performed quarterly (August, December, March, June) from December 1981 to assess localized effects of PNPS cooling water discharge on near-field a

W '

benthic communities.

On December 10, 1983, PNPS began a lengthy outage for refueling and maintenance which extended through the entire period on which this report is based.

Although the discharge of waste heat terminated with the initiation of the outage, the circulating water pumps continued to discharge their full flow until approximately the end 1

of January 1984; one pump was operational from then until the end of March, both pumps  !

were shutdown from April through July 1934, and both pumps operated only periodically from August through December 1984 (See Appendix 6).

The outage has been viewed as an opportunity to gain some information on the.

recovery rate of the acute impact zone and also as a potential means of separating the effects of thermal loading from those of turbulence and scour. The March 1984 transect mapping represent three months lack of thermal discharge at the effluent canal and three months of reduced scouring due to the shutdown of Pump A. The June 1984 mapping was

[ conducted af ter a period of six months without thermal discharge and three months of complete pump shutdown. The September 1984 mapping represents nine months without l thermal discharge and reduced scouring from pump operation, and the December 1984 ,

survey took place a full 12 months after the cessation of heated effluent discharge and greatly reduced scouring within the impact zone due to partial circulating pump operation throughout 1934. The implications of this " natural experiment" will be discussed with reference to the results of the surveys in later sections of this report.

A variety of analytical techniques were employed in this program to assess community structure. In addition, specific data on algal biomass, dominant fauna, and g

densities of selected species were also investigated. Where appropriate, biological 5 interpretation of observed results are incorporated. All data were analyzed and compared with data from previous samplings and with control station results.

Battelle's Project Manager for the PNPS algal and faunal investigations is Mr.

Richard A. McGrath. Sorting and identification of algal and faunal samples was supervised by the Assistant Project Manager, Mr. Mark D. Curran. Algal taxonomy was performed by Ms. Judy Scanlon. Faunal taxonomy was conducted by Ms. Janet Kennedy.

g Field logistics and collections were supervised by Mr. John Williams. Additional key su personnel participating on this project included: Mr. Phillip Nimeskern, Mr. Robert Williams, Mr. Steven Mellenthien, Mr. Cameron Calkins, Mr. Russell Winchell, Ms.

8 $

g Kristen Harris and Mrs. Rosemary Hills.

I 2

f B

B I METHODS B

l QUANTITATIVE ALGAL AND FAUNAL SAMPLING B

The field procedures basically follow techniques initiated by Battelle in 1972 i

and adhere closely to the most recent modifications initiated by Taxon,Inc. in subsequent B- years, especially since 1974.

I Benthic Sampling Stations l

Quantitative benthic samples were collected on March 23 and September 11, f

1 1934, at three stations: Manomet Point, Rocky Point and Effluent (Figure 1). The first two stations served as southern and northern reference sites, respectively, while the Effluent Station represented the area of most immediate potential impact. All stations I

were located at a depth of 10 feet (MLW). The Effluent Station is located directly on the center line of - the discharge canal. The Rocky Point control station is located approximately 0.25 nautical miles (nm) northeast of the Effluent site. The Manomet Point Station is located approximately 2 nm southeast of the Effluent Station.

j Precise station locations depend upon line-of-sight techniques, with highly g visible structures located on the shore. These reference points are coordinated with F fathometer readings to provide precise station location. The Rocky Point Station was f

located by lining up the microwave relay tower with the off-gas stack. The Effluent B

i Station was identified as the center line between the two discharge jetties. The Manomet f Point Station was located by lining up the two southernmost telephone poles on top of Manomet Point. Station relocation techniques are sufficiently reliable to insure that all

[ sampling occurs within a radius of 20-50 ro of the originally established station locations.

B Collection Techniques All sampling was performed by a team of SCUBA divers. Sampling equipment 2

consisted of an airlif t sampling device and a 0.33 m metal pipe-frame quadrate (Figure 2). The pipe-frame insured that a uniform surface area of 1039 2cm was consistently sampled from each rock. A standard SCUBA tank supplied the suction necessary for the operation of the airlif t device. The Battelle research vessel, R/V Limnoria, was used as a base. At Manomet Point, a small boat was required to assist the divers, due to large rocks in the area which forced the Limnoria to anchor slightly seaward of the station.

3

I

S Plymout o la i

. Cape Cod 2=Q l

.;i

-r J Nautical Mile f

s

• I CAPE COD BAY I

e Rocky Point I.

S Ef fluent

• .m..-

I Pilgrim Station' - 3 l

.W.

. y ..

5 8 Manom.et Point l ..

l

~

. '.' ~"_, . .._ ,

y a

- 9; FIGURE 1. LOCATION OF THE ROCKY PONT, EFFLUENT, AND MANOMET PONT I1 ROCK-SUBSTRATUM SUBTIDAL (17 MLT) STATIONS.

, I.

j

e o .

O

, 'o : 'o ,

ellected Sample

'l#:

u M

Removable Catch Bag of Nytex Mesh U

1

)

r' L,

Air Flow Regulator

{ Plastic Tube ,

a

'41 L  !

.h

. O.

(

- g'A

.oa

• e -

o.y o

g Air Flow 3 1 -

l 5 &

I I

l - Standard Scuba Tank V

O.

) ". \ Pipe Frame to Delineate Quadrant Suetierr Created by Upward Flow of Air FIGURE 2.

ROCK SUBSTRATUM AIRLIFT SAMPLING DEVICE.

5

I.

I; Upon arriving at the sampling location, divers descended to the bottom with the sampling equipment and randomly chose-large, flat-surfaced rocks or boulders for sampling. Small rocks with less than twice the surface area of the quadrate were eliminated from sampling consideration due to their increased susceptibility to movement .

or dislodging during stormy weather. Such rocks were considered to have a less stable resident community. The quadrate was placed on the surface of a rock and the airlif t g

3 device was positioned a few inches above the quadrate by one diver, while a second diver began scraping the quadrate with a sharp bladed tool (Red Devil Paint Scraper). The algae and resident fauna were carried by suction up the airlif t into a bag (Nitex,0.5 mm mesh) at the opposite end. When the quadrate had been scraped clean, the bag was removed and sealed. A new bag was then attached while a third diver took the filled sample bag and placed it into a larger catch bag. Five replicate samples were taken at each station,

_ placed into the catch bag, and delivered to the boat.

On board the Limnoria, each sealed bag was placed in a wet box containing fresh seawater. While underway to the next station, the contents of each bag were transferred to a one-gallon plastic jar, labelled, and preserved with 10% formalin.

Approximately 100 g of Borax were added as a buffering agent to prevent softening of mollusc shells.

QUALITATIVE TRANSECT SURVEY SCUBA observations along the axis of the discharge canal were conducted on March 23, June 27, September 11, and December 11, 1934 The purpose of this phase of the investigation is to map the lateral and offshore extent of denuded and stunted algal zones directly in front of the PNPS discharge.

The distinction between " denuded" and " stunted" is based on distribution of Chondrus crisous. The denuded zone is defined as that area where Chondrus occurs only as stunted plants restricted to the sides and crevices of rocks. No Chondrus is found on g

the upper surfaces of rocks in this area except where the microtopography of the rock 3 surfaces creates small protected areas. In the stunted zone, Chondrus is found on the upper surfaces of the rocks but is noticeably inferior to normal specimens in height, density, and frond development. The normal zone is considered to begin at that point where these factors are " typical" for the depth and substratum in question.

I 6

i

=

Qualitative Transect Study j I

Because of the complexity of this procedure, we have presented the methods -_ -

and procedures followed during the qualitative transect study in sequential order of events:

Y A. Laying Out Transect Line.

=

i

1. R/V Limnoria & crew approach sampling area.

Battelle's I S' Boston Whaler is used to transport  ;

transect equipment to shore. Transect equipment inventory includes: -

o 3/4" nylon Base Line, approximately 35 m length. =

o 100 m Transect Line - 3/8" nylon with 2 lb lead 3 weights and distance marks every 10 m.

o ' Anchor (Danforth,10 lb) for seaward end of Transect Line.

Marking buoy plus line attached to end of o

Transect Line. j o Diver-safety line - attaches from buoy to R/V -

i Limnoria.

2. Two crew members transport equipment to effluent -

area aboard the Whaler. The Whaler is secured outside -

the effluent canal and the Base Line is fastened to an 2 eye bolt on the north jetty. The free end is carried _

across the effluent canal via the top of the barrier net -

or the canal bridge. This end is attached to an eye -

bolt on the south jetty. The Base Line is drawn tight _

and tied-off, crossing perpendicular to the effluent ,

canal. This line provides a point of attachment for the _

Transect Line from the center of the effluent canal. i

3. The Whaler is then maneuvered into the effluent canal and an approach is made to the Base Line. The -

Transect Line is attached by snaphook to the center -

I l j r

d i

7

p I

point of the Base Line. The Whaler is maneuvered seaward parallel to the effluent canal while a crew member feeds out the Transect Line. Sufficient tension is maintained to keep the Transect Line straight and on center to the effluent canal. The Transect Line is fed out until the end anchor and E attached buoy line is reached. The buoy line is cleated 3 off and engine power is used to stretch the Transect Line taut and align it along the centerline of the effluent canal. When the Transect Line is straight and centered it is lowered to the bottom with the buoy line, and the marking buoy is released.

4. The R/V Limnoria is then maneuvered into position near the seaward end of the Transect Line and anchored. A diver Safety Line is rigged from the marking buoy to the R/V Limnoria to facilitate diver access to the Transect Line. The safety line is kept sufficiently slack to avoid the potential of lifting the Transect Line.

B. The Transect Survey (Figure 3)

1. Divers don scuba gear. Three divers are required for the survey and each has specific responsibilities:

o Diver No.1 - Serves as the dive leader; carries writing tablets, measures algal transition zones, makes general observations, and signals for transfer of the Measuring Line.

o Diver No. 2 -

Reels out Measuring Line perpendicular to the Transect Line, then remains stationed just beyond stunted zone with reel in hand. On signal, transfers Measuring Line to successive 10 m marks with Diver No. 3.

o Diver No.3 - Remains stationed at 10 m marks of the Transect Line. Attaches Measuring Line by snap hook to the Transect Line and holds securely to prevent movement of the Transect Line. On signal, transfers Measuring Line to successive 10 m marks with Diver No.2.

2. Equipment specific to the transect study includes:

o Two white plastic writing tablets & pencils.

Separate tablets are used for the NW and SE areas of the Transect Zone. The tablets provide space for recording measurements and observations for each 10 m interval (Figure 4).

The compass course (3100 for the NW zone and 1300 for the SE zone) for each measurement angle is written on the tablet.

8

i L

l Barrier . -

2:  : -

.l- .

Shore .

h - Ef fluent Line

(

h&%

?o  %*

(

o 1Oo e \ MHW f

20<

Weight Marks at i Om Intervals 30<

f 400

- 500 Diver l

Diver 3  :

hel ,

Diver ?_

( , o ,, usaso,in, une (30m, marked at 5m intervals) 800 b ransact T Line

'9 0 0 1000 b Anchor 0 # Diver Sa f ety Line An c h or& Lin e R/V Mya

FIGURE 3.

DIAGRAM OF QUALITATIVE TRANSECT SURVEY.

9

El I

I: .

e...... o......

r.... 1....

e...... o...... 3' 1.... 1....

10 110 g 20 120 30 40 I.

l i '/2 " 50

~

60 l 70 80

' North a fbY I!

8"  :

g; l

Ii V- i FIGURE 4. 8 WRITING SURVEY. TABLET USED BY DIVERS FOR THE QUALITATIVE TRA I

E I;

1 10 I'

-=

i o Measuring Line & reel- t/4" dacron line of 30 m length, wound on plastic reel. Line distances are 3 marked with orange fluorescent paint and duct tape for each 5 m interval.

$ o Catch bag

_ o Magnetic diving compass (2) used by Divers No.1

& 2.

.=

3. Divers No.1, 2, & 3 descend the . buoy line to the seaward end of the Transect Line. Divers sw!m along 3 Transect Line toward effluent canal and note changes in Chor.drus density and condition. Several passes are

_ made by Diver No. I to identify the transition zones Fa from normal growth, to stunted growth, to denuded.

These zones are defined as:

y o Normal Zone - Chondrus density, height, and 2 frond development lush and/or apparently characteristic of the local natural environment.

l o Stunted Zone - Chondrus is found on the upper surfaces of the rocks but it is noticeably inferior in height, density, and frond development.

o Denuded Zone - Chondrus occurs only as stunted plants restricted to the sides and crevices of

, rocks. No Chondrus is found on the upper surfaces of rocks in this area except where the microtopography of the rock surfaces creates small protected areas.

4 Diver No. I records the distance from the Base Line that the denuded and stunted zones intersect the

Transect Line. Measurement is made by interpolation a between the 10 m marks to the nearest meter.

5. Diver No. 3 takes position at the first mark shoreward q -

of a transition zone and attaches the Measuring Line to the Transect Line. Diver No. 2 swims from that point on a course of 3100 and unwinds tne Measuring Line. This establishes a line of measurement perpendicular to the Transect Line. Diver No. 2 stops just beyond the Stunted / Normal transition zone, b

" 6. Diver No. I checks the compass bearing of the Measuring Line and corrects the position if required.

The diver then swims along the Measuring Line from i

a the Transect Line point of attachment to the distal end. Several passes are made back and forth in order to clearly define transition zones. Once the transition

_ zone has been defined, the distance (to the nearest 4 meter) is measured and recorded on the tablet.

5 11

I I

7. Diver No. I swims beyond the measurement zone of normal growth, to ensure that normal growth is characteristic beyond the measurement area. Diver No. I also communicates to Diver No. 2 his perception of the Stunted / Normal transition zone to gain a second opinion. If there is a discrepancy, g

additional observations are made to clearly delineate W

the transition zone.

~ S. Diver No. I swims back along the Measuring Line toward the Transect Line and records general observations regarding the floral / faunal assemblage.

9. Diver No. I signals for transfer of the Measuring Line by tugging on the line. The line is then transferred by Divers No. 2 & 3 to the next 10 m mark shoreward.

This procedure is continued until each 10 m distance from the Base Line is measured and s arveyed.

10. Upon reaching the north jetty, Diver No. I records the distance of the submerged jetty ends from the Base Line by comparison with the Transect Line. This data g serves to calibrate the Transect Line position for 3 mean highwater.

11. Diver No. I swims toward the Base Line inside the effluent canal and records algal growth characteristics in this area.

12. Divers No. 2 & 3 take position to measure Transition Zones on the SE side of the Transect Line.

Measurements and observations are taken by Diver No.

1. Procedures follow those described above along successive 10 m marks seaward. Diver No. 2 swims a magnetic course of 1300 to position the Measuring Line at each interval.

13. When all measurements and observations have been completed, the divers ascend and return to the R/V 3 Limnoria.

5

14. The Transect Line and the Base Line are retrieved using the Whaler and stowed on the R/V Limnoria.

15. Upon return to the laboratory, the field notes are incorporated into a field report and submitted to the g, Project Manager. g) 8 I

12

L M

N LABORATORY ANALYSIS Faunal Processing i In the laboratory, algal and faunal components were separated by .vashing the animals from the algae onto a,0.5-mm mesh screen. The fauna was then pres.erved in 70%

[ isopropanol. The algae were returned to 5% formalin.

Each faunal sample was divided in one-quarter aliquots prior to sorting. One aliquot from each replicate was processed, and the others were archived. A so:ution of Rose Bengal stain was added to each faunal aliquot prict to sorting. Animals were sorted into major groups or to the lowest possible taxon depending upon the individual sorter, L_,

- then identified by senior technical personnel using research quality stereomicroscopes and compound microscopes.

[ Species counts did not include bryozoa, colonial hydroids and spirorbid worms because they are attached epifauna on the algae and their presence in the faunal fraction is an underestimate of their abundance. These epifauna were noted during the algal processing (see below).

g Species exhibiting very high densities, such as juvenile Mytilus edulis, were subsampled.

5 Algal Processing The algal component of each replicate sample was examined, using both stereomicroscopes and compound microscopes, to determine the presence or absence of 38 indicator species (See Appendix !). Relative abundance of each indicator species was also noted for each sample. The indicator species currently under observation were originally chosen in September 1973, and were carefully selected from a listing of the several hundred algal species recorded from the Pilgrim st[jdy sites in the 1974 - 1973 period.

They include members of each major algal family and representatives of a variety of habitat types; the group includes all of the dominant species within the study area, the majority of the macrophytic species, and the most common epiphytic species. Although the indicator species constitute only a small fraction of the total number of species inhabiting the study area, they comprise by far the most substantial part of the algal community as measured by both percent cover and biomass. Reproductive states of

13

I I

various algal species encountered, algal species present in addition to the 33 indicator species, and similarities and differences between each replicate sample were also recorded. Two voucher collections were established, one preserved in 5% formalin and another as a set of permanent slide mounts. The slides include reproductive structures and other characteristics useful for identification.

The Chondrus criscus and Phyllophora spp. fractions of each replicate sample were examined to assess the degree of algal and faunal colonization of the host .;pecies.

The algal colonizers included epiphytic species such as Spermothamnion repens, Ceramium rubrum, Cystoclonium purpureum and Polysiphonia spp.; the faunal colonizers were '

primarily the encrusting hydrozoans, bryozoans, spirorbid worms and mussel spat (Mytilus i edulis). Each Chondrus and Phyllophora replicate fraction was compared with a set of five reference samples which were ranked in order of increasing levels of algal and faunal g

' infestation. Each fraction was then assigned the numerical value of the reference sample 5 with which it most closely compared. Separate algal and faunal colonization indices were then determined for the Chondrus and Phyllophora populations of each station by summing the values assigned to the three replicate samples. I Dry weight biomass of each sample was determined for five separate algal fractions: Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora spp., epiphytes of Chondrus, epiphytes of Phyllophora, and the remaining benthic species. Total algal biomass was also determined.

Each fraction was weighed on a Mettler balance after drying for 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> in a standard drying oven set at 30 C.

DATA ANALYSIS I

Data analysis was performed on the VAX-II/780 computer at Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (WHOI). All data were coded onto specially designed project coding sheets as the samples were processed. Data were entered onto diskettes on a VT-ISO microcomputer located at BNEMRL and subsequently transmitted to magnetic disk at g

WHOL 3 Following transmittal, a hard copy of the raw data was generated at BNEMRL's remote terminal and verified against the original coding sheets. All keypunching errors were corrected at this point. Auditing sof tware was then employed to further examine the data for errors.

I 14

l

\

l I

Analytical software comprised a suite of programs developed at WHCI specifically for the analysis of benthic data. In addition to a variety of data management ,

and modification utilities, these include primarily the programs PRAREI and SPSTCL.

I PRAREI summarizes the data for each sample, calculates a variety of diversity-related indices, and generates a rarefaction curve. SPSTCL is a multivariate classification package which allows a wide variety of user-specified options for similarity indices and clustering strategies.

Analytical Techniques .

Rank Order of Abundance. The individual species comprising the fauna at each station are rank ordered by abundance for each replicate. The most dominant species are listed first, followed in order by less dominant forms. The contribution of each species to the overall total percent of the fauna is denoted by an increasing cumulative percentage starting with the most dominant species and ending with the most rare. Basic statistical analyses including calculation of means, standard deviations, 2

standard error, and extrapolation to an abundance per m are performed on each replicate sample in order to obtain the rank order for each station.

Diversity Measures (Community Parameters). At least two measures of I diversity are calculated for each sample and station, including the Shannon-Wiener information index, H', as well as evenness (3') and species richness. In addition, rarefaction curves according to the method of Hurlbert (1971) are calculated. It can be shown that Shannon's H' is a biased estimator and for small samples will underestimate the true population information (Smith and Grassle,1977). Hur!bert's expected species index of diversity has an unbiased estimator and is thus particularly useful when small and unequal sample size must be compared.

Similarity Measures. The most direct measure of faunal similarity between field samples is the number of species in common. The concept of species shared is biologically meaningful and can be readily visualized in terms of species distribution. We used the measure of similarity developed by Grassle and Smith (1976), the Normalized Expected Species Shared (NESS). This measure is based on the expected number of species shared between random samples of size, m, drawn from a population. The NESS is sensitive to the less common species in the populations to be compared. Confidence I intervals can be calculated for this index using the two sample jackknife estimator (Smith, Grassle and Kravitz,1979).

j 15

i The classic- Bray-Curtis similarity measure, the most widely used B

clustering technique, was also used (Boesch,1977). These values can be calculated for Stations (normal) and by species (inverse). For the present report, only the normal 7 analysis was conducted. d Time-Series Analysis. New results were compared with important components I

g of the 9-year data base to observe long-term effects of thermal discharge on the benthic B community. The simplest manner in which to compare long-term data of this sort is to

(- compare changes in species composition over time. Changes in rank of dominants may I indicate that perturbation of the community has occurred, or may be merely indicative of N natural population cycles. In the August 1931 samples, for example, Mytilus edulis and Caprella penantis were the most dominant faunal species at all three stations. In the f

l same samples, however, two other highly placed dominants at Rocky Point and Manomet Point, Hiatella arctica and Margarites umbilicus, were greatly reduced in numbers at the J

l f Effluent site. The past data base is valuable to determine whether this relationship and

, others have always existed or are related to operation of PNPS, as suspected.

E --:

( RESULTS AND DISCUSSION h

E h FAUNAL STUDIES B .

r g -

e Systematics 4

In addition to the three species reported in March (Report 24), analysis of the I  :-

) 15 replicate samples collected in September 1934 added four new species to the 2

~.

taxonomic list of Plymouth area benthic fauna developed by this program. All belong to the Polychaeta.

f Two species of Polydora new to the program were identified from the fall [.

sampling. Polydora aggregata has a bifid prostomium and small lateral accessory 5-structures on the modified spines of setiger five. Polydora caulleryi possesses modified 8$ j I

spines with bushy tops.

Phyllodoce groenlandica is darkly pigmented when preserved, with oval ventral cirri possessing asymmetrical acuminate tips.

S[

W _

y Potamilla neglecta has limbate abdominal neurosetae and a collar which is only incised doreally and ventrally. 7' y.

Y

+ 16 ly ,

1 1

Species Richness g Species richness for the September 1934 sampling is presented in Table 1, and 4 is plotted for the last fif teen samplings in Figure 5. Data are presented as total species for each replicate, with a mean value over all replicates and a cumulative total for each station. Because the area included within each replicate is 0.33 m2 (1039 2cm), the cumulative species total is representative of a total area of 5445 2cm or 0.5445 2m.

As they did for the March sampling (Table 1, Report 24), both the Rocky Point and Manomet Point reference sites had greater mean species per station in September g 1984 than the Effluent station. Rocky Point had the highest mean species per replicate 4 with 66.3, followed by Manomet Point with 65.3, and Effluent with 39.3. Manomet Point and Rocky Point were similar in total number of species with 107 and 105, respectively.

Effluent followed with 93.

The observed differences in species richness were tested via a one-way ANOVA (Sokal and Rohlf,1969) using a Texas Instruments 53-C Programmable Calculator.

The differences between stations were found not to be significant (p >.05, F = 3.87, di =

2/12) for the September 1934 sampling. This is contrary to many of the previous 1 samplings, including March -1934, where a pattern of reduced species richness at the Effluent station was noted.

Overall, total numbers of species for all three stations were greatly increased in September 1934 as compared with March 1934. In fact, the September sampling represents the highest total species per station in the last 15 samplings (Figure 5) since 1979. The two samplings of 1934 follow the observed pattern of low spring species richness followed by a peak in early fall.

Faunal Density 1

Benthic macrofaunal densities per replicate and per square meter for the September 1934 sampling are presented in Table 1. Because of the tendency for extremely high densities of juvenile mussels (Mytilus edulis) to obscure differences in

}.

faunal density among the sites, data are presented both with and without Mytilus. Total faunal densities, densities without Mytilus, and Mytilus densities only are plotted in Figures 6,7, and 3 for the period September 1979 through September 1934.

l l 17

e TABLE 1. FAUNAL SPECIES RICHNESS, FAUNAL DENSITY WITH AND WITiiOUT 5 3

MYTILUS EDULIS, SEPTEMBER 1984. g 3 Station / Species Richness Density w/o I .%

Replicate No. ' (No. of Species) Density Mytilus -

Effluent Bi _.

1 53 21,496 6,372 j

2. 63 14,404 3,516 3 59 12,633 7,563 2 4 61 9,552 5,072 5 53 12,996 9.924 3 i

m 2

59.3 14,227 130,604 7,590 69,676

]

Total No. Species 93 - _

i Manomet Point

! 60 14,320 4,900 W 2 67 36,024 9,336 j 3 61 13,404 7,304 4

63 40,492 3,300 5 73 25,1I6 10,730 h x 65.3 25,971 3,224 l m --

233,414 75,496 g 5 Total No. Species 107 - - IW i Rocky Point  : _

1 70 20,740 7,300 ]

2 61 42,934 7,592 ,

3 73 12,992 5,563 7 4 65 41,012 7,412 g" 5 65 14,624 6,944 2 66.8 26,470 6,693 2 2 g E m -

242,995 63,920 um Total No. Species 105 - _

1e 8

O E

4 8

. . /

9 1# 4 8

O I I 4

8

/

9 1

N 3 r e

s 3 b O g .

8

/

0 t m

e 1 p e

S O \

\'\

\

'lv v 1 3

8

/

4 h

g u

o 2 r i .8 h

/ / t O 9

/llJ 9

7 2 9

.8 /

1

( 3 r M

gks\ .

1 8

/

8 b

t e

m e

p e

U S

'v 8

8

/ d 6

i o

r 1

e O

^

. 8 p

/

4 e h

8 t

. 8 r O /

1 f

o N 0 s 8 s _

,/

e 0 n 1

h c

4\

0 i _

,8 r

/ _

6 s i

e 0 c A' .8 / e _

p O

D 4 9

7 S

5

./ _

A. 2 1

e r

F u P F P4 g _

,N R En EGA

. 7 9

/

i F

9

. - - - ~ . .

0 0 0 a 0, 0 2 0 e

• 6 N 1 1

1 b5:

i c

a ** 5 i; o" a

!  !<  : 1  !\l:-  ! j i i i )l  :

s 4

B RP GEFF

A MP 6 '

10 '

4 -

m 5 ^

o 10_ O i

I i

10.

1 5 5 5 5 5 g g 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 9/79 12/79 4/80 6/80 1O/80 l/8i 4/8I 6/8I 8/8I g

i 3/82 9/82~ 4/83 IO/83 3/84 9/84

Figure 6. 2 Faunal densities (H ) for the period September 1979 through September 1934.

g g g g g g M M mM M M M M M .M E E E-

W M M W W M M M M M M eM M M M -W M'M '

i 1 E RP 4 GEFF A MP 6

10 i

I j _

^

i 5

10. _

l I

10 s e s e i a a a s a s 3 9/79 12/79 4/80 6/80 10/80 1/81 4/81 6/81 8/81 3/82 9/82 s

4/83 10/83 3/84 9/84 2

Figure 7.

Faunal densities (M ) excluding Mytilus edulis for the period September 1979 thr'ough September 1984.

E RP GEFF A MP 6

10 5 ^ ^

10.

N iOt 9/79 12/79 4/80 6/80 10/80 1/81 4/81 6/81 8/81 3/82 9/82 4/83 10/83 3/84 9/84 Figure 8. 2 Mytilus edulis Densities (N ) for the period September 1979 through September 1984.

W W W M M M M M M M M E E M E E E E W

t I l t

I Greatest faunal densities in March 1934 (Table 1, Report I4) were recorded at I Manomet Point, with individual replicates ranging from 5233 to 27,463 G = 16,435) g individuals per replicate. Faunal densities at the Effluent station were similar, ranging

{ from 4232 to 25,323 fil5,134) individuals per replicate. Faunal densities at Rocky Point were much lower than the previous two, ranging from 3652 to 3776 (ie:6975) individuals per replicate.

Total faunal densities were greatest in September 1984 at the Rocky Point reference station, with individual replicates ranging from 12,992 to 42,934 6 = 26,470).

The Manomet Point station was similar to Rocky Point, ranging from 13,404 to 40,492 G =

25,971). Unlike the March sampling, the Effluent station faunal densities were lower than l the two reference stations, ranging from 9,552 to 21,496 (ic = 14,227) individuals per in September 1934, Rocky Point exhibited the highest density per square meter with 242,995/m2, followed by Manomet Point with 233,414/m2, and Effluent with 130,604/m2, Removing the numbers of juvenile Mytilus from the September data changes the observed pattern of difference between the stations. Manomet Point assumes the lead 1 2 position with 75,496/m . Effluent and Rocky Point follow with 69,676/m2 and 63,920/m2, respectively. Mytilus edulis made up the largest fraction at all three stations, with 73.69% at Rocky Point, 63.3305 at Manomet Point, and 46.6506 at the Effluent Station.

The patterns of spatial variation in faunal abundance for September were not found to be significant (at p=.05) when examined via a one-way ANOVA in a manner similar to that described for species richness. The same was true when Mytilus counts were removed from the data. This points out the increased numbers of Mytilus present at the Effluent station in September as compared with March. An ANOVA conducted on the g March data, excluding Mytilus, showed a significant difference between the Effluent and 5

the last two reference sites. Removal of Mytilus from the September data appears to affect faunal density evenly among the three stations, thus no significant difference is shown.

Species Dominance The 15 numerically dominant species at each station for the September 1934 sampling are shown in Table 2. Visual examination of these data indicates overall similarity among the three sites.

1 23

B3 _

TABLE 2. RANK ORDER OF ABUNDANCE FOR THE DOMINANT IS SPECIES, B 2 SEPTEMBER,1934.

Number I 'i Station / Species (x/ replicate) Percent h

.a l

i Effluent Mvtilus edulis 6636.3 46.65 Acarina Lacuna vincta 1414.4

!!60.3 9.9%

3.16 h

g

= -

Calliopius laevisculus 933.3 6.95 -

Jassa falcata 535.6 4.12 Caorella penantis 553.4 3.92 -

onchidoris ascera 500.0 3.51 Devamine thes  :

274.4 1.93 i ischyrocerus anguipes 265.6 1.37 a

Idotea phosphorea 260.3 1.33

('

Ela lunata 161.6 1.14 g Idotea balthica 144.3 1.02 -

Coroohtum insidiosum 142.4 1.00 Hiatella artica 115.2 0.31 7

Coroohium bonelli 109.6 0.77 Total of 15 Species 13319.2 93.62 %

Remaining fauna - 33 spp. 5 is 903.0 6.33 % j Total Fauna - 93 spp. 14227.2 100.0 % .

Manomet Point -

, Mytilus edulis 17747.2

! 63.33 =

Acarina !130.0 4.54  ;

Nicoles rostericola 1166.4 4.49 Lacuna vincta 641.6 2.47 -

Caorella penantis $70.4 2.20 Jassa f alcata 441.6 1.70 -

Calliopius laevisculos 405.6 1.56

, Onchidoris asocra 343.0 1.34 i

e Hiatella arctica 346.4 1.33

Corophium bonelli 333.6 1.23 l Devamine thea 315.2 1.21 -

.- Margarttes helcinus Cingula aculeus 296.0 232.3 1.14 0.97 h g

=

Pleusvmtes riaber 217.6 0.34 ~'

Idotea phosphorea 203.3 0.30 ,

t Total of 15 Species 24471.2 94.20 %

i i Remaining fauna - = 92 spp. 1500.0 5.30 %

i Total Fauna - 107 spp. 25971.2 100.0 %

Rocky Point Mytilus edulis 3 19507.2 73.69 -

7 Acarina 940.3 3. $$

• l Coroohium bonelll 643.0 2.45 i Dexamine thea  ;

331.6 2.20

[ Nicolea rostericola 522.4 7 1.97  :

Lacuna vincta 476.0 1.30 Caprella penantis 375.2 1.42 i Caltiopius laevisculos 336.0 #

1.27 Hiatella arctica 279.2 1.05 --

! Margarttes heicinus 269.6 1.02 -

Idotea phosohorea 243.2 0.92 onchidoris ascera 227.2 0.36 Corochium acutum 196.3 0.74 Cingula aculeus g 135.2 0.51  :

Jassa falcata f M.4 0.51 Total of 15 Species  ;

' 24372.3 93.96 %  ;

Remaining fauna - 90 spp. 1597.6 6.04 Total Fauna - 105 spp. 26470.4 100.0 %

m _

"j mn 24 I -

u

I I

The Effluent station in September was dominated by two molluscs (Mvtilus

B edulis and Lacuna vincta), an amphipod (Calliopius laevisculus), and Acarina. These four species comprised approximately 72% of the total fauna. Mytilus edulis was the single dominant species in September with 46.65% of the total individuals. The next closest species was Acarina with 9.94% of the total fauna. The top 15 species together accounted for 93.62% of the total individuals.

Eleven of the top 15 species found at Manomet Point in September 1984 were also among the top 15 species found at the Effluent site. In fact, three of the top four species were the same at both stations. Mytilus edulis was the number one dominant at I the Manomet station with 68.33%. This was similar to the March sampling where Mytilus comprised 69.51% of the fauna at Manomet. The top 15 species at Manomet Point accounted for 94.20% of the total fauna at this station in September.

As it was at the Effluent station and Manomet Point, Mytilus edulis was the overwhelming dominant at Rocky Point with 73.69% of the total individuals. Second most dominant was Acarina with only 3.55% of the total individuals. The top 15 species at Rocky Point accounted for 93.96% of the total individuals in September.

I Two observations from this analysis are noteworthy. First, Mytilus edulis uniformly dominated the three stations in September, ranging from 46.65a6 of total Individuals at Effluent, to 73.69% at Rocky Point. Second, overall dominance of the 15 top species at each station was quite similar, totalling approximately 94% of the total individuals.

The patterns of dominance described were tested for significant correlation using Spearman's rank correlation (Zar,1974). To apply this test, all species which were included among the top 15 dominants were ranked according to their mean abundance over the three sites. These ranks were then used as input for the Spearman's procedure; all

g three possible pairing were calculated (ER vs. MP, ER vs. RP, MP vs. RP).

5 The results of the Spearman's procedure show a significant correlation between the Effluent station and Manomet Point for September 1984 (p <.01, two-tailed test). Neither of the other two pairings (ER vs. RP, MP vs. RP) were found to be significant. This correlation is explained by the high numbers of species shared among the top 15 ranked (11).

l The increased importance of Mytilus edulis in September 1984 over March is again seen at the Effluent station. In March, (Table 2, Report 24) Mytilus accounted for

'I only 1006 of the total fauna at this site. In September this percentage increased to 47%,

l il B 25

I I

or nearly half of the total fauna at the Effluent staiton. In September Mytilus replaced .

Jassa falcata as the number one dominant at the Effluent station.

Species Diversity Shannon-Wiener Qversity (H') and evenness (J') were calculated for each replicate and for the combined (m2) data for each station. These values are presented in Table 3 and 4 for September 1934 data with and without Mytilus, respectively. This type of presentation has been followed in previous reports because the Shannon-Wiener index is disproportionately influenced by the presence of a single overwhelmingly dominant species, as is often the case for Mytilus in the study area.

Highest diversity values in March 1984 (Table 3 and 4, Report 24) were recorded at Rocky Point, where four of the five replicates had diversities greater than 3.00 and combined diversity for the station was 3.23. These values were greatly altered when the index was recalculated without mussel data. At Manomet Point, there was a noticeable decrease in both diversity and evenness when mussels were included in the analysis. Diversities were slightly higher at Effluent than at Manomet Point. The pattern of increase in diversity and evenness without mussels seen at Manomet Point and Rocky Point was not seen at the Effluent in March 1984.

The Effluent station exhibited the highest diversity values for September, ranging from 2.14 to 3.73. Four of five replicates exhibited values greater than 3.00, and the diversity value for the station was 3.17. However, when numbers of Mytilus were g

3 removed from the calculations, the Effluent station had the lowest diversity values among the three sampling sites. Values for Effluent ranged from 3.71 to 4.08, with a combined value for the station of 4.08. Evenness values for the Effluent station ranged from 0.24 to 0.53 for total fauna and from 0.72 to 0.77 when the data were considered without Mytilus.

l This variation in diversity at the Effluent station, when considering data with and without Mytilus, reflects the disproportionate influence of Mytilus on the analysis, g

Diversity values for Manomet Point ranged from 1.64 to 3.53 for the total 3 fauna in September. Again, diversity rose when Mytilus was removed from the analysis, ranging from 4.22 to 4.45. Evenness also increased, from 0.34 for total fauna at Manomet Point to 0.64 without Mytilus.

The Rocky Point station, like the Effluent site, showed a marked difference in species diversity between total fauna and fauna excluding Mytilus edulis. Total faunal 26 L

I 1 I

TABLE 3. INFORMATION THEORY DIVERSITY VALUES (SHANNON-WIENER) BY REPLICATE AND FOR M DATA, SEPTEMBER 1984.

I Replicate Manomet Point Rocky Point Effluent H' 3' H' 3' H' 3' 1 2.32 0.39 2.57 0.42 2.14 0.36 2 1.92 0.32 1.46 0.25 3.17 0.53 3 3.53 0.60 2.90 0.47 3.40 0.58 4 1.64 0.27 1.47 0.24 3.03 0.51 3 2.33 0.47 3.19 0.53 3.73 0.64 2

m 2.34 0.35 2.07 0.31 3.17 0.43 I

I TABLE 4. INFORMATION THEORY DIVERSITY VALUES (SHANNON-WlENER) 2 EXCLUDING MYTILUS EDULIS BY REPLICATE AND M DATA, SEPTEMBER 1984.

I Replicate Manomet Point Rocky Point Effluent H' J' H' J' rl' J' 1 4.27 0.73 4.64 0.76 3.35 0.66 2 4.22 0.70 4.48 0.76 3.71 0.62 4.3s 0.7.

g 3 4.4e 0.72 4.0s e.70 4 4.45 0.73 4.35 0.73 3.33 0.65 5 4.42 0.72 4.61 0.77 3.35 0.66 m2

, 4.33 0.e7 4.72 e.7e 4.0s e.62 I

27

E I2m diversity values were the lowest among the three stations, ranging from 1.46 to 3.19 and -

having a combined value of 2.07. When Mytilus was removed from the analysis, Rocky Point had the highest diversity values, ranging from 4.35 to 4.64, with a combined value of r 4.72. A reversal also occurred in evenness, rising from 0.31 to 0.70. -4 A one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was performed to test the differences in diversity between stations in September 1934. No significant difference (at (d p=.05) was found with Mytilus included. A significant difference was noted between 5

stations when Mytilus was excluded (F=40.42, df=2/12, p <.05). This difference was j significant for Effluent and Manomet Point (F=42.21, df=l/S, p <.05) and Effluent and ,

l Rocky Point (F=64.90, df=l/8, p<.05). This overall pattern of diversity among the three 5 stations is similar to what was noted in the March 1984 sampling, j

=

Cluster Analysis = c I

The results of a cluster analysis on replicate data from the September 1934 sampling are shown in the form of hierarchical dendrograms in Figures 9 and 10. Two j different procedures were used to generate these figures. The first uses what has become -

probably the most popular methodology in benthic ecology: the Bray-Curtis similarity j coefficient combined with group average sorting (Figure 9). The procedure tends to stress i the !mportance of common or dominant species and all but eliminates rarer species from  ;

g the analysis. The second procedure, normalized expected species shared (NESS) combined 5 with flexible sorting (Figure 10), tends to emphasize the contribution of the less common .:

species. Because there is no universally accepted methodology for performing cluster  :

l analysis, use of these two methodologies, each of which approaches the data using 5

! different assumptions, allows greater insight into the data than would be allowed by either i 1

method used alone.

Unlike the March sampling, the two clustering techniques produce very similar Ij 5

results for September 1984 As has been true for most of the preceeding samplings, the  !

Effluent station is distinctly different from the two reference stations, based on the

( groupings produced by both Bray-Curtis and NESS. The two techniques also show a high .

I degree of similarity between Manomet Point and Rocky Point; these stations are virtually _.

Indistinguishable from one another. f it is interesting to note similar results were obtained from clustering methods -

which focus on different elements of the benthic communities. Bray-Curtis, with its

]=

I

, =

28 I:j

4 P

M E I P

M 4

8 E 4 P

9 1

R r .

e g b n 2 mi E R P e t t

p o r

e s

' S f

e g

3 E P M

o a s e r

i v S s y a P l p E .

R a u n o a r g 3 r I P e d R t n E I N s a u

I O l s P I c i R T f t

r A

W 5 P

T S t o u s -

c y

M l a I

u r s b e

E 2 P

r g n

M g i n s i u w

I o at M F E

h s a d

m I

5 a r et W l F

E d

g a o

r i c

l n p 3 e e F D r W E 9

4 F e r

E W 2 i g

u F F E

g

s. 6 7 g 9 0 g o 0 O o O 1

>hg<!EmmPm3Ol>-4xm

=

g g N*

1

^

m O.5 _

m w

i 5

o

' W E O.6 _

4 x

m m

W._

O y O.7-e o

w l-O w

8 Q O.8.

w o

w d

_J 2 0.9 _

m O

z '

I '

i l ,- I y ,

I I.O EF2 EF5 EF4 EFI EF3 MP2 MP5 MP3 RPl RP3 RP2 RP4 RPS MPI MP4 STATION Figure 10. Dendrogram showing results of cluster analysis of September 1984 replicate data using ness and flexible sorting.

g g g m eM M M M E "

I I 1 l

I -

l I emphasis on dominant species, shows a high degree of similarity between Rocky Point and Manomet Point and singles out the Effluent station as being different. This is probably due to the large number of Mytilus edulis at Rocky Point and Manomet Point, as compared to the Effluent site. NESS, which looks at the rarer species encountered at each station, shows the same pattern of groups, which indicates Rocky Point and Manomet Point shared a greater number of these rarer species as compared with Effluent. In either case, results coincide well with past obervations and expectations.

I ALGAL STUDIES I Systematics No additions to the cumulative algal species list presented in BECo Report No.

16 (BECo,1980) have been made as a result of analysis of the September,1934 samples.

Species identifications and taxonomic determinations were based on the works of Bold and Wynne (1978), Dawson (1966), Parke and Dixon (1976), South (1976), and Taylor (1957).

I Algal Community Description Throughout the Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent survey areas, the rock and cobble substratum was heavily colonized by red macroalgae. During the September 1934 collections, abundant species were Chondrus crispus, and Phyllophora spp., both representatives of the Order Gigartinales. Chondrus densities were highest at I Manomet Point, and lowest at the Effluent sampling sites. Other benthic macroalgal species were also represented within the three sampling areas but were most abundant at the Rocky Point site. The most frequently observed of these species was Polyides I rotundus. Other noticeable benthic species were the red algae Ahnfeltia plicata and Corallina officinalis. Brown algae were represented by an occassional Laminaria spp, at the Rocky Point and Manomet Point sites (found in the actual samples) but, divers observations during both the September 1934 collecting trip, and the December 1934 transect survey showed Laminaria to be well established at the Effluent site. It was noted that there was a definite increase in the abundance of this species for this station since I the previous year. The green algae Chaetomorpha linum and Chaetomorpha melagonium 31

I I

were common at all three sites, forming tangled mats intertwined among other algal species.

The warm water red alga Gracilaria tikvahiae was not observed in the Effluent denuded zone during the June, September and December surveys, but a small piece was retrieved during a hand-grab sample along the line transect. The limited occurrence of this alga may be in part attributed to the PNPS refueling outage.which lasted throughout the reporting period, since a decline in the abundance of this species was evident in samplings. Codium fraglie spp. tomentosoides was present in low numbers, and was observed out to 80 meters from the effluent canal.

The epiphytic algal population encompassed a variety of species at all three stations, and comprised an important component of the algal community. As usual, Chondrus and Phyllophora served as the primary host species, though Polyides and Ahnfeltia were often colonized when present. Ceramium rubrum and Spermothamnion repens were the most common epiphytic species observed during the September 1984 collections. Other epiphytic species included four species of Polysiphonia, Cystoclonium E

3 purpureum, Phycodrys rubens, and Bonnemaisonia hamifera. The dominance of these species varied between replicates and between stations. Encrusting species of red coraline algae were also noted.

Algal Community Overlap Community overlap was calculated using 3accard's Coefficient of Community (Greig-Smith,1964) to measure the extent of similarity in algal species composition between the \tanomet Point, Effluent, and Rocky Point stations. The coefficient provides a mathematical evaluation of the similarity of two stations or rep!! cates using only the species content, without reference to any differences in the abundance of the species involved. Species occurrence records of the 33 indicator species were used for all community overlap calculations. A IIst of these species with their relative abundance is found in Appendix 1 and 2.

Results of community overlap comparisons between replicate samples from each station for the March 1934 and September 1934 collecting periods are presented in matrix form in Figures 11 and 12. For September 1984, ranges of replicate overlap values at the three stations were, 56.6 % - 74.006 at Manomet Point, 70.0 % -100.0 % at Rocky Point, and 75.0 % - 94.7% at the Effluent. For March 1984, ranges for the same three I

32

- - - w v m. w m e w n m 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 -5 1 13 13 14 14 I 17 18 17 15 ,

2 72.2 13 16 15 Number of 2 77.2 16 '15 13 Number of Species Species 3 81.2 68.4 15 13 Shared 3 86.0 66.7 18 17 Shared 4 73.7 80.0 79.0 17 4 85.0 65.2 90.0 15 5 82.4 79.0 68.4 89.4 5 71.4 54.1 85.0 75.0 Percent Overlap Percent Overlap A. MANOMET POINT STATION B. ROCKY POINT STATION OVERLAP BETWEEN STATIONS w Number of Community Shared Species Overlap Station Pair i

l 1 2 3 4 5 Manomet Point-Rocky Pt. 19 76.00 %

I I4 15 13 14 Manomet Point-Effluent 17 68.00 %

2 73.7 15 13 17 Number of Rocky Point-Effluent 19 70.40 %

Species 3 83.3 71.4 13 15 Shared 4 31.3 68.4 68.4 13 FIGURE II. ALGAL COMMUNITY OVERLAP (JACARD'S 5

COEFFICIENT OF COMMUNITY) AND NUMBER 77.8 94.5 75.0 72.2 OF SPECIES SHARED BETWEEN REPLICATE PAIRS AT THE MANOMET POINT, ROCKY Percent Overlap POINT AND EFFLUENT SUBTIDAL STATIONS C. EFFLUENT STATION (10' MLW), MARCH,1984.

I 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 4 5 1 13 14 12 12 1 17- is 14 16 2 56.5 17 15 17 Number of 2 81.0 17 16 16 Number of Species Species 3 73.7 70.8 14 15 Shared 3 100.0 81.0 14 16 Shared 4 66.7 65.2 66.7 14 4 70.0 80.0 70.0 14 5 60.0 74.0 63.2 70.0 $ 88.9 80.0 88.9 77.8 Percent Overlap Percent Overlap A. MANOMET POINT STATION B. ROCKY POINT STATION OVERLAP BETWEEN STATIONS w

• Number of Community Shared Species Overlap Station Pair 1 2 3 4 5 Manomet Point-Rocky Pt. 21 84.0 %

1 15 15 16 15 Manomet Point-Effluent 19 73.1%

2 79.0 17 17 16 Number of Rocky Point-Effluent 17 71.0 %

Species 3 75.0 94.4 18 17 Shared 4 84.2 89.5 94.7 17 FIGURE 12. ALGAL COMMUNITY OVERLAP (JACARD'S 5 75.0 84.2 89.5 85.0 COEFFICIENT OF COMMUNITY) AND NUMBER OF SPECIES SHARED BETWEEN REPLICATE PAIRS AT THE MANOMET POINT, ROCKY Percent Overlap C. EFFLUENT STATION POINT AND EFFLUENT SUBTIDAL STATIONS (10' MLW), SEPTEMBER,1984.

g g g g 3 3 M M M E E E E

I I

I stations wert. 63.406 - 39.4%, 54.106 - 90.0%, and 68.406 -94.4 6. Mean replicate overlap values for Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent were 67.2%, 31.306, and 35.lo6 in September, and 77.406, 75.6% and 76.6% in March. Similar ranges and means of these values at the three stations during spring and fall samplings indicate that the algal species composition of each was similarly homogeneous.

Algal Biomass I Chondrus crispus Biomass. Chondrus crispus biomass values for Manomet I Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent stations for March 1934 and September 1934 are presented in Tables 5 and 6.

In September 1934, the range of individual biomass was greatest at Manomet Point (261.90 - 1035.76 g/m2). Ranges were slightly lower at Rocky Point and Effluent, 35.32 - 753.33 g/m2, and 13.90 - 730.26 g/m2 respectively. For the March 1934 collecting period, the range of individual biomass was also greatest at Manomet Point (93.42 - 354.69 g/m2) followed by Effluent (11.61 - 135.49 g/m2) and Rocky Point (167.31 - 315.27 g/m2),

I At Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent, respectively, the mean Chondrus biomass comprised 61o6, 57%, and 4106 of the total algal biomass present in September 1934. In March 1934 these values for the same three stations were 43o6, 53a6, and 22%

respectively.

During September 1984 the highest mean Chondrus biomass was found at the Manomet Point station (576.90 g/m2) followed by Rocky Point (372.13 g/m2). Effluent mean Chondrus biomass was the lowest of the three stations (250.27 g/m2), 56% lower than the Manomet Point value, and 33% lower than the value obtained for Rocky Point.

During March 1934 the Rocky Point station had the highest mean biomass value for Chondrus (226.57 g/m2) followed very closely by a value of 226.26 g/m2 at Manomet I Point. The Effluent value was again the lowest (34.70 g/m2) which was 62 6 lower than the Rocky Point and Manomet Point values.

As expected, highest mean Chondrus biomass continued to occur during the fall collecting period declining in the spring. Lower Chondrus biomass values in winter and early spring continue to be observed and this observation reflects the normal seasonal growth cycle. Chondrus germination and growth rates are highest from late spring to I early autumn (Taylor,1957), and typically result in an increase in the population during the summer months; conversely, markedly reduced winter germination and growth rates, 35

2 TABLE 5. DRY WEIGHT BIOMASS VALUES (g/m ) FOR CHONDRUS CRISPUS, PHYLLOPHORA spp., EPIPHYTES, THE REMAINING BENTHIC SPECIES, AND TOTAL ALGAL BIOMASS FOR MANOMET PT., ROCKY PT., AND EFFLUENT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW) STATIONS FOR MARCH,1984.

Chondrus Phyllophora Remaining Epiphytic Total Algal Station Rep. Crispus spp. Benthic Species Species (Total) Biomass MANOMET PT.

I 294.03 (53%) 238.68 (43%) 0.81 (0.14%) 25.47 (4%) 559.00 2 153.00 (22%) 481.32 (71%) 1.44 (0.21%) 46.35 (7%) 682.11 3 354.69 (62%) 167.31 (29%) 5.31 (0.93%) 46.53 (8%) 573.84 4 236.16 (54%) 177.57 (41%) 9.90 (2%) 14.04 (3%) 437.67 5 93.42 (24%) 212.58 (54%) 59.31 (15%) 32.31 (8%) 397.62

$ X 226.26 (43%) 255.49 (48%) 15.39 (3%) 32.94 (6%) 530.04 ROCKY PT.

I 229.32 (52%) 170.73 (39%) 6.84 (2%) 33.66 (8%) 440.55 2 226.89 (72%) 57.42 (l8%) 10.64 (3%) 21.I5 (7%) 316.08 3 315.27 (76%) 64.89 (l6%) 18.45 (4%) 17.55 (4%) 416.I6 4 167.31 (54%) 99.45 (32%) 26.19 (9%) 15.39 (5%) 308.34 5 194.04 (40%) 255.24 (52%) 3.33 (0.68%) 35.37 (7%) 487.98 X 226.57 (58%) 129.55 (33%) 13.09 (3%) 24.62 (6%) 393.82 EFFLUENT I 18.72 (8%) 152.55 (69%) 50.49 (23%) 0.54 (0.24%) 222.30 2 185.49 (53%) 136.89 (39%) 22.86 (7%) 3.60 (1%) 348.84 3 II.61 (3%) 196.47 (50%) 179.73 (46%) 4.14 (1%) 391.95 4 75.15 (15%) 275.67 (54%) 159.21 (31%) 2.79 (0.6%) 512.82 5 132.57 (32%) 159.93 (38%) I13.31 (27%) 11.88 (3%) 417.69 X 84.70 (22%) 184.30 (49%) 105.12 (28%) 4.59 (1%) 378.72 m e e em W W W W W W W W W

W W E E E E M M M M M M M M- M M M W 2

TABLE 6. DRY WEIGHT BIOMASS VALUES (g/m ) FOR CHONDRUS CRISPUS, PHYLLOPHORA spp., EPIPHYTES, THE REMAINING BENTHIC SPECIES, AND TOTAL ALGAL BIOMASS FOR MANOMET PT., ROCKY PT., AND EFFLUENT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW) STATIONS FOR SEPTEMBER,1984.

Chondrus Phyllophora Remaining Epiphytic Total Algal Station Rep. Crispus spp. Benthic Species Species (Total) Biomass MANOMET PT.

I 1085.76 (97%) 9.18 (0.3%) 3.96 (0.4%) 24.84 (2%) 1123.74 2 261.90 (30%) 231.66 (26%) 107.28 (12%) 276.30 (32%) 877.14 3 445.50 (44%) 278.28 (27% 29.16 (3%) 258.30 (26%) 1011.24 4 $94.90 (79%) 51.84 (7%) 3.24 (0.4%) 100.98 (14%) 750.96 5 496.44 (51%) 290.16 (30%) 0.00 (0%) 196.88 (20%) 983.48 X 576.90 (61%) 172.22 (l8%) 28.73 (3%) 171.46 (l8%) 949.3i ROCKY PT.

I 35.82 (7%) 153.90 (31%) 141.12 (28%) 171.72 (34%) 502.56 2 695.70 (71%) 89.46 (9%) 56.52 (6%) 137.88 (14%) 979.56 3 94.14 (21%) 142.20 (31%) 83.16 (18%) 135.90 (30%) 455.40 4 276.12 (57%) 101.34 (21%) 9.54 (2%) 94.86 (20%) 481.86 5 758.88 (88%) 21.78 (3%) 4.14 (0.5%) 79.02 (9%) 863.82 X_ 372.13 (57%) 101.74 (15%) 58.90 (9%) 123.88 (19%) 656.64 EFFLUENT I 730.26 (81%) 147.06 (l6%) 5.22 (0.6%) I9.08 (2%) 901.62 2 199.30 (37%) 206.64 (38%) 22.86 (4%) I10.52 (20%) 539.82 3 99.36 (17%) 336.24 (58%) 29.34 (5%) 114.30 (20%) 579.24 4 18.90 (4%) 274.32 (63%) 76.86 (18%) 66.42 (15%) 436.50 5_ 203.04 (36%) 206.46 (36%) 31.14 (5%) 128.34 (23%) 568.98 X 250.27 (41%) 234.14 (39%) 33.08 (5%) 87.73 (15%) 605.23

I-I' coupled with a high incidence of adult and juvenile plant mortality as a consequence of harsh winter storms, typically results in a reduction in the Chondrus population from the late autumn to early spring months.

Chondrus/Phyllophora biomass ratios at Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent in September 1934 were 3.4:1, 3.7:1, and 1.1:1, respectively. In March 1934 at the same three stations, the ratios were 0.89:1,1.7:1, and 0.46:1. The September ratios show Chondrus to be more prevalent than Phylloohora at Manomet Point and Rocky Point stations with an almost equal 1:1 ratio of Chondrus/Phyllochora at the Effluent. In reviewing Chondrus/Phyllochora ratios obtained during the past five samplings since September 1932, no set pattern was observed at any station or for any season. It is noted however, that the close ratio of Chondrus/Phyllophora exhibited at the Effluent station in September 1934 may be partially a reflection of environmental changes resulting from the PNPS refueling outage that began December 10, 1983 or the slow recovery of Chondrus from the effects of scouring. Phyllophora made up 49% and 39% of the total algae present at the Effluent station in March and September 1934 respectively, and may be due in part to the sturdier morphology and better tolerance of this alga to sediment scouring or rapid environmental changes.

The observed differences in Chondrus crispus biomass among the three sites and between the March 1934 and September 1934 samplings were examined via a two-way ANOVA (Table 7). Of the three effects, only the differences between sampling times was shown to be significant (p=.013). Examination of the cell means shows the difference t E

be caused by an expected increase in Chondrus biomass between the March and September 5 samplings. A lack of significant difference between the Effluent site and the reference sites, normally seen by this analysis, is probably indicative of Chondrus recovery at the Effluent station during the period of the PNPS shut-down.

Phyllophora spp. Blomass. Phyllophora spp biomass is given in Table 5 and Table 6 for the March 1934 and September 1934 collecting periods.

The data show a decrease in Phyllochora biomass at both Manomet Point and Rocky Point stations between March 1984 and September 1934, and an increase at the Effluent. An examination of the replicate biomass values for these stations in September shows the range of individual biomass to be greatest at the Manomet Point station (9.13 -

290.16 g/m2). The ranges were lower at Rocky Point and Effluent, 21.78-153.90 g/m2 and I

38

1 I TABLE 7. RESULTS OF TWO-WAY ANOVAS FOR ALGAL BIOMASS PARAMETERS.

I Chondrus crispus:

Source of Variation DF SS MS 2 Location 2 274334 137167 .089 I Time Location x Time Error 24 2

1 366053 64576 1226377 366053 32233 51099

.013

.540 Total 29 I Phyllophora spp.:

1931340 66593 Source of Variation DF SS MS g Location 2 61419 30709 .045 I Time Location x Time Error 24 1

2 3125 22353 203911 3125 11177 3705

.555

.295 Total 3 I

295303 10200 Epiphytic Species:

Source of Variation DF SS MS g Location 2 15702 7351 .062 Time 1 35321 35321 <.001 I Location x Time 2 4057 2023 .453 Error 24 60365 2515 Total 3 165943 3722 Remaining Benthic Species:

Source of Variance DF SS MS g Location 2 11685 5343 .063 I Time Location x Time Error 2

24 i 133 13523 44933 133 9264 1874

.739

.016 Total B 75334 2593 Total Algal Blomass:

Source of Variation DF SS MS g Location 2 361505 130753 .003 Time I Location x Time Error 2

24 1 637953 52456 566437 637953 26223 23602

<.001

.345 Total B 1663351 57529 I

I 3,

I I

147.06-336.24 g/m2, respectively. For the March 1984 collecting period, the range of individual biomass was again greatest at Manomet Point (167.31-481.32 g/m2). Ranges were lower at Rocky Point (57.42-255.24 g/m2) and Effluent (136.39-275.67 g/m2). At Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent, the mean Phyllophora biomass comprised 18%,

15% and 39% of the total algae present in September 1984. In March 1984 these values g

for the same stations were 48%, 33%, and 49%. The high percent of Phyllophora at the 5 Effluent station during both sampling periods is inversely related to that of its competitor Chondrus crispus.

Table 6 Indicates that during September 1984 the Effluent station had the highest mean Phyllophora biomass (234.14 g/m2) fo!! owed by Manomet Point (172.22 g/m2). The lowest mean biomass value for Phyllophora occurred at Rocky Point (101.74 g/m2), 57% lower than at the Effluent, and 41c6 lower than at Manomet Point. During March 1984, Manomet Point had the highest mean Phyllophora biomass value (255.49 g/m2) with Rocky Point and Effluent producing 129.55 g/m2 and 184.30 g/m2 respectively.

The Rocky Point value was 49% low- than the Manomet Point value, and 29% lower than the Effluent value. Highest me~. aiomass values for Phylloohora have been observed at the Effluent station three times since September 1982 during both spring and fall samp!!ng periods. The absence of a uniform seasonal pattern for biomass among the three stations for this alga is not unusual.

The Phyllophora spp. biomass values were examined via a two-way ANOVA in a manner analogous to that described above for Chondrus crisous. The results of this g

' analysis show no significant differences between sampling times, stations, and no 5 significant interaction between these two factors.

Biomass of Remaining Benthic Species The algal biomass category designated as " remaining benthic species" (RBS) comprises all benthic algae excluding Chondrus, Phyllophora, Laminaria spp. and algal g

epiphytes. During September 1934, for all three stations, the dominant RBS algal species W were Polyides rotundus, Ahnfeltia plicata, Corallina officinalis, Chaetomorpha linum, and Chaetomorpha melagonium. Desmarestia aculeata occured once at the Manomet Point station. The green algae Ulva lactuca and Enteromorpha flexuosa were found mostly at the Effluent and usually occur as epiphytes. When these particular algae are found they are of ten so small that they contribute little to the overall biomass. The warm water red 40

B I

z alga Gracilaria tikvahlae, was very rare at the Effluent station. This reduction in $

Gracilaria biomass is significant, as the warm water effluent was previously thought to be  ;

responsible for its presence at the Effluent site. The PNPS refueling outage in 1934 [

appears to have provided additional evidence to substantiate this claim. "

Biomass data for the RBS for March 1984 and September 1984 are presented in L Tables 5 and 6. In September, Rocky Point had the highest RBS mean biomass value 3 (58.90 g/m2), Manomet Point the lowest (23.73 g/m2) and Effluent the intermediate level J l- (33.03 g/m2). Rocky Point has exhibited the highest RBS mean biomass values in previous

[

sampling periods (August 1981, March 1982, September 1982, April 1983) with exceptions (

I being October 1983, and March 1984. It appears that, in general, Rocky Point seems to provide the most suitable conditions for RBS. In March 1984, mean biomass values show j

a the Effluent station to have the highest standing stock of RBS (105.12 g/m2). Mean RBS h

biomass values for Rocky Point and Manomet Point were 13.09 g/m2 and 13.39 g/m2 respectively. '

For the September 1984 collections, the RBS biomass value for Manomet Point was 51o6 lower and Effluent 44?6 lower than the RBS biomass at the Rocky Point station.

i I For March 1934 the lowest mean RBS biomass value occurred at Rocky Point which was 88'6 lower and Manomet Point 85'6 lower than the RBS biomass at Effluent.

• For the September 1984 co!!ections, the range among individual replicates at _

I Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent were 0.0 - 107.23 g/m2, 4.14 - 141.12 g/m2, and 5.22 -76.36 g/m2 respectively. Seasonal comparisons between mean dry weight j biomass values for the current (March 1934 and September 1934) and previous years (April 1983 and October 1983) collections were calculated in the form of percent change. Table 3 shows that the percent change in mean biomass for RBS at the Effluent station was j

+212.7% and represented the only " gain" in individual mean biomass categories for the _

I Effluent station. The increase in the past year of RBS at this station may be in part due -

g to the ability of certain species such as Polyides rotundus to recolonize an area more 5 rapidly than species such as Chondrus during algal succession, following the PNPS $

refueling outage in December 1983.

For the September 1984 collections, the RBS comprised 3'6 of the total algae "

present at Manomet Point. At Rocky Point and Effluent the values were 9o6 and 5%

respectively.

j I Analysis of the biomass of the Remaining Benthic Species via a two-way ANOVA indicated that only the site x time interaction was significant. As was reported

}

j 5

4 i

I 41 j b

=

_ __ __- __ _- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B

I I

in our previous report, standing stock of RBS for the March 1984 sampling was highest at the Effluent station. This interrupted a pattern where Rocky Point had exhibited the highest standing stock of RBS. The September 1984 sampling saw a sharp decrease in RBS biomass at Effluent, again establishing Rocky Point station as having the highest standing stock among the three stations. This accounts for the significant sita x time interaction between March 1934 and September 1984.

Epiphytic Algal Biomass. Epiphytic algal biomass for March 1934 and September 1984 is included in Tables 5 and 6. Epiphytes were always more abundant on Phyllophora than on Chondrus at all three stations for both collections, with the highest amounts of algal epiphytes occurring at Manomet Point in both the fall and spring. The higher epiphyte biomass values for both samplings for the Manomet Point station are directly related to the higher biomass values at this station for both prime host taxa Phy!!ophora and Chondrus. Table S shows percent change of algal biomass for the current (March 1934 and September 1934) and previous years (April 1933 and October 1983) g g

collections. Percent change of epiphytic species at Manomet Point was +30.3% with percent change for the host species Chondrus and Phyllophora being at $2.0% and +16.7%,

respectively.

Table 6 Indicates that mean epiphytic biomass in September 1984 comprised almost identical percentages of the total algae present at all three stations with values for Manomet Poin t, Rocky Point, and Effluent values being 1896, 19%, and 15%,

respectively. A normal increase in biomass of epiphytic species from spring to fall

~ collecting periods reflects increased growth during summer, and gain of summer annual

. epiphytic species, combined with simultaneous growth of the primary host species.

Analysis of the combined epiphyte biomass via a two-way ANOVA comparing the three sites over the most receat two samplings found a very significant difference between the two sampling times (March 1984 and September 1984). This difference is explained by the 600% increase in epiphyte biomass between March and September 1934 Total Algal Blomass _

Total mean algal biomass for March 1984 and September 1934 is given in Tables 5 and 6.

Total biomass values were highest at the Manomet Point Station for both March and September collections (530.04 g/m2 and 949.31 g/m2), followed by Rocky Point e I

I I TABLE 8. (MEAN) DRY WEIGHT BIOMASS VALUES (g/m2) FOR PREVIOUS AND CURRENT YEARS AND PERCENT CHANGE BETWEEN YEARS FOR CHONDRUS CRISPUS, PHYLLOPHORA SPP, THE REMAINING BENTHIC SPECIES, EPIPHYTES OF CHONDRUS, EPIPHYTES OF PHYLLOPHORA, AND TOTAL I

• ALGAL BIOMASS FOR THE CURRENT (MARCH 1984 AND SEPTEMBER 1984) AND PREVIOUS YEAR'S (APRIL 1983 AND OCTOBER 1983) COLLECTIONS.

I 1983 1984  % Change Chondrus crispus Manomet Point 264.13 401.58 +32.0 Rocky Point 305.68 299.35 - 2.1 Effluent 255.65 167.49 -34.5 Phyllophora spp.

I ~

Manomet Point Rocky Point 133.29 94.34 213.86.

115.65

+ 16.7

+22.6 Effluent I Remaining Benthic Species 279.53 209.22 -25.2 I Manomet' Point Rocky Point Effluent 16.60

.26.54 22.10

-22.06 36.00' 69.10

+ 32.9

+ 35.6

+212.7 Epiphytic Species Manomet Point 56.67 102.20.

I Rocky Point Effluent 47.94 57.05 74.25 46.16

+ 30. 3

+54.9

-19.1 Total Algal Blomass ,

~

Manomet Point -

520.67 739.68 +42.1 Rocky Point ~' 474.48 525.23 I + 10.7 Effluent _n 614.31 491.98 -20.0

-g 9

43

I I

(393.82 g/m2 and 656.64 g/m2) and Effluent (378.72 g/m2 and 605.23 g/m2). The Effluent value in September 1934 was 36.3'6 lower than the Manomet Point, and 7.3% lower than the Rocky Point values. For March 1984 the Effluent mean total algal biomass was 29%

and 4'6 lower than the Manomet Point and Rocky Point values.

The higher total algal biomass value at Manomet Point was largely due to elevated amounts of Phylloohora (4306 of total) found at this station in the spring, and Chondrus (61% of total) in the fall.

Individual replicate ranges for March 1984 at Manomet Point, Rocky Point, and Effluent stations were 397.62 - 682.!! g/m2, 303.34 - 437.93 g/m2 and 222.30 -312.32 0 g/m2 respectively. I.ower algal biomas. values at all three stations in March 1984 has been recorded in previous years during spring samplings and reflects the seasonal growth cycle and elemination of numerous summer annual and pseudoperenial species over the winter months.

Individual replicate ranges for September 1984 collections for the same three stations were 750.96 - 1123.74 g/m2, 455.40 - 979.56 g/m2 and 436.50 - 901.62 g/m2 The slightly lower total mean algal blomass values obtained both spring and fall at the Effluent station may partially reflect sudden environmental changes magnified by the PNPS refueling outage that occured in 1984 Results of the two-way ANOVA for total algal biomass indicated significant differences between sites and between seasons. This is expected and conforms to the overall pattern of high algal biomass in the fall as compared with the spring sampling. g This pattern is fairly consistent, accounting for the lack of significance when considering 5 the site x time interaction.

Chondrus/Phyllophora Condition Index Study I

Colonization values for Chondrus and Phylloohora for March 1934 and September 1984 are presented in Table 9. Condition Index values comparing the past four collecting periods are presented in Table 10. An inspection of the data indicates that Phyllophora is in most cases more heavily colonized with both epiphytes and encrusting fauna than Chondrus. This continues to be the usual finding, and reflects the greater capability of Phyllophora to tolerate increased stresses associated with heavy algal and I

o B

mm c-m m rm r r r, _ r m r r r- n v m -

TABLE 9. COLONIZATION VALUES FOR C110NDRUS CRISPUS AND PflYLLOPIIORA SPP. FOR Tile MANOMET POINT, EFFLUENT, AND ROCKY POINT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW) STATIONS FOR MARCil, 1984 AND SEPTEMBER,1984.

A) CilONDRUS CRISPUS Algal Colonization Faunal Colonization Manomet Pt. Rocky Pt. Effluent Manomet Pt. Rocky Pt. Effluent Replicate Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept.

I I I I I I 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 4 2 2 I I i 4 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 I I 2 3 1 2 1 2 4 1 2 1 3 I I 2 2 1 2 1 1 5 1 3 1 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 u

Total 6 13 6 11 5 6 9 13 6 10 5 9 B) P11YLLOPilORA spp.

Algal Colonization Faunal Colonization Manomet Pt. Rocky Pt. Effluent Manomet Pt. Rocky Pt. Effluent Replicate Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept. Mar. Sept.

I 2 1 3 4 1 2 3 2 3 4 4 4 2 3 4 3 3 1 4 4 4 2 4 3 4 3 3 4 2 4 1 4 3 4 2 4 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 1 4 3 4 2 4 3 4 5 4 4 2 3 2 4 3 4 3 3 4 4 Total 15 17 13 13 6 13 16 18 12 19 13 20

I TABLE 10. CONDITION INDEX VALUES FOR CHONDRUS CRISPUS AND I

PHYLLOPHORA SPP. FOR THE MANOMET POINT, ROCKY POINT, E AND EFFLUENT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW) STATIONS FOR APRIL 1983, 5 OCTOBER 1983, MARCH 1984, AND SEPTEMBER 1984.

Collecting Period I

Station Apr.1983 Oct.1983 Mar.1984 Sept.1984 Chondrus crispus Condition Index Manomet Point 11 26 15 26 ,

Rocky Point 11 24 12 21 l

Effluent 14 21 10 15 l j

I 1

Phyllophora spp.

Condition Index Manomet Point 22 36 31 35 Rocky Point 12 31 25 37 l Effluent 30 29 16 33 I

I!

I  ;

Ii I

46

I I

invertebrate colonization. (It was also noted that that there were significant numbers of mussel spat attached to the epiphytic alga Spermothamnion at the time of the September 1984 sampling).

I The data also show that for all stations there is usually an increase in algal and faunal colonization for both Chondrus and Phylloohora from spring to fall samplings and reflects the seasonal growth of numerous summer algal species and invertebrate populations.

Algal and faunal colonization values were lowest at the Effluent for Chondrus only. These same values for Phyllophora at this station remained high. An average between spring and fa!! colonization values shows Manomet Point to have slightly higher I amounts of algal epiphytes, with the higher average value for invertebrate colonization ~

occuring at the Effluent station.

QUALITATIVE TRANSECT SURVEY The quarterly transect surveys of acute near-field impact zones were initiated in January 1930 and have now been conducted 16 times. During this reporting period, four mappings of the area were performed; on March 28, June 27, September 11, and December I 11, 1984. A detailed discussion of the March and June surveys can be found in Semi-Annual Report Number 24 submitted by Battelle. The September and December 1934 surveys will be presented and discussed in detail below. For a comprehensive review of the results of mappings conducted from January 1930 to June 1933, see McGrath et al.

(1983).

I September 1984 Transect Survey The extent of the denuded and stunted areas immediately offshore from PNPS as measured on September 11, 1934, is shown in Figure 13. As in previous reports, the denuded area was defined as being essentially devoid of Chondrus crispus, while the stunted area was defined as having Chondrus of decreased size and density than would be considered normal for the habitat. This operational definition must be modified somewhat while taking measurements to the left (northwest) of the discharge because shallower I water depths in this area preclude normal Chondrus development.

I 47 1

I METERS

--90 7o i N

-so u, S Chondrus Stunted Zone Chondrus Denuded

. Zone

-50 ' ' '

Other Algae Noted:

Laminaria Phyllophora Chondrus Polysiphonia 4 - Stunted-4 Codium Zone 40 4 , o Corallina Ahnfeltia

{ ) .

30 < > <>

Sparse Chondrus -

-20 3 g1 g

and Fucus i I l , Submerged Jetty l

in n l

10 Effluent Canal 40 . .

30 20 10 O 10 s <

20 30 40 METERS North of Transact Line South of Transact Line 1

FIG'JRE 13.

E NUCLEAR POWER STATION DISCPARGE, 11, 1984 SEPTEMBERCONFIGURATION OF DEN

(

48 ar -v,- --,,-w -

,,,,+r-

E I

The denuded zor.e in September extended offshore approximately 33 meters from our refet ince point at the high water mark on the top face of the discharge jetties.

I As in previous mappings, this area was narrower to the right (southeast) of the discharge centerline, averaging approximately 5 m ia lateral extent. The denuded area was wider to the lef t (northwest) of the centerline, ranging from 2 m to 22 m in lateral extent over most of this area.

The September stunted zone was small relative to the denuded zone to the right (southeast) of the discharge centerline, in a band ranging from 1 m to 3 m in width.

The maximum offshore extent of the stunted zone was 35 m from the reference mark.

I The width of the stunted zone to the left (northwest) of the discharge centerline ranged from 2 m to 3 m, with a maximum extent of approximately 85 m. This may be thought of as the offshore !imit of acute impacts of PNPS on the benthic communities.

The descriptions of algal communities in the denuded and stunted areas are reproduced from the divers' logs in Table 11. In addition to the usual qualitative transect observations, three non-quantitative hand-grab samples were collected from the Chondrus denuded zone. Identification revealed the presence of the green algae Cladochora spp.

and Chaetomorpha linum. The dominant epiphyte was the red alga Polysiphonia harvevii.

As in the June 1934 survey, both Gracilaria sp. and Enteromorpha spp. were scarce within I the denuded zone. Laminaria spp. again was prevalent within the survey area, af ter having been absent from all surveys prior to June 1984. Also of note was the absence of areas completely devoid of macroalgal growth observed in October / December 1983 and March 1934. These patches of low algal coverage had previously been explained as areas extensively overgrazed by herbivorous fauna.

The total area contained within the denuded zone in September was 1035 m2, an area slightly smaller than the 1300 m2 reported for June 1984. The stunted area I encompasses an additional 430 m2, for a total acute near-field impact area of 1565 m2, The variation in impact area configuration over time is shown in Figure 14.

December 1984 Transect Survey The extent of the denuded and stunted areas immediately offshore from the PNPS discharge canal in December 1984 is shown in Figure 15. Difficulty in properly setting the transect line due to challenging sea and wind conditions resulted in the I 4e

TABLE 11.

I DIVER'S LOGS DESCRIBING APPEARANCE OF DENUDED AND STUNTED ZONES, SEPTEMBER 1984 i

Measurement Zone (meters)

Transect Distance South (1300) North (3100)

I Inside Denuded of Chondrus. Laminaria growth Effluent prevalent.

Canal 20 m Denuded of Chondrus to end of submerged Denuded of Chondrus to the submerged end jetty. Normal Chondrus growth on outside of the jetty. Sparse Chondrus and Fucus -

end ot jetty. was noted along the outside of jetty.

30 m Denuded of Chondrus to 6 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 15 m. Stunted Chondrus to 9 m. Chondrus to 23 m.

40 m Denuded of Chondrus to 6 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 13 m. Stunted Chondrus to 9 m. Noted Phvilophora Chondrus to 21 m. A juvenile mussel and Laminaria in denuded and stunted (Mvtilus edulis) set was noted in the zones. denuded zone with Asterias starfish grazing.

50 m Denuded of Chondrus to 6 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 22 m. Stunted Chondrus to 3 m. Laminaria and Codium Chondrus to past 39 m. Asterias noted in these zones, starfish noted in the denuded zone.

60 m Denuded of Chondrus to 6 m and stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 10 m. Stunted W Chondrus to 7 m. Dense Laminaria noted Chondrus to 15 m. Noted Fucus, in these zones. Also, abundant Asterias Laminaria, and Asterias in these zones.

starfish were observed.

3 l

g 70 m Denuded of Chondrus to 5 m and stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 5 m. Stunted Chondrus to 8 m. Laminaria and Chondrus to 7 m. Noted Fucus, Laminaria, Codium noted in these zones. Phyllophora, and Codium in these zones.

30 m Denuded of Chondrus to 2 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 2 m. Stunted Chondrus to 4 m. Chondrus to 4 m.

33 m End of denuded zone on transect line. End of Chondrus denuded zone.

85 m End of stunted zone on transect line. End of Chondrus stunted zone.

I s0 I

I E -CED-E .

j -PES

• ut

• a

/ -

DC >

-NUJ ,

\ _

h 5 '

-RAM 2

E /

c T -cEo n;

)- g ~

"TCO E x

g i  :

-Nua w

g j j )-(\

aaa i

5

g. /

( ~

-cEo

~

j I

/

/ " PES m

9 g -NUJ

-YAM

~

% ~

g. k -RAM

/ _

/

j j

- 5

ou^

5 E' \

~

E E

\ - R 5 \  : g

\ - _

x g  ;  :

E a \ e -

s <

E

(

a

-GUA g" / ..

. 8 ,=

i

5  ;

/  : -

- P

?? -

l r o. .

.~ ,,_

N

=

9 -

9 o a 8 8

% 8

\

i

)2m( S AER A DETC APMI FO TNETXE CI

- ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - - - - - - __ _

I Estimated Placement METERS Proposed Placement of Transect Line 4 ..go of Transect Line on Dec. 11, 1984

\ /

7 Biota Observed in Denuded Zone

-- --80

! -Laminaria t

-Fucus

-Codium

-Corallina

-Polysiphonia k

s

-Chaetomorpha "" -

-Asterias Stir Fish

-Mytilus _ edulis Chondrus Denuded Zone

-Cancer Crabs N j ._ .go S Chondrus Stunted Zone 1

-50 < >< >

Sparse Chondrus g and Fucus i

g Chondrus Stunted Zone

} y

-400 < i Not Stunted Zone '

Nonnal Chondrus Growth h--30 <

l Chondrus Stunted Zone l

l

~

l r-20 g g

l l l l Submerged Jetty im n

--- 1O l

Laminaria 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 METERS North of Transact Line South of Transact Line FIGURE 15. E NUCLEAR POWER STATION DISCHARGE, 11, 1984. DECEMBERCONFIGURATION OF DEN 52

E i

transect line being angled north of the effluent canal center line. Because the transect

!!ne was not angled as proposed, the procedures for determining Figure 15 were as follows.

I First, the boundaries of the figure were drawn as usual with marks at 10 meter interva's along the proposed transect line (solid line). Next, the angle of the transect line error was assumed to be 3 m offset to the north at 40 m. A dashed line was drawn from 0 m in the transect line through a point representing 3 m to the north of the 40 m mark of the transect line. This line represent the approximate position of the transect line for December 1984. The zone boundaries have been plotted as observed distances perpendicular to the dashed line.

The denuded zone extended offshore to the 72 m mark and was again more s

laterally expanded to the left of the discharge centerline. To the right (southeast) the lateral extent of the denuded area ranged from 1-3 m, while to the lef t (northwest), the extent more typically ranged from 3-19 m. Again,' Laminaria sp. was conspicuous by its presence within the survey area. Gracilaria sp. and Enteromorpha spp. continued to be scarce.

The stunted zone in December appeared much reduced in comparison with previous surveys, especially to the left (northwest) of the transect line. No stunted zone was observed to the lef t (northwest) of the 40 m mark, where only sparse Chondrus growth was noted beyond the denuded zone. A very slight stunted area was observed at 60 m on m the left (northwest), of the transect line. To the right (southeast) of the discharge, the stunted area ranged from 1-5 m in width. The stunted zone extended offshore to the 73 m mark of the transect line, marking the end of acute PNPS impacts on the bottom.

Descriptions of the algal communities throughout the denuded and stunted areas, as summarized from the divers' logs, are included in Table 12.

The total area contained within the denuded zone in December was 1020 m2, l an area slightly smaller than the 1085 m2 reported for September. An additional 235 m2

.was contained within the stunted zone, for a total near-field impact area of 1303 m2, a decrease of 260 m2 or approximately 17% The December 1984 total impact area was the smallest since the quarterly transect surveys were initiated in 1980. The December impact areas are plotted relative to all preceeding mappings in Figure 14.

I LE l

W 53

TABLE 12. DIVER'S LOGS DESCRIBING APPEARANCE OF DENUDED AND STUNTED ZONES, DECEMBER 1984 I

Measurement Zone (meters)

Transect Distance a

South (1300) North (3100) g Inside Denuded of Chondrus. Laminaria growth Effluent prevalent. I E

Canal 20 m Denuded of Chondrus within the effluent Denuded of Chondrus within the effluent canal. Laminaria prevalent. Normal canal. Laminaria prevalent. Sparse Chondrus growth was observed on the outside Chondrus on outside end of submerged end of the outside end of the submerged jetty. '

jetty.

30 m Denuded of Chondrus to 3 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 13 m. Stunted Chondrus to 10 m. Chondrus to 13 m. Chondrus within and beyond the stunted zone was sparsely populated. Small mussels (Mvtilus edulis, estimated size 1-2 cm) were observed on rock surfaces within the -

denuded zone.

40 m Denuded of Chondrus to 5 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 19 m. No stunted .

Chondrus to 9 m. Cancer crabs were observed Chondrus zone was observed. Within the observed in this area. denuded zone, Chondrus was seen to be growing on the vertical surfaces of some large rocks and boulders. Chondrus -

growth beyond the denuded zone was sparse.

50 m Denuded of Chondrus to 7 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 11 m. Stunted Chondrus to 10 m. Chondrus to 23 m. Laminaria, and Fucus and a few Asterias starfish were noted.

60 m Denuded of Chondrus to 5 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 13 m. Stunted Chondrus to 7 m. Laminaria growth prevalent Chondrus to 14 m. Focus, Laminaria, and in this area. Codium were observed.

! 70 m Denuded of Chondrus to 1 m. Stunted Denuded of Chondrus to 3 m. Stunted Chondrus to 3 m. Chondrus to 10 m. Fucus, Laminaria and Codium were noted.

72 m End of Chondrus denuded zone. End of Chondrus denuded zone.

l 73 m End of Chondrus stunted zone. End of Chondrus stunted zone.

I 64

l l

IMPACT OF PNPS ON MARINE RESOURCES As noted in previous reports, impacts of PNPS on benthic hard-bottom

) communities in western Cape Cod Bay are slight and appear to be relatively localized. ,

[ The Effluent Station, located near the outer edge of the near-field impact zone, continues to be clearly distinguishable from the Rocky Point and Manomet Point reference sites I

based on cluster analysis, which is a direct measure of faunal similarity. Both the Bray-Curtis and NESS techniques show a greater simlarity between the reference sites than between either of the reference sites and the Effluent station. Although the two reference sites can be distinguished from one another over time using the community statistics employed in the study, there is no clear indication that any differences are related to PNPS operation.

Of particular interest during this reporting period was the refueling and I

maintenance outage which began in December 1933 and continued through December 1984. This provided an opportunity to examine rates of recovery in the acute impact zone and also furnished some insight into the relative importance of thermal loading, turbulence, and scouring in determining the extent of this area.

As described earlier in this report (Introduction), the quarterly transect surveys conducted during 1984 represent a 12 month period when the effect of heated water discharge on the near-field impact area was removed. Also during this period, the

[ effect of scouring on the impact zone was greatly reduced by the sporadic operation of the PNPS circulating water pumps (Appendix 6). Data collected during 1934 provide evidence of the type and extent of recovery one might expect in the near-field impact area upon removal of the effects of PNPS.

As was noted previously, a 17% reduction in the total near-field impact area occurred between the qualitative transect survey in September 1934 and the survey in December 1984. Prior to September, no marked change in the impact zones had been observed. The total December impact area was the smallest recorded since the initiation of quarter / surveys. Examination of Figure 14 reveals that this marked decrease is due to a reduction in size of the Chondrus stunted zone. In addition, this downward trend seems to have begun in June 1934. Conversely the denuded zone, as compared with previous mappings, has remained relatively constant. The December observations appear to support assumptions made in earlier reports that the denuded zone is controlled

) primarily by the effects of scouring, while the stunted zone is determined by the presence of the heated effluent. The reduction in size of the stunted zone marks 12 months 55

I recovery from thermal impact. One would expect recovery in this zone to occur faster than in the denuded zone; however sufficient evidence to support this hypothesis does not exist due to the intermittent operation of the circulating water pumps over the 12 month period. '

Additional evidence of recovery from impacts of PNPS in the Effluent discharge zone exists in the appearance of the cold water alga Laminaria, noted as being prevalent in the Effluent area during the June, September, and December 1984 transect g

mappings. This would appear to be directly related to the lack of thermal discharge from 3 PNPS, as the species had never been reported in great quantities within the near field impact area prior to 1984. Similarly, both Codium fragile and Gracilaria tikvahiae, two warm-water species which were able to establish themselves due to thermal discharge from PNPS in previous years, sustained a significant reduction during the 1934 reporting

! period. '

l It is important to note that, other than the observed recovery from PNPS impacts in the vicinity of the discharge canal, no significant change over time at the two g

u reference stations can be attributed to the 12 month outage. This natural experiment substantiates past assertions that impacts of PNPS operations are localized and recovery i can occur over time.

STUDIES INTEGRATION BACKGROUND Recently, Boston Edison Company has encouraged an integration of certain aspects of the environmental research and monitoring programs conducted by BECO and its various contractors and consultants in support of operation of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station. The intent of this approach is to promote a synergistic interchange of information among the participants which will enhance the value of the environmental programs in providing an understanding of the ecology of western Cape Cod Bay and the role of PNPS within that natural system.

g Potential areas for integration of the algal and faunal studies with other W ongoing environmental programs at PNPS occur primarily in four areas. These include joint studies of the occurence and progress of mussel settlement and growth with Marine Biocontrol, Inc.; coordination of field activities with observational diving activity i

56 I

L

LB

'l I performed by the Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries; examination of benthic faunal data with reference to discharge canal inspections and impingement data collected by Boston Edison Company; and analysis of benthic algal data with reference to ambient

I water, meteorological, and power plant operational data compiled by Boston Edison Company. I Significant progress has been made in all four areas during the present reporting period. The remainder of this section will report the progress of studies _

l integration in each of these areas.

I COORDINATION OF FIELD ACTIVITIES i-k 4,

I Personnel from the Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries, headed by _

Vincent Malcoski, accompanied our dive team in September during our quarterly transect survey. The purpose of this cooperative dive was to familiarize the DMF dive team with criteria for defining the denuded and stunted boundaries. Our ultimate goal is to allow

{

l the two sampling teams to repeat certain of the other group's observations on future *

<t l dives. We believe this integration of information will provide a more complete picture of 1 g the benthic community structure in the vicinity of PNPS. Battelle hopes to be able to -

4 accompany DMF on one of its dives, which occur on a more intensive schedule than our 5 quarterly impact area mappings, sometime during the next reporting period. 3 1  :

INTEGRATION WITH DISCHARGE CANAL AND IMPINGEMENT DATA k As has been noted in the past, integration of our benthic algal and faunal "

studies with discharge canal / fish barrier net inspections and PNPS impingement data is difficult at best because of the different purposes for which these studies are undertaken.

4 I Invertebrate fauna and marine flora are the primary groups of interest for the benthic program, but their presence is only recorded incidentally for a limited number of species 1

during the canal inspections. The impingement program is primarily concerned with I finfish; although the occurence of invertebrates on the screens is recorded, the species Y involved are typically too large and/or too motile to be sampled quantitatively during the i benthic sampling.

For the purposes of the present report, we have examined impingement data 7 1

corresponding to our March and September 1934 quantitative samplings. An attempt has k

been made to note areas where the studies support or contradict one another. We have $

been supplied impingement data for the entire year of 1934 by Boston Edison Company. I T

I 57 a

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ . . .

4-

I I

impingement data for March 1984 report the occurence of Asterias forbesi and Cancer irroratus, both predators on the blue mussel Mytilus edulis, in relatively low numbers. This report coincides with our March 1934 quantitative results, where relatively few indiv: duals of these two species were found at the Effluent station and Mytilus edulis amounted to only 10% of the total fauna at the station.

g Impingement data for September 1934 noted an increase in both Asterias 5 forbesi and Cancer irroratus occurences over March 1934. Interestingly, our data for September show an increase in Cancer irroratus at the Effluent station, but a decrease in Asterias forbesi. The benthic data also show Mytilus edulis to be the dominant species at the Effluent station in September 1934, comprising 47% of the total fauna. Although a superficial correlation may be drawn between the increase in Mytilus edulis and the increase in its chief predators found in the September impingement data, available data is not strong enough to support a definitive conclusion on this.

SPECIAL MUSSEL GROWTH STUDY Introduction Biofouling of intake structure surfaces in power plants with once-through cooling systems causes a well-documented variety of problems for these facilities.

Modification of flow patterns leads to decreased pumping capacity; heavy progressive g

- growth may greatly decrease the cross-sectional area of pipes and conduits; and when 5 organisms with hard structures die and detach from fouled surfaces, they may lodge in smaller passages downstream, further reducing flow.

Because of high fecundity, rapid growth, tolerance of stressful conditions, and large shells, the common blue mussel, Mytilus edulis, is an extremely important fouling species for power plants operating within its geographic range. Control of mussel fouling is a complex and difficult problem which does not respond well to the periodic acute g chlorination used to control bacterial slimes. At Pilgrim Station, continuous low-level N chlorination is used to eliminate mussel larval settlement in the service water system, but g

this method is not available for the much larger volumes of water passing through the g condenser cooling water system or for intake structures further upstream from the pumps.

Thermal backwash, a procedure which recirculates cooling water to achieve sufficiently high temperatures to cause mussel mortality, has been the method I

se I

.n 4

of choice for mussel fouling control at Pilgrim Station since 1982. Although this system works well, the net electrical, output from the plant must be reduced during the

,g procedure, and the financial penalty for this power loss is considerable.

<B Under the direction of the Nuclear Operations Support Department, Boston Edison Company has recently undertaken a program to reduce the required number and frequency of thermal backwashes to the absolute minimum necessary to maintain optimal l' plant efficiency. This program has included two basic approaches: development of methods to better evaluate the progress of fouling in internal plant systems and improving our understanding of the life-history of the mussel in the Pilgrim Station area. The present special study was designed to address the second objective.

Central to any reduction of thermal backwash is a knowledge of the rate at which the fouling is increasing. For mussels, this translates into a need to understand the growth rate of individuals, since the optimal time to backwash is immediately prior to when the mussels in the intake reach a maximum length of approximately 3/8". Beyond this size it has been determined that clogging of downstream structures occurs. Stock and de la Parra (1933), in a study at Southern California Edison's San Onofre Nuclear I Generating Station (SONGS), found that mussel growth could be modeled mathematically and the fitted model evaluated to determine the need for thermal backwash.

I The objectives of the present growth study were to investigate the feasibility of the SONGS approach for Pilgrim Station's mussel population by following a cohort of mussels from post-settlement to at least 10 mm total length, evaluating methodology for developing input data for the model, and fitting the derived data to one or more growth models.

Methods Following a settlement of mussels which occurred at Pilgrim Station near the end of July 1934, 143 post-settlement juvenile Mvtilus edulis were removed from the original surface on which they had settled, measured (total length + 0.1 mm) via ocular micrometer, and placed into five (5) 0.5 mm mesh Nitex bags approximately 30 cm x 30 cm. Four bags (numbered 1-4) contained 30 individuals, with Bag 5 containing- 23 individuals. The bags were placed in a flow-through tank with a flow of less than 0.25 fps.

It was thought that this trough-like tank would adequately simulate typical conditions prevailing in the intake bays. This was done on August 6,1984, which was defined as Day

, O of the experiment.

I i

At intervals of approximately one week (ranging from 3 to 14 days), the bags were removed from the flow-through trough, opened, and the individuals were remeasured. Because fouling on the bags appeared sufficient to cause some decrease in flow through the bags, the bags were cleaned at much more frequent intervals, approximately every other day.

Shortly after the experiment was started, the question of the effect of flow rate in the test chamber on mussel growth was determined to be of potential importance. ,

To address this concern, Bags 3-5 were transferred to an area of higher flow in the " head tank" on 21 August 1934 (Day 15), where they remained for the remainder of the experiment.

The experiment was continued until 13 January 1985, but only data collected until 21 October 1934 (Day 76) were available for the present report. Because the mussels were well beyond the critical size of 3/3" (=10.0 mm) by this time, the later data are only of academic interest.

The individual Ic7gth measurements were entered into the Woods Hole g

3 Oceanographic Institution's (WHOI) VAX-II/780 computer system from a remote terminal located at our Duxbury laboratory. All data reduction and analysis was conducted using the BREAKDOWN and REGRESSION programs of the SPSS-X statistical package.

Results The summarized data for Days 0-76 of the experiment are shown by Bag in Table 13. The most obvious observation to be apparent from these data is the pronounced difference in growth between Bags 1 and 2 (Iow flow) and Bags 3,4, and 5 (high flow), a difference which became apparent shortly after the bags were segregated and continued to increase through the remainder of the experiment.

Further examination of the data indicated that not only were the growth rates for the two flow regimes markedly different, approximately 0.12 mm/ day for the low-flow situation versus approximately 0.17 mm/ day for high-flow, but that there was a great g

am degree of homogeneity among the bags within each area. Accordingly, the analyses of the data were conducted for individual bags as well as for the entire data set. Because of g

g the similarity among the bags in each flow regime, any of the individual growth rates may be considered representative of that situation. The analysis which lumps bags together is t

60

4 w

i .

TABLE 13. SUMMARIZED DATA FOR DAYS 0-76 OF MUSSEL GROWTH EXPERIMENT j DAY BAG MEAN LENGTH (mm)

STD ogy. h LENGTH (mm) i 0

1 g,37 .76 -

2 4.65 .72 P 3 4.62 ,73 -2 4 5.00 ,96 3 5.30

.67 3

m I " 43 .32

. o,03 2 4.75 77 -

3 0.10 4 73

^^

.52 0.13 4 4.93 *7I -0.02  ;

5 3,g 3 I

94 -0.27 --

7 1 4.77

9. 0.32 2 5.02 -

0.27 -

3 5.04 4

3 5.n :33 g2; l 3 47 1.09 o,'gg f 1.11 I.33 g,70 1*27 h -

3 6.24 ,92

(

" g*yg

' 39 1.03 g 02 5 7.20 g,33 g,73 f 22 1 7.34 l g,gg 0.37 I "3 I 07 '=

3 7' g

9.20 I'33 --

3 8 47

! 09 -;

2 '* I 7.46 3,99 l 0.12 -

I I 43 f.56 0,g7 3 7 4 3.39 0.03 --

3 9.53

• 3I

,3

) n

.06 -

l 3.16 1.32 o,79 _

1 3.14 1.67 3

g,7g I 9.09 1.6 g 2g i

4 io.54 1.2,3 , *6, t

5 II.02 1.32 g,g9 _

39 9.02 g,33 0.36

, 9.12 g,99 3 n n 07 ,.70 0, ,93 4 i2.93 i.6, i

" l':0 2:n 8,8 g, 2 io.n

, 2.00 ,,

3 13.35 1.70 ,"2 l I':n li' s; 9

( 61 g g g,33 I8 0'15 l 2 10.79 g,3 3 0'26 2 3 14.46 f.69 g gg 6

2. I f

'I =

10.95 g,go g,gg II l? 1.94 3

o,33 _

16.17 g,73 g 7g 4 17.40 g,7g g 'g 3 13.54 g,99 g}39 _

76 -

11.14 g,4 3 -s g, g 9 i

!!.50 g,93 3 17.57 0.33 =

l g;67 *

• 13.63 g,33 1*40 =

g y3 5 19.27 g,9g 0.73 1 61

l I

i probably more representative of a spatially-integrated growth rate for the wide variety of conditions which occur at various locations within the plant which support mussel populations.

As indicated by the sample size (n) data associated with these measurements, some mortality occurred during the experiment. Overall, mortality was minimal, g

however, and there is no reason to believe that it is atypical of the mortality found in e natural populations during this period.

Temperatures recorded during the experiment were relatively stable .except for a period of elevated temperatures in mid- to late August (Table 13A). Because of the well-documented effect of temperature on growth, any definitive growth model for mussels at Pilgrim Station must incorporate a term for ambient temperature, Because this would require experimental data on growth at a minimum of two temperatures, however, no attempt was made to include temperature data in this modeling effort.

A wide variety of growth models have been used to investigate growth in g

marine species. Among the models available for use with the present data, we examined g for possible fit the linear, logarithmic, exponential, logistic, Gompertz, and von Bertalanffy equations. This was performed by plotting the growth data for each bag and examining the resulting growth curve with respect to " typical" curves from each of the models as shown in Figure 16.

Based upon this preliminary evaluation, the linear and to a lesser extent

. logarithmic functions appeared to provide the best fit to the actual data. This was not g

unexpected, as the linear function has been shown to be appropriate for modeling the e growth of structures which are themselves non-living, such as mussel shell.

Based upon this preliminary analysis, a linear growth model of the form:

L t=Lo + Kt + E where:

Lt= final total length to = initial total length K = growth rate (mm/ day) t = time in days, and E = experimental error (i.e. random variation) was fitted to the data using the SPSS-X REGRESSION routine and standard least-squares methodology. This was done both for the entire data set and by individual bag. Two l t,

62 Il l U

L F

" TABLE 13A. PNPS INTAKE WATER TEMPERATURE DURING MUSSEL GROWTH STUDY.

N S

TEST DAY DATE TEMPERATURE h (oC)

I

+ 1 Aug 7 16.0 4 Aug 10 17.3 8 Aug 14 20.0 f 12 Aug 13 21.4 15 Aug 21 20.5 17 Aug 23 20.0 20 Aug 26 20.2 22 Aug 23 14.0 26 Sept 1 17.1 29 Sept 4 13.0 34 Sept 9 17.6 36 Sept 11 15.0 39 Sept 14 14.3 l 43 SeptIS 16.5 1 46 Sept 21 15.0 50 Sept 25 16.4 p- 57 Oct 2 14.0 60 Oct 5 13.6 m 64 68 Oct 9 13.0 Oct 13 13.7

[ 71 Oct 16 14.0 75 Oct 20 13.3 e

E e

1 I

W C f y E' f

n

- l a

A .

. t a

r M

D e B

n o

v D

E z

t r

e p

m o

W G

c i

t s

E i

g o

L

)

D M

(

c i

m E s h l

t

+ de rai o

m L

g o M

- h

- t

- w o )C

(

r g

e M

- s v e

n u

o i i

t M

i T

a r ne v n o

p r x fo E s

e

)

B M

(

v r

u r c

l a

a e

n M

i c L i

p )

y A T ( M 6

1 M

e r

u q

i F M W

+ l.ll.! 5 G W

W

A i==

-m

=

5 A

j-equations were fit: one considered all growth occurring over the entire 76 days of the experiment; the second used only growth to a total length for each individual of 10.0 mm.

Because the second approach concentrates entirely on the growth period of interest in -

]

I terms of Pilgrim Station, it is more appropriate for this study.

As is apparent from the fitted curves and their corresponding r2 values -., _

(Figures 17, a-f), the linear growth equation is a good model for these data, particularly -

when only growth to 10.0 mm is included. Even when all data were included, thus 5 discounting the known effect of differential flow rate, the r2 value indicates that over y 87% of the variation in length was explained by the model. When individual bags are g considered, the r2 values are consistently greater than 0.90. M Fitting of the more complex exponential model of the form: -

S Lt: Loekt g

_E

=

did not appear to provide substantially better results and, in some cases, did not provide --

as high r2 values as the linear model. For that reason, as well as the inherent simplicity m of the linear model, we see no need to use more complex models at this time.

The overall mean growth rate for mussels during the experiment was 0.133 mm/ day up to 10.0 mm and 0.152 mm/ day for the entire 76-day period. Bags 1 and 2, in the low-flow regime, both had lower growth rates of approximately 0.12 mm/ day to 10.0 ~

mm and 0.10 mm/ day overall. In the high-flow bags, growth rates were considerably J

=

higher, averaging approximately 0.17 mm/ day to 10.0 mm and 0.19 mm/ day overall.

_-ll Based on these results, and assuming that final settlement in mussels occurs at a mean length of approximately 1.5 mm, the mussels used in the experiment would appear to have settled approximately three weeks prior to the start of the experiment. This

-}

i

-u m indicates a total mean growth time from settlement to 10.0 mm of 64 days at the -

temperature prevailing during the experiment.  ::

If we assume, however, that the bags in the high-flow regime better simulate natural growth conditions, then both these time periods are shortened considerably. Using

[

those rates, settlement probably occurred approximately 16 days prior to the experiment y

and 10.0 mm total length would be reached in 43 days. f

_15

-=

"N E

-E

-M '"

65  ;;;

=

20.0 - (22.1) (23.5) 19.0 -

1 18.0 -

17.0 -

16.0 -

l i

[

! ' 15. 0 - o i

14.0 -

e j 13.0 - "'

g g 12. 0 - #

v . .

7m 11.0 - O 10.0 - ,B

9. 0 - ..

m N

• +'

n 8.0 -

1. /

g s- 7. 0 - . .

fi _. ..

E o

6.0- --

5. 0 - ) _ ." "'

A: Lt = 4.53 + 0.15160t, r 2= .8054 E

4.0 - --

8: Lt= 4.58 + 0.13309t, r 2= .8726

3. 0 - -.

2. 0 -

1. 0 -

= = . . . . . . . . . .

0 3 7 15 22 25 31 39 53 61 69 76 Tine (t) In Days Fiqure 17a. Mean growth for entire population, Baqs 1-5 combined. Regression lines fitted by least squares for entire period (A) and for growth to 10cun only (B).

y y y q,, g g mM MM M M M M M M N M W

s a

m u

l

_ t : ,, . ,

?. ' , .

1

~

~ * . ;.

1-  ; .,

6 6

0 2

's ' ,..

5 8 l..:. ., . .<,.

9 9 w = =

/.,.,.;

T 2 2 {'-

r r {

- -u . ., _

A o .

t 8

9 t

2

, 6 s

e r

~

- p 7 7 a 4

9 7 u . .

2 q 0 1 s -

- 0 0 t

_c o ,

+ +

, 9 s a

6 l.-t

~ ,,-

- 4 4 e

l 7 2 < ,- _,

i- 4 4

)

B

( .,

= ,

= , 1 y ..

s 6 by '4

. t t ~ -,.

s L l

a m  :

L dn eo

'- + -

A B t

tm ii

's':.. . .  ;

- U " 3 f0 5 1 ,: <

w B i

s eo nt g.

lh .- _

s t e y nw g

a a oo D ir sg '.

n s

. I er ;d...

r - . 9 ro e

3 ) gf - ,. .

u t e _-

q ( Rd .,? 4,...

e n -

r .

i T

m 1)

.a -

2..',' , . _ .

a

" 1 A 3 g(

m s a _' ' . , , _

Bd o ,.

- - ri r . 5 or u -

f.'

u .

. h .

2 2

2 fe h

te wr p

J';

<, s ,_

.) , .

oi _' , .

rt gn .

W .

. g

- - 5 1

n ar eo e G-; , ,. 4.

Mf  ; p, p . .

b

. - 7 7 ~ ,..  : ,.

%pb 1

- . e .' ,&..,

- . '3 r u

. g

. (

0 i  % ~ -

F j- , ._

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - f. _ .

t 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0  ;'- ,c 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3,

,co3e g o'.

mm[k(c. age l

-. , . , .w;

q

y_ ..

r . .

u L.

n cN M

M..

1 ';, lIll l!

18.0 -

l 17.0 -

1 16.0 -

15.0 - ..

~~

l 14.0 -

13.0 - --

A

$ 12.0 -

g 11.0 -

[0 g / <>

T 10.0 - ~~

9. 0 - --

8.0 -

+e 70-

/

~~

y 6. 0 - --

[ 5. 0 -

[ __

A: L t = 4.84 + 0.09650t, r2= .9739 g 4.0 -

g ..

B: Lt= 4.46 + 0.12039t, r2 = .9902 3.0 - - - - - - -

2.0 -

1. 0 -

= = = . . . . ,

0 3 7 15 22 25 31 39 53 61 69 76 line(t) In Days Figure 17c: Mean growth for Bag 2.

Regression and for rowth lines to 10nm fittedonly by(least B) squares M M M' M M for N entire MM period (A) M M M M M M M M M M

r u

r_ ,

9 9

1 4 0 9 8 m 9, 9 A

u

- )

9 2

r

=

r r_ 0 ( t t

2 7 3 6

( 3 7 0

5 9 n

7 1

4 1

s e

r 0 0 a u

g -

7 9

+ &

9 2

9 6

s t

u q

s a

u

> 3 4 e)

1 lB 6 (

- t t y l by r_ l dn

. A eo

. t

. 3 5

tm m in f0 s

1

_ eo nt si ylh a t w

r-8

. , 9 3

D nw nir I sg

) er

(

t ro ee oo s

gf mRd i n T a n . , 1 3 3)

A g(

a Dd m o r .

. , 5 ri or k .

. . 2 2

2 fe h

t e p

nr wr oi rt gn

. ) - e

. - = 5 n t 1 ar

- eo Mf d

. =7 7 1

u e u = 3 r u

m - g i

-

• 0 F w0 ., .

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 8 7 6 0 0 0 0 1 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

- .g50$u u ~ ?g=g m + m87Uga gaI g

(20.8) (22.2) 19.0 - --

4 18.0 -

17.0 - )

16.0 - --

15.0 - g _

14.0 -

l

{13.0- --

g U 12.0 - "

3 -.

O 11.0 - --

u j 10.0 - g 5 .

-~

u 9.0 - o

~

8. 0 . -

+e --

y 7.0 - _,

y ..

o -.

g 6.0 - --

$ 5.0 - )

A: Lt= 4.50 + 0.19058t, r2 = .9881 e o!

@ 4.0 - ~

8: Lt= 4.48 + 0.17990t, r2= .9140 3.0 - --

2.0 -

1.0 -

0 3 h 15 b225 '

31 39 53 6h 69 76 Tine (t) In Days Figure 17e: Mean growth for Ba 4. Regression lines fitted by least squares

! g g g g g g gWg agr gh gmmg (g g g g g g

j

,4

(

M M ,

4 7 1 2 9 5

~

9 9 M '

2

=

r 2

=

r A. , .

t t

) , 7 5 M 2 3 1 5

0 0

9 7

7 2 .

2 1 6

( . 7 s

) ,* O 0 5 e M '+ + r a

2 .

9 u 2 - 0 q

( 5 7 9 6 s 4 4 t

) s M 1

=

t

=

t a

e) 1 'L L lB 2'

(  :  :

1 y

(

6 by A B Y

l dn t

eo

- ~ tm

~ 3 im 5 f0 1

M s nt s

eo yi a lh D t nw M I n oo ir sg s

o '

)

9 t( er ro 3

e qf m e

& i Rd T n B

5)

.a

~ 1 3 g(

A a

Dd o

ri

' .5 or 2 f e M. " / "

2 2 h t e wr oi p

rt gn e

6 -

. 5 1 n ar eo Mf f

M ,

. 7 7 1

/g O .

. 3 e r

u 8

- g

. 0 i f

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 9 8 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 M 2 2 1 1 1 6

1 5

1 4

1 3

1 2

1 1

1 0

1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ES%, S u5" y " + yYg j M

M =

M l1l!ll

I E

Discussion The results of this preliminary experiment clearly indicate that a modeling i approach has app.icability to the more general problem of biofouling control at Pilgrim

f. Station. We have shown that the method used has the capability of providing useful data on mussel growth but that there are also some areas which will require some additional attention if the modeling method is to ultimately be used to indicate a schedule for thermal backwash. ,e The most important area'for further examination concerns the question of the (

effect of flow rate on growth. Te see from these data that flow rate has a- marked i impact on growth rate, likely, due to localized food depletion in low-flow conditions. _

Although we believe that the bags placed in the high-flow tank are probably more accurately representing natural conditions, there are no data available to support this g

assumption. Also, it is probable that mussels experience different flow rates depending on g f their location on power plant structures. This is an area of potentially great importance 5 g

which has not been addressed. =

Also, we know that temperature can and does have a profound effect on =

growth rate in invertebrates. A term must be added to the model to account for this e effect and this would require additional data from a different season. As we have -

demonstrated in this study, these data can be obtained economically if their collection is integrated with other ongoing activities.

Although the linear model used for this preliminary study obviously provided a -

very good' fit to the experimental data, we anticipate that a non-linear model of the von }

Bertalanffy type may ultimately be required. Previous work on Mytilus growth conducted 7

at southern California Edison (Stock and de la Parra,1933) found the von Bertalanffy .

expression to provide a best fit and non-linear growth, particularly among juveniles, is .

certainly a more typical situation. -

The reason for the good fit obtained by applying a linear model to the present [

' data may be an artifact related to the size of the mussels used to start the experiment .

I Mussels settle at approximately 1-2 mm, but the individuals available for the start of the I experiment were generally larger than 4 mm. By artificially excluding this early period, $

we'may have missed the most curvilinear period of growth. Careful examination of the .

growth plots (Figures 17 a-f) indicates that this may well be the case since the model f s

predicts a higher growth rate than was observed during the first few days of the {

l:

4 72 I :l1

l experiment. Additional data collection efforts should be designed to include growth i

measurements from the moment of settlement, if possible.

It must also be remembered that throughout this discussion we have considered i

mean growth rate, which means that if backwash is conducted when the mean total length for the population is 10.0 mm, approximately half of the mussels will exceed the 3/8" critical size. Because of this it may be more realistic to model not the mean length but perhaps the mean plus two standard deviations, thus assuring that approximately 95% of the individuals will be below the critical size. This would necessarily increase the frequency of backwash and would introduce the need for some sort of cost / benefit anr. lysis to choose the optimal percentile of the population which should be used in the nodel.

RELATION OF IMPACT AREA CONFIGURATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL VARIABLES In previous reports, we have attempted to determine the effect of several environmental variables on the extent and configuration of the stunted and denuded zones immediately in front of the PNPS discharge. This analysis was initiated in Semi-Annual Report No. 22 (McGrath, et al., 1983) in which we examined seven parameters characterizing the impact area with respect to 18 environmental variables, using data from 10 mappings conducted from January 1980 to June 1983.

y For Semi-Annual Report No. 23 (McGrath, et al., 1984) the analysis was extended to include two additional mappings (October and December,1983), additional

[ meteorological data were provided by Boston Edison Co., and a preliminary examination was made using wind data from times previous to the transect mappings, i.e. correlating each impact area with environmental variables from three and six months earlier, k

This analysis to date has produced mixed results. In the 1983 report, several significant correlations were found, in most cases relating the impact area to either certain wind conditions or mean discharge temperatures from PNPS. Many of these early correlations disappeared in the more recent (1984) analysis, which was based on a considerably larger data set. That analysis generally showed a positive correlation between offshore extent and southwest winds. These observations were generally consistent with our expectations although any suggestion of causality at this point would be premature.

73

I E

~

The use of environmental variables, lagged three and six months with respect to the 12 mappings, produced no clear results. It was hypothesized that this may have been due to the use of quarterly summarized data which allowed only the two lag periods

- of three and six months (other multiples of three months could also have been used but were not incorporated into the preliminary analysis).

In order to allow a more extensive evaluation of the question of lagged variables,' Boston Edison provided monthly wind summaries from the 220' meteorological tower for 1932 and 1983. The wind velocities were summarized by quadrant as in previous studies, thus generating 96 (4x12) month / direction combinations. The procedure followed in previous reports of calculating correlation coefficients (SPSS-X Program PEARSON CORR) for pairs of impact area parameters and environmental variables was repeated; however, because lags of from one to 12 months were used the number of variables in the analysis would have become unmanageable without some selection. Because previous reports had indicated the strongest relationships were between offshore extent, left g

lateral extent, and total winds, only these variables were used in the analysis. 5 Significant correlations resulting from the analysis are shown in Table 14.

Offshore extent of the impacted areas was significantly correlated with a variety of wind directions and lag periods, but there was no consistent pattern to the results. For example, southwest winds 2 months prior to mapping were positively correlated with the impact area extent while the same winds 7 months earlier were negatively correlated.

Also, there was at least one positive correlation between impact area and three of the four wind directions, although at different lag times. There was some indication that southeast winds shortly (i.e., 2 to 5 months) before a mapping may be related to decreased impact area, a hypothesis which is appealing but which was not substantiated by additional examination of the correlations at 3,4, and 6-month lag periods.

In summary, the analyses we have conducted would not appear to support a i

simple relationship between any aspect of the impact area and the environmental variables we have investigated. This indicates that the impact area is determined by a complex interrelationship among various factors, some of which are adequately known and measured (e.g. wind direction and speed) while others remain unknown (e.g. Chondrus reproductive success, parasitism). Complicating the analysis is the fact that many of the environmental variables examined are themselves correlated and, in turn, correlated with I other factors, such as season, which we must assume also have considerable effect on the I

74 g

TABLE 14. SIGNIFICANT CORRELATIONS BETWEEN IMPACT AREA PARAMETERS

- AND SELECTED ENVIRONMENTAL VARIABLES. KEY: OFFS = OFFSHORE EXTENT OF STUNTED AREAS, LEFT = LATERAL EXTENT OF STUNTED AREA TO THE NORTHWEST, SEAST = SOUTHEAST WIND, ETC. A NUMERAL FOLLOWING THE WIND DIRECTION INDICATES LAG IN MONTHS, e.g, NWEST8 = TOTAL NORTHWEST WINDS EIGHT MONTHS PRIOR TO SAMPLING.

OFFS vs. NEAST (.8439) LEFT vs. P-iEAST9 ( .9083)

OFFS vs. NEAST2 ( .6884) LEFT vs. SEAST2 ( .9021)

OFFS vs. SEAST2 ( .6608) LEFT vs. SEAST4 ( .6876)

OFFS vs. SEAST5 ( .7743) LEFT vs. SEAST12 ( .9535)

OFFS vs. SWEST2 (.7340) LEFT vs. SWEST4 (.6654)

OFFS vs. SWEST7 ( .8444) LEFT vs. SWEST12 (.9751)

I i

l I

i 1

1 1

75

I I i impact area. Thus, for example, an observed correlation with northwest winds may in fact be caused by lowered temperatures in the winter when northwest winds are more

)

common at PNPS. These types of questions are not likely to be resolved within the scope of the present study.

]

J I I

I I

I I

I I

l I

I I

I I

76

i LITERATURE CITED Blake, J.A. 1971. Revision of the genus Polydora from the east coast of North America (Polychaeta: Spionidae). Smiths. contrib. Zool. 175:1-32.

Boesch, D.F.1977. Application of numerical classification in ecological investigations of water pollution. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Report 600/3-77-033. I14 pp.

Bold, H.C. and M.J. Wynne. 1978. . Introduction to the Algal Structure and Reproduction.

o rentice-Hall.

t E

Soston Edison Co. 1980. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual report No.16.

1981a. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No.17.

1981b. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No.18.

', l 1982a. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

) Semi-Annual Report No.19 1982b. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No. 20.

1983. Marine ecology studies related to operation .of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No. 21.

1983. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No. 22.

i 1984. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual Report No. 23.

__ 1984. Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station.

Semi-Annual report No. 24.

Bousfield, E.L. 1973. Shallo'v-water Gammaridean Amphipoda of New England. Cornell Univ. Press. 312 pp.

Dawson, E.Y.1966. Marine Botany & Introduction. Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Grassie,7.F. and W.L. Smith.1976. A similarity measure sensitive to the contribution of rare species and its use in investigation of variation in marine benthic I communities. Oecologia, 23:13-22.

Greig-Smith, P. 1964 Quantitative Plant Ecologv. 2nd Ed. Butterworths, Washington, 256 pp.

1I Hurlbert, S.H. 1971. The nonconcept of species diversity: a critique and alternative parameters. Ecology, 52:577-586.

t 77 l

I Newroth, P.R. 1970. A study of the genus Phyllophora Grev. Ph.D. Thesis, University of g New Brunswick. 313 pp.

g Nie, N.H., C.H. Hull, 3.G. Jenkins, K. Steinbrenner and D.H. Bent. 1975. Statistical Package for the Social Sciences. 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill, New York. 675 pp.

McLachlan, 3. "Gracilaria tikvahiae sp. no. (Rhodophyta, Gigartinales, Gracilariaceae),

from the northwestern Atlantic". Phycologia 13(1977):19-23.

Parke, M. and P. Dixon. 1976. Checklist of the British marine algae. 3rd revision. Jour.

Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K., 56:317-843.

Pettibone, M.H. 1963. Marine Polychaete worms of the New England Region. bull. TJ.S.

Nat. Mus., 227(1):-356.

I Prince, 3.S. 1971. An ecological study of the marine red algae Chondrus criscus in the waters of Plymouth, Massachusetts. Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell University.177 pp.

Sokal, R.R. And F. Rohlf. 1969. biometry. W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco.

775 pp.

Smith, W. and 3.F. Grasste. 1977. Sampling properties of a family of diversity measures.

Biometrics, 33:283-292.

, 3.F. Grasle and D. Kravitz. 1979. measures of diversity with unbiased estimators. I: Ecological Diversity in theory and Practice. Statistical Ecology Vol. 56. Int. Coop. publ. House, Fairland, MD.

South, G.R. 1976. A checklist of marine algae of eastern Canada. 1st Revision. Jour.

Mar. Biol. Assoc. U.K., 56:317-843. I u

Stock, 3.N. and R.A. de LaParra. 1933. Use of thermal backwash to control marine biofouling at San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station. In: Symposium on Condenser Macrofouling Control Technologies The State of the Art Diaz-Tous, Miller, and Mussali eds. June,1983.

Taylor, W.R. 1957. Marine @g of the Northeastern Coast of North America. 2nd Ed. I University of Michigan Press. Ann Arbor, Mich. 509 pp.

Zar,3.H. 1974. Biostatistical Analysis. Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Clif fs, N.3. 620 P-I I

I I

I I

7e 3

o I

L l-t- ,

)

L c

L' 1

{

/_ APPENDIX 1 l L

l l

L

/

f l I

(r I r

I I APPENDIX !.

ALGAL SPECIES COLLECTED FROM THE REPLICATE SAMPLES OF THE EFFLUENT, ROCKY POINT, AND MANOMET POINT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW) STATIONS FOR THE SEPTEMBER,1984 COLLECTING PERIOD.

I Effluent Rocky Point Manomet Point Division Species 2 3 4 3 1

1 2 3 4 3 1 2 3 4 3 CHLOROPHYTA (green algae)

Bryoosis plumnsa Chaetomorpha linum B C. melaronium R O O O C R O C O R O O AR O O C O R R Enteromorphs flexuosa O O C R O O C O R R Rhizoclonium riparium O O C 0 0 R Ulva lactuca C R C C R PHAEOPHYTA (brown algae)

Chordaria flanelliformis Desmarestia aculeata I D. viridis Caminaria digitata R

L. saccharina R R R R <

fphacelaria carrosa R R R R l R R R R R RHOOOPHYTA (red algae) i Atefeltia plicata Antithamnion americanum R R O O C C 0 0 R R R C O l

l Bonnemaisonia hamifera Callophyllis cristata R O R O C 0 C R R

~~

Ceramium rubrum A C A A A Chondrus criscus C C C C C R O C A C l A O R R O R C R C A C C C C C I Corallina officinalis Cystoclonium puroircum R R R C C C O R

O O

C R

A R C

R R R C O R R Gracilaria tikvahiae R R O O R O Gymnorontrus crenulatus Membranoptera alata I Palmaria palmata Phycodrys rubens R  !

Phyllochora truncata O R O R O O O R R C C P. pseudoceranoides O O C C C C R C O R R C C R C P. traillii O O C C C C R C O R R C C R C 1 i Plumaria eleitans Polvides rotundus R O O C O I Polysiphonia elongata A O A R C O P. f abrillosa R R R R R R O R R R i P.harvevi P. nitrescens C O R R O R R R R C A C C C O O C O C C C C C P. urceolata R R R R R R O R O O C R R R C C C C C C A C C C 1

Rhodometa confervoides R R R  !

Spermothamn on repens O R R C I Replicate species richness C A A A A A C A C C O C A C A 17 17 18 19 18 18 20 18 16 16 14 22 19 16 18 1

Station species richness 20 1 3 21 23 l

\

Legend: A = abmdant; C = common; O = occassional; R = rare.

l I l

.5 1-1 5

l l

l .

i I

1 5

l i

1 APPENDIX 2 3:

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

5

I I

APPENDIX 2.

ALGAL SPECIES COLLECTED FROM THE REPLICATE SAMPLES OF THE EFFLUENT, ROCKY POINT, AND MANOMET POINT SUBTIDAL (10' MLW) STATIONS FOR THE MARCH,1984 COLLECTING PERIOD.

I Effluent Rocky Point Division Species 2 3 4 5 Manomet Point 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 CHLOROPHYTA (green algae)

Bryopsis plumosa I Chaetomorpha linum C. melaronium C O C O O C O C O O C C A C C R R R R R Enteromorpha flexuosa R A A A C C R C C O R Rhizoclonium rtpartum R

g tactuca R R PHAEOPHYTA (brown algae)

Chordaria flagelliformis Desmarestia aculeata I D. wiridis OO Caminaria digitata L. saccharina R 5phacelaria cirrosa R R R R R R R R R R R R RHODOPHYTA (red algae)

Ahnfeltia plicata Antithamnion americanum O C A A .C O R O R R O l Bonnemaisonia hamifera Callophyllis cristata R R R R R R R Ceramium rubrum R R R R O R R R R C R R O O O R R-Chondrus crispus O O C O R C O R O O R C R R O C C A C C I Corallina officinalls Cystoclonium purpureum O R

R O

O O

R R O A C A A C 0 C

R O

R C

R O

C O

A Gracilaria tikvahiae O A C A O A A A O C Gymnomonsrus crenulatus Membranoptera alata R I Palmarta palmata Phycodrys rubens R R Phyttophora truncata R R O O A A O O O

. P. pseudoceranoides A C C A C O C O C C C A C 0 C A C C A C O R O C C I P. traillii Plumaria elemans C A C O C Polyides rotundus Pnlysiphonia elongata A A A A A R R C A R R-A P. fibrillosa I P. Mnni P. nitrescens R R R R R R R R R R O C C O R R R R R C R R 1

R R R R R R  !

P. urceolata R R Rhodomela confervoides R R R R R O O O O R R R R R O R O C R R 5permothammon repens I R R R O C C C O O C C C C O O Replicate species richness 15 18 IS 14 17 19 20 20 18 17 14 17 l5 19 17 Station species richness 22 24 20 L.,_ A . _t! C . _ _, e . _,_,, R . ,.,

.I ,

I

~

1 LE

I lI i

I  !

I APPENDIX 3 i

B B

I I

I I

I I

I I

I E

5 CPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE EF1984 CODE TOTAL tax 0NOMIC NAME COUNT

--- P327 FUI.ALIA Bit tktATA. -- -

P000 - - 76 EULALIA VIRIDIS 5 P322

- F002 HARMOTHOC EXTENUATA NARMOTHOC IMSAICATA- - -

4 9

P003 -. - - -- 16 LEPIDONOTUS SQUAMATUS 36 P326 NICOLEA 20STERICOLA

.-- 5004 . .Pl40LCF,dikUT h --- 104 I P381 03R4 DODECACERIA SPP.

--4 4

NCRCIG SPP. JUV. 40 A222 ACARINA A010 512 CatLIOPIUD LAEVISCULUS 312 A007 I 'A201 AO?4 CANCER IRRORATUS CA&RFt s. A 1. INFARIS - ---

36 4

CAFREl.La PENANTIS 248 A011 con 0PHfDM ACUTUM 56

.-- 4011 A059

-- CORCFHIUM SCNELLL... .

20 I A230 A013 CCROPH1UM INSIDIOSUM COROPHIUM SFP.

56 8

6007 DEXAMINE THEA - .--...- . - - -- - 40 IDOTEA BALTHICA 304 A006 IDOTCA PHOSPH0nEA 704 5 A015 A01A ISCHYROCERUS ANGU!FES JASSA F ALCATA 432 1664 A017 PLEUSYMTES GLABER Acto 140 PnNTOGENE44. INE RMis 24 A126 FROBOLC!rES HOLMESI 5 -

A100 A076-CANCER BOREALIS

- EUALUS . FUSICLUS -- -- - ---

--12 16 12 A224 BRACHYURA A006 4 FAGURUS ACADIANUS 16 A325 PAGURUS SP -

i A105 A236 AMPHIPODA IDOTE A SPP.

- - - - - - - - - 6 4

M003 48 ACMAEA TESTUDINALHC.. 4 M036 ANOMI A SIMPL EX M031 16 CERASTODERMA PINNULATUM i M304 Mood CIN00LA ACUL EUS CREPIDULA FORNICATA 4

9 M012 30 MIATELL A ACCTICA 152 M313 - ISHN0 CHITON RUBER 4 Moto i M117 Most LACUNA VINCTA MARGARITES HELIC!NUS 1100 4

MITRFLIA UNATA tte M010 Mf?!LIS EDULIS' !4e:J M004 NASSARIUS TRIVTTTAftts 4

M040 CNCHIDO&IS ASPERA M040 DOTO CORONATA 3*2 4

M322 OASTROPODA n 00 5. . ~. e CREPIDULA PLAWA . 4 CH08 SOLITARY ASCIDACEA C021 16 I C319 E004 TUF.BRLL AH.1 A LEUCOSELENIA SFF.

4 4

AMPHIFHOL!i SOUAMATA 4 E001 ASTERIAS FORBES!

Fote O ASTEROIM A MfU. 12 I C'03 0FH!05HOLIS ACULEATA

,equ- ,c r

• r, v : c

__n 7 =, ,y ? . ~ -

e Fo15 0FMIUAOIDEA JUV. ,

4 C9D Or DATA :TR MmF1E 5

I I

3-1 I

, - m -m --

lil lif l

SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE EF2994 TOTAL CODE TAXONOMIC MAME COUNT

..F321 DODECACERIA.SP.-A - - - - --4 15

! P327 EULALIA BILINEATA 34

P000 EULALIA VTRIDtS 40

.. 5401. _ __HAEdtGT. HOE.IMSAICATA - 3h

[ P003 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 36 t P326 NICOLEA ZOSTERICOLA 48 i

. ._P313. POLYDQhA SMF? A'  ?" .- -- .. JB  ;

, P201 POLYNOIDAE 4 P025 POLYDORA 8 P004. FOLYDORA WEESTERI . . _ _ . . _ . .4 P300 ASABELLIDES SPP. 4 P013 SABELLARIA VULGARIS 12 Polo- AUTOL YT1&PRICMAttcus - -- _-- 4 -

F184 NEREIS SPP. JUV. 60 A222 ACARINA 1952 ,

A007 AMFHITHOE RUSAICATA - 4 A010 CALLI 0r!US LAEVISCULUS 1424 l A029 CANCER 1RRORATUS to A201. . CAPRELLa_LINEAAIS. ,. ._ . _ .. 14 A004 CAFRELLA PENANTIS 400 Act1 C0f;0r41UM ACUTUM 48 6012 COROPHIUM BONELLI 168 A059 COROPHtUM INSID10 SUM 180 A230 COROFHIUM SPP. 8 A013 DCXAMINE THEA.. -.. . .. 364 A007 IDOTEA BALTHICA 40 A00A ILOTEA FHOSF HOREA 72 Act: ISCHYRCCERUS.ANGUIRES *04 g 4-

A016 JASSA F ALCATA 140 $

, A020 METOPELLA ANGUSTA 4 -

L A017- -~P4 ruSYMTES.GL AkFA - - - . 20- _1 A018 FONTOGENEIA INERMIS 120 '

[ A12A PROB 01.0!DE3 HULME3I 9 ""

I A006. EUALUS FUSIOLUS. .

20 "5 A000 JACRA MARINA 4 .

A100 CANCER POREALIS 4 =-

A006 FAQURUS ACADIANUS. - - . . . . 14 -i A047 FAGURUS LONGICARPUS 16 5h A225 P400RUS GP. S l' A236 IDOTEA EFF. 4 g[

A241 AliTHFinF DD A 8 =i' t M036 AHOMIA SIMPLEX 16 II .

i Mona CEFPfDin.A FORNtFATA 74 4 I

Moa9 f.t*8u*NA MINUTA

, 4 h

9305 FACELINA Ofl3TONIE*eIS 16 E MG32 HIATELLA ARCTICA 132 j.

M313 IGHNON ITON RUDF.R R ,,

M010 LACUNA VINCTA 16.. -

i M011 M1TRELLA LUNATA 148 i

! N030 MYTILIS EDULIS 5888 7:

, M040 ONCHIDORfC ASF(RA '20 i!

TELLINA AGILIS

[ M034 4

M322 GACTROPODA 3 =

M005 C'.EF I DUL A PLANA 20 d CH03 00LITARY AtiCILACCA 40 _

N(HO NEREFTEA 4 k 3 .m n ,r n e eer, ,-

_E

rotw *EUCn'EutNIA SF F . - --

f c.62 ? *nt:reHA 23 Ej I 1.  ; me**Fter rCFPEST -

6.4 .t O<0 - rw a 'l iv . 'h T h*

?

O f f C"f Wf L

• 2E P' ?

• S TU? f f

• ET- ACW!EN!!~

ne rm : .nv .

1.*

1 I}

• NO OF DATA F0F: SAMELF d

G

]A I m 3-2 E jl B. -

GPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE EF3984

[ CODE TOTAL TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT P321 00DECAcERIA SP. A - -

P327 16 EULALIA BILINEATA 88 POOR EULALIA VIRIDIS 4 pp% - Naam4THOG-EXTEhuATA-tes % - - - - - - 4-P003 MAAMOTNCE IMBRICATA 32 PQ14 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 40 P326

_ NERELS. EELAGICA- - - - - - - . . ~ - A P004 NICOLEA ZOGTERICOLA 54 PHOLDE MINUTA P006 FHYLLODOCE MACULATA S

.P380 ASAPELLIDES SPP.

20 P388 4 POLYDORA ANOCULATA P394 NEREIS SPP.JJUU. .

8 P009 ETECNE LONOA

. . 54 A220 4 ACAPINA A010-- 1792

=C~s A029 CALLIGFIUS LAEUISCULUS CANCER IRRORATUS 844

.A201 9 A024. CAPRELLA LINEARIS. 76 A237 CAPRELLA PENAN11S - ---

- 748 CAPRELLA SPP.

A011 8 COROPHIUM ACUTUM A012 - 129 A059 CCRCPHIUM BONELLI COROPHIUM INGIDIOSUM 128 A230 164 COROPHIUM SPP.

A013 DEXAMIME THEA . . - 28

[ A007-A004 IDOTEA DALTHICA IDOTEA PHOSPHanEA 360 204 A015 320 ISCHTRCCERUS ANGUIPES A016 - JASSA FALCATA

- 312 A017 296 PLEUSYMTES OLADER 52

--. Act 4---.--PONTOGENFI A-4MERM14.- -- -- '

A126 PROBOLOIDES HOLMESI A240 32 PRACHYURA MCOALOPS 9

~

A204 CANCER SP.. --

A100 CANCCR BORCALIC 4

A026 12 EUALUS PUSIOLUS A006 PACURUS ACADIANUS -

8 A047 PAGURUS LON01 CARPUS 8

^ ~

A225 PAOURHS SP. e A236 ILOTEA.SPP. --- . O M003 --

4 ACNAEA TECTUDINALIS . T2 M031 M304 CERAST0DERNA PINNULATUM 4 CtNGULA ACtft.CUC

+'oe

( M03%

CFEt!roLA FORMIC *TA to 10

(. H1ATELLA ARCTICA 35 M010 LACUNA VINCTA M011 M!TRFLLA LUNATA 648 M030 MYTILIS EDULIS 312

[ . Mn4n .

M322

-ONCNin0RIS ASPERA 5120 352

(- =00A OASTROPODA LITTORINA LITTOREA 4

M035 4 CREPIDULA PLANA --

4 M321 ANCULA GID90SA CH03 4

[ C029 SOLITARY ASCIDACEA MALICLYSTU GFP. 12

(-i C019 LEUCOSEIENIA SF P.

an

u. y trsntrty u .y , 28-6063 OFMIOPHOL15 ACO. FA?A 5004 4 CTFON0YfDCENTROTUS Dh0EPACHliNtr3 4

&ND OF hATA FOR CAMPLF

(

3-3

^

E __

5 CPECIES DATA FOR SAMPIE EF4984 Im_.

TOTAL _;-

TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT jg CODE P327 EULAL I A-SIL-INE ATA , --- - - - . - -- 40 '! -

P008 EULALIA VIRIDIS 40 -

P002 HARM 01 HOE IMBRICATA 32  !!

. E003 -- LERIDOMOTUG-GGUAMMUG- --

32 -

P326 NICOLEA ZCSTERICOLA 44 I P032 CLYMENELLA TOROUATA 4 i

._.SL342 - S ABAICINA8- GPP.-- - -- A --

P380 ASABELLIDES SPP. 4 ,

P217 GPIONIDAE 4

- P024 POLYDCRA WEkSTERI -. -_ ..- 8 --

P384 NEREIS SPP. JUV. 40 A222 ACARINA 1152

-. 6007_ AMPHITHOC RURRICAIA . . 16 ,=-

A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVISCULUS 576 A029 CANCER IRRORATUS 29 A201 CAFRELLA. LIkEARIS . 8 A024 CAPRELLA PENANTIS 263 -

t A011 COROPHIUM ACUTUM 4

. 4012 CCRQPH!Un DOMELLI .. 76 104 9 A059 CCROPHIUM INSIDIOSUM A270 CODCFHIUM CPr. 4 A013 DEXAMINE.TiiEA 340 e007 IDOTEA BAI.THICA 20 A006 IDOTEA PHOSPHOREA 52 A015 .. LOCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES... . ~ . 24 -

A016 JAS3A FALCATA 69 3 4 _2 A017 PLEUSYMTES Gt. APER

.__PONTCCENEIA. INERMIS- - .-..--_ . _ 104

. .A018 "

A243 15CHYROCERIDAE 8 A050 PH0x0CEPHALUS HOLBOLLI 8 5

_ _ACOL . . EUALu.%SuSICLUS- - .

A241 ARTHROPODA 8 -

A236 IDOTEA SFP. 4 i A225 PACURiiS SP. - -

8 a AOSA PAGUGUC ACADIANUS 16 E A204 CANCER SP. 16 A100 CANCER BOREALIS - - 12 i M003 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS 16 "

M036 ANOMIA SIMrtEX 4 M315 AN3MIA SGUAMULA - - . . 4 d M031 CCRACTODERMA PINNULATUM 29 3 -

m304 CINQULA ACULEUS 12 "

M)o4 CRE:*10ULA (Cf.NICATA ?4 not? I' I AP H AN A MINUTA 4 q 12 m M305 FACELINA BOSTONIFN$10

.MG32 H!ATELLA ARCTICA 32 -

Moto LACUNA VINCTA 9?2 3 M011 MITRELLA LUNATA 48 q

- - =03A - Mv f il. t G E DUL T S --- 4490 12 -I M0?4 NAS3ARIUS TR!VITTATUS M040 CNCit1 DORIC ASPENA A*2 N M034 TELLINA AGILIS 8 t 4 a g M32'. LITTORINA GAYAftt.IS 4  ;

! M006 LITTORINA LITTOREA M304 At0L IDIA roPtL; 00A 4 ,

• 015 CRErtDULA PLANA 4 i 16 i r90" CCLf7Anf A9f' ' O AFT A 16 3 NEMB NOMLRIEA CS?O Hof. ' Cf.Y P T O4 P.F r . '$ ,

E018 AC'ER0!DFA J'JV . . 't TOA4 CTFANdYLOITNTh0'I'T DROEP AC! iib.NS TC .

U ENn or DATA Pu* SA->La i

Ill  ;

ll .

3-4 lil  ;

1 l

SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE EF5984 TOTAL CODE TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT f P327 . EULALIA SILINEATA - - -

- 80

( P003 EULALIA VIR! DIS 40 P002 HARMOTHCC IMBRICATA 8

- P003 LEPIDCNGTUS SQUAMATUS .--- - - P014 NEREIS PELAGICA 4 P326 NICOLEA ZOSTERICOLA 116 P004 - Phot Of MINUTA - - - - - - - -

-- e r024 POLYDORA WEPSTERI 4 P194 NCREIG CPP. JUV. 100 A2:2 ACARINA -

1664 A009 AMPHITHOC RUBRICATA 20 A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVISCULUS 1788 A029 CANCCR IRRORATUS . . . - .

20 A001 CAPRELLA r.INEARIS 20 A024 CAPRCLLA PENANTI9 1123 A237 CAPRELLA SPP. . . . - - 20 A011 con 0PH1UM ACUTUM 64 A012 CORCPHIUM 90NELLI 156

- A059 CORCPHIUM INSIDIOCUM . . . 208 A010 COROPHIUM SPP. 28 A013 DEXAMINE THEA 268 A007 IDOTEA EALTHICA-- ---

156 A004 ILOTEA Pt40$PH0nEA 156 6015 ISCMYROCERUS ANOUIPES 356 A014 JASRA FALCATA... ..

740 A226 METOPELLA CARINATA 4 Anty rLCUSYMTCG GLAPER 44 A018 PONTCGENEIA INEAMLS -.. . _ , _ _ . 26 A1:A PROPOLOIDEU HOLMF.SI 16 A203 GAMMARUS OCEANICUS 4

-. A02& _ EUALUS PUSICLuc - _ - . _ _ . - 12 -.

A086 PAGURUS ACADIANUS S A2:5 PAOURU9 GP. 20 A047 PACURUS LONGICARPUS .. . .. . . . .. 4 f A204 A241 CANCCR GP. 16 ARTHROPODA 4 423A  !!OTEA SFP. - -

12 M003 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS 4 MO3A ANOMIA GIMrLEx 16 M106 CINCOLA ACULEUS . - .- - - - - - - .- - G M004 CnEPIDULA FORNICATA 12 M030 H!ATELLA ARCTICA 160 M31.1 ISHNor.HITON RU$fR R M^1o LACUNA VINCfA 15 2 M31/ MANGARITFC HFLICINUS 4 N011 MITRELLA LUNATA. 184 M030 MYTILIC ETiULIS 3072 Modo ONCHIDORIS ASPERA 364 MCAO DOTA CORONATA -

8 M3:1 ANCULA GIPPOSA 4 CH07 COLONIAL ASCIDACFA 4 CHOS SOLITARY ASCIDACEA - 84 C020 HALICLYSTUS GFP. 76 P!SC FISCES 8 Foot A9trutA9 FORDF97 4 E0!t ATTFROIDEA JUV. 10 TSoi 0FMIOPHOLIC ACULCATA 4

-- E006 g S T RONGVLOCE NT h0 T U S DR OE 6 AC H I E NS I S 8 END Or DAfA FOR SAMPtE 3-5

I I

I I

I .

I neew- .

I I

I I

I I .

I I

I I

I I

I he

I il SPECItt DATA POR SAMLt

.~

WItte 797 4

~l CODE

. 7321 . TANON0n!C MAM D0DECACKA4A.& , A_.....

- .-.44 COUNT P327 ILAALIA BILI MATA P900 54 nss EULALIA VIRISIS 44 ogAnagrune rverna_na,* 7m P902 MAAn0THOE IMBRICATA 29 P324 MICOLEA ZDSTEAICOLA 433 2004_ _-PaeGLSE A4 NUT ^

I P190 POTAMILLA NEGLECTA 4 P304 NEMIS SPP. JUV.

- P391 14

-- SAMLLINM SPP, - - -- -

4 .- -

A222 ACARINA PS4 A010 CALLIOP!US LAEVISCULUS

--A429 = 104

.GAmCER 4RRORA*US :2 - -

I A201 A024 CAPRELLA LINEARIS CAPRELLA PENANTIS 212 S

. J237_. C APAELLA-3PE -

A011

.. 13 I

COROPHIUM ACUTUM S2 A012 COROPH!UM 30NELLI 54

._ A05t _ - _CCAQPH"_m ? "? 13ICSust . - ..- .  ?

A230 COROPHIUM GPP.

12 A013 DEXAMINE THEA 172

-- A007. - JDCTEA SALTHICA.. - - -.. -

?!

A004 IDOTEA PHOSPHOREA I -AG M A015 ISCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES 74 84

1. SSA-FALCATA . . -- - ---414 - - -

A017 PLEUSYMTES GLADEA A038 152 I- ---A& 34 -

A024 A240 PONT00ENE!A INERMIS PRCSOLGIDES-HOLME!

EUALUS PUSIOLus BRACHYUAA MDALOPS 25 20 5

_- synn enuese en- 4 I

og A100 CANCER BOREALIS 4 M003 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS 20

_)f034_._ ANOMIA.SlaPLEX._ - . _ - ' -.

M031 CERASTODERMA PINNULATUM 20 I

M304 CINGULA ACULEUS 124

.- 2004 C*CPIDULA JOANICATA - .- - 20 -

M019 DIAPHANA MINUTA 4 M032 H!ATELLA ARCTICA 44

- #313  !$HNOCHITON AUSEA 20- -

I M010 LACUNA VINCTA 754 M317 MARGARITES HELICINUS 132 Mola MITAELLA LUNATA --

- SO -

M0:3 MODIOLUS MODIOLUS 32 M030 MYTILIS EDULIS 9920

_R040 ONCHILORIS ASPERA - .- 234

. *: =

En03 0FHIOPI60LIS ACULEATA 12 Z roo t qTRnNCY1 OCONTROTUS DPOES ACHIENS!? 52 E011 0FHIUR0! DEA 8 "

F015 OPHIHf;OYDr A Jt 'V . 19 M PND nr BATA rCP 2A=FLF Ea -

a 84 4-2

s i-l

\

SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE MP3984 i

l 7074i CODE- TAXONOMIC NAME. CouN'

.P036 -- AGASE4 LID 64 GCULATA-.- - ----- 4 P327 EULALIA 31LINEATA 5 P008 -EULALIA VIRIDIS 28 P322 - HARMOTHOE- EXTENUATA- . - - - - -- - 4 P002 HARMOTHOE IMDRICATA 80 P003 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 28 P014 . .. tdEREIS Pn ama , , _ , _ . . _ _ _ _..g.

P326 NICOLEA ZOSTERICOLA 696 P004 PHOLDE MINUTA 24 P004 . PHYLLODOCE_MACULATA .- 36 P310 - POLYDORA SOCIALIS 4 P334 PECTINARIA GRANULATA 40 P013 GABELLARIA VULGARIS 8 F386 PHY LODOCE GROENLANDICA 12 P384 NE:4FIS SPP. JUV. 108 F070 . . FLASELLIGEAA AFF4NIS - - - - - - - -

4-l A222 ACARINA 7S6 l

i A009 AMPHITHOE RUDRICATA 28 A010 CALL 10P44S4AEVISCULUS- --- .- -- 44 6--

A009 CANCER IRRORATUS 48 A201 CAPRELLA LINEARIS 16 A024 CAPRELLA FENANTIS

~. A237 936 CAPRELLA SPP. 32

.- A011 COROPHIUM ACUTUM 308 l A012 . COROPHIUN.BONrttt _ .. . . . . 2&g A230 COROPHIUM SPP, le A013 DCXAMINE THEA 492 A007. _. IILQTEA AALTHICA - _ . - - - J f A006 IDOTEA PHOSFHOREA 128 A015 ISCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES 68

. A014--- - .JASSAJALCATA 5 .

A017 PLEUSYMTES GLABER 148 A010 PONTOGENEIA INERMIS 16 A126 FRCEOLOIDES HOLMESI. 16 A242 AMPHIPODA JUV. 4 A113 CUMACEA 4 6026 - EUALUS PuGLOLUS . .

28 i

A100 CANCER BOKEALIS 12

' A204 CANCER SP. 9 N003 _ . .-. ActtAEA TE.STL1DINALIS... . . - - - _ . . . . .8 M031 CERAST0 DERMA PINNULATUM 36 M306 CINGULA ACULEUS 348

, M004 CREPIDULA FORN!CATA 16 M032 HIATELLA ARCTICA 136 M010 LACUNA VfNPTA 708 M317 MARGARITES HELICINUS 72 M011 MITRELLA LUNATA 88 M030 MYTILIS EDULIS 5600 N040. ONCHIDORIS ASPERA - - - -

380 M320 LITTORINA SAKATILIS 4 M312 TUBONille SUMNER! 8 M322 GASTRCFCDA 8 C907 COLONIAL ASCIDACEA 16 CH08 SOLITARY ASCIDACEA 12 NEMO NEMERTEA 8 E004 AMPHIPHOLIS SOUAPATA 20 Foo' A9teR!as knREF11 l 14 E014 ASIER0! DEA JUV. 12 1007 HFNRIC!A SANrWINCIENTA 4 E003 OPHIOPHOLIS ACULEATA 8 l- E004 97RONG YLorC91 ROTim DECEB ACH t FN$ t i 12 END OF DATA FOR SAMFl.E 4-3

E 11 SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE MP4984 CODE TOTAL TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT P035 - - ASABELLIDES OCULATA-- - - --

14-.--

P031 CAPITELLA CAPITATA 4 P323 CAULLERIELLA BIOCULATA 4

%g

- F321- -- 40DECACEAI A. SP *

• N P327 EULALIA BILINEATA P008 64 EULALIA VIRIDIS 60 Jt322- - u^ P TMOE EXTENOATA - - - --

P002 -4 HARMOTHOE IMBRICATA 36 P003 LF.PID0NOTUS MOUAMATUS

.F014 56

.. NEREIS F ELAG.ICA. . -. - - -. 4 P326 NICOLEA ZOSTERICOLA P004 1404 PHOLDE MINUTA P004 16 PHTLLn30CC.MACULATA -.

P007 - . . - - .40. .

AUTOLYTUS CORNUTUS 4 P024 FOLTDORA WEBSTERI

. P387. 8 ~

PCLYDCRA annarnATA - ----

4. . --

P038 TEREDELLIDAE P386 8 PHYLLODOCE OROENLANDICA 8 P429 P3R4

-- - P f an m.MMIAAATU" e NEREIS SPP. JUV. 36 A22? ACARINA AG09 900 AMPHITHOE RUBRICATA -- ------4 A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVISCULUS A029 500 CANCER IRRORATUS g'-

. .A201-- - 8 '

CAPRELLA LINEARIS . - - - . . -

- - --h--

A024 CAPRELLA PENANTIS A237 604 CAPRELLA SPP. 20 4011- CCRCEEIUtt.ACuIN 1An A012 CDROPHIUM BONELLI A230 272 COROPHIUM SPP. 92

. Act' DEXAMINE vura iga A007 IDOTEA BALTHICA A004 20 tDOTFA PHOSPHOREA 260 A015 ISCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES A016 -- - --- - L3 2 JASSA FALCATA 968 A020 NETOPELLA ANGUSTA

-A226 4

- METOPELLA CARINATA --.

~~~8--- i A017 PLEUSYMTES OLABER -

A010 276 PONTCGENEIA INERMIS 28 7 A126.. F ROBOLDIDES HOLMEEI--- - . - C A026 - J' -

EUALUS PUSIOLUS 8 A100 CANCER BOREALIS  !

A201 8 CisNCCn SP. 3 M003 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS 4 44 M031 CCKASTUDF.RMA P!NNULATUM M306 40 P CIN0ULA ACULEUS . . -~~. 208 M004 CREP!DULA FORNICATA

=

4 M032 HIATELLA ARCTICA 240 3.

M313 -- ISMNOCHITON RUBER -- -.

-- - -- --- 2 9 M010 LACUNA VINCTA q M3t7 240 MARGARITES HELICINUS 240 -

M011 MITRELLA LUNATA Molo - 144 -

MYTILIS EDULIS 32192 M040 ONCHIDORIS ASPERA 9 M321 388 ANCULA GIDBOCA - - 4 ,

M316 CDOSTCMIA OIBBOSA W 4

MP6 t 9CLL'NA 3n'.TrasIENS!1 Z CM09 1 C004 90LffAAf ASCIDACEA 76 'g ANFm0NF -<

NEMD 4 -

NE"ERTEA .m r0?1 Top r+ L: apIA 160 ff CO20 4 UALICLY'TUS SPP. g roca AMPwirwotis ynHAMATA e 9 Eool ASTERIAS FORBESI t' "

C011 8 A"iTECOIDCA .JUV. 44 E003 0FMIOPHOLIS ACULEATA _;

F004 4 E0ts e,TRONCYLOCENTROTUS Dr,0EBACHf FNSIS 64 1 Dr.w!unoIDEA JUV. ..

E cNt> Or nata ror, seMw E -

2 4-4  ;.

E

!JI

! SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE MP5984 CODE TOTAL TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT

.P035 -. ASABELLJDES OCULATA - .

P327 . - - . 8 -.-

'EULALIA BILINEATA 68 P000 EULALIA VIRIDIS

.-. P322 HARM 0!pnr ryTENUAIA. 72 P002 -.--4-.--

HARMOTHOE IMDRICATA 92 P003 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 72

- PO4 R -- -WAINERIS-GUADRIGW6PIDA--- ~~

P014 16 -

NEREIS PELA0!CA 4 P326 NICOLEA 20STERICOLA P004 1888 FHOLDE MINUTA .- -

100 P006 PHYLLODOCE MACULATA P334 36

. PECTINARIA ORANULATA 12 P381

'1 P380 P390

- D0DECACERIA SPP.. - - - - - <

ASABELLIDES SPP.

16 8

POTANTLLA NEOLECTA 4 P307. POLYCIRRUS - - -

P315

- . - - - - 4 POLYCIRRUS EXIMIUS 4 P010 AUTOLYTUS PRISMATICUS 4

- . P394- .-SABELLINAE SPP, . ~

P384 .-----..---8 NEREIS SPP. JUV. 116 P384 PHY1.LODOCC OROCNLANDICA 4

.A222 -- ACARINA -- -- -

A009 1408 AMPHITHOE RUBRICATA 56 A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVISCULUS 416 A029 - .- CAMCFA tRRORATUS - - - - - -

---0 A201 CAPRELLA LINEARIS A024 60 CAPRELLA PENANTIC 768 3 .A2J7 . . . CAPAELLA SPE. -

A011 COROPHIUM ACUTUM 8

A012 216 COROPHIUM BONELLI 368

_. . .. A230-. .- CCRCPHIUM SPR ----

A013 DEXAMINE THEA 292 A007 IDOTEA BALTHICA A006 29 ILQIEA PHOSPHOREA .. - ---. 464 A33 5 ISCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES A016 56 JASSA FALGATA 208

- -A226 M E TOPELL A-C A41NAT A-- - - -

4 A017 PLEUSYMTES OLABER A010 340 PONTOGENEIA INERMIS S A12A -- PROBOLOIDES HOLMESI- - --

A0'0 16 PH0XOCCPHALUS HOLBOLLI 4 A026 1 A224

+226 EUALUS PUSIOLUS pr< ArnYim A 24 4

(DCIEA SPr. 4 A?44 S T F NO TH01 DA*.' 4 M003 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS M036 .- --16 ANOMIA SIMPLEX 8 MO31 CERASTODERMA PINNULATUM

--.. . .-M304. - 60

.CING4LA-ACULEUS .-

464 -

M004 CREPIDULA FCKNICATA Mot? 20

, DIAPHANA M!NUTA 8

-M032 HIATELLA ARCTICA M313

?72

!3HNOCHITON RtlBER S Moto LACUNA VINCTA M3t7 400 M AEGAE FTE9 w(p. ICf hU9 -- 500 M011 I c. + ,

M640 M074 MITRELLA LUNATA

• v ' n v a. . m;;c ONCHII*0RIS ASPERA 208

'4314 432 TELtTNA AblL10 8 M32? GASTROPODA 12 MJ2t ANC?'L A 9!?bo" A 4 Moe0 DC?O CC*CN9fA 12 CH09 COLI'AkY A9"!Dr.C2A NEM9 '6 NEMEPTEA 72 co?? TUR BC'.L API A la C020 HALICLYSTUS SPP.

9 rot 9 #EvencElgwrA SPp.

E004 12 AMPHIFHOLI9 SOUAMATA 16 6'001 AUTF9fAO F00fS31 4 E014 ACTER010EA JUV.

f *0 A

• 48 OFHinFHOl!C ACULE4?4 12 E006 C TRCNG YLOCEN TROTUS I F C E P ACHIENS I S '6 (019 OPHfUPO'DFA Jt iv . ?4 THI CF IATA rCP SAMLF 4-5

I I

LI I

I APPENDIX 5 I

I I

I I

I I

'I I

I I

I I

ll 11 SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE RP1994 TOTAL

.I CODE TAXONOMIC NAME

. . .P0 35 - -- ASABELLIDES OCULATA - - - - -

COUNT

--12 P323 CAULLERIELLA BICCULATA 4 P321 DODECACERIA SP. A 4

.I -- PJ27-POOR P322 EULALIA-SIL M ATA EULALIA VIRIDIS HARMOTHOE EXTENUATA 72 16 0002 -- . MARMOTHCF. -IMBRICAZA- . - - - - 188 I P003 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 28 P010 NAINERIS QUADRICUSPIDA 4

- 5014 - MEREIS PELAGICA - --- - -

16-P326 NICOLEA ZOSTERICOLA 308 P004 PHOLDE MINUTA- 48 8044 2*HYLI.CD4CE-MACULATt -.

36 -

F334 PECTINARIA GRANULATA 32 I P309 POLYDonA CAULt.ERYI

- P3SO - ASABELLILES SPP. . -

4 4

P030 TEREBELLIDAE 4 I P304

.P315 P384 P386 SYLLIS ORACILIS

.. EDLYClRRUS EXIMLUS---

NEREIS SPP. JUV.

PHYLLODOCE GROENLANDICA

- - - - - 12 112 4

4 A222 ACARINA . - - - . . - - - .-- --- 484 I

A009 AMPHITHOC RUDRICATA 8 A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVISCULUS 280 AC 9 CANCER IRRORATUS - - --

-52 A201 CAFRELLA LINEARIS 28 A0?4 CAFRFLLA PENANTIS 496

- A237 --- CAPRELLA -SS P, 20-I A011 A012 COROPHIUM ACUTUM CORCPHIUM PONELLI 1072 96

.A230 _ COROPHIUM SPP:  %

A013 DEXAMINE THEA 784 I 6007

.A006 A015 A016 IDOTEA PALTHICA IDOTEA PHO3PHCREA -

_ ICCHYROCCRUS ANGUIPES ..

JASSA FALCATA 200 376 44 104 I

AO:0 METCPELLA ANGUSTA . . .4.

A017 PLEUSYMTES GLAPER 100 A010 PONTOGENCIA INERMIS 8 A050 FH0XCCEPHALUS HOLbCLLI - - -- 20 A100 CANCER 90CEAtIS 4 I A204 CANCER SP. 4 A047 P AF.Ur.US LOMCICARPUS -. 4.

Ac4? EI'OTE A T *'! LOP A 4 A00s ;U ALLT ?"SIM US 1 M003 ACMAEA TESTULINALIS 8 I M031 M306 M004 M030 M010 CCRASTODERFA PINNULATUM CINGULA ACULEUS CLERIDULA FChMICATA H! ATELLA ARCTICA LACUNA VINCTA 3:

236 100 516 30 I .. N317...._

M011 M053 Mo'o MARCARITES HELICINUS MITRFLLA L UNATA MODIOLUS PCDIOLU3 MYTILIS FDiiLIP-13440 320 152 30 9046 ONCHIDORI? AS8' ERA  !!

I "di' MO?6 Mo'4

=0?4

';P I SUL A SOLID!iSI"A UMAwCGYRA ATOMUS TFLLINA .40!L'"

NAS$ARIUS TRIVITTATUS 1

9 4

4 40.7 MYA ARF.HA151.A 4 I l woo NFwO C006 C3t?

90L I T

• F.Y A?CIDACEA NFMEL?%A NALICLYSTUS SFF.

L LUCOSF'.rN! A SF'P .

30 10 64

?

P!SCES 4 I

P!st E0oA A mr w r e woe,14 90lAMATA 4 E014 AS TFF.0!! E A JUV. 12 t 001 OrH!r'r w0s In ACULL AT A A roo6 "Tr.ONnYLOCFNTROTUS DROEPACHIEN"!S

. 68

9 0 S P NN'A F1r 9 AP" a 5-1

mm5 ll -  !.!

-3 SPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE RP 984 I3 c-TOTAL _j CODE tax 0NOMIC NAME COUNT _,

00DECACERIA 58. A-.

P321 - - . -

-8 '"

P327 EULALIA BILINEATA 8 EUL ALIA VIRIDIS P0C0 98 P3:2 ..MARMOTHOE EXTEhuATA. . _ - _ . . ....8... Z P002 HARMOTHOE IMBRTCATA 116 P003 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 60 i~

. P010.. . NAINERIS. QUADRICUSPID &.. __ . . _ _ . 8. 25 Pot 4 NEREIS PELAGICA 4 _-

P326 NICOLEA ZOSTER!r0LA 344 P004 PHOLDE MINUTA . . . 72 2 P318 POLYDORA SOCIALIS 4 P334 PECTINARIA GRANULATA 8 __

PO43 OLIGOCHAETA - --.4. --

F381 I;0DECACERI A SFP. 4 $5 P0:4 r0 lyt' ORA WF BSTERI 4 P384 NEREIS SPP. JUV. - -- . 9 6 . . .  :

P009 ETFONC LONGA 4  ;

A2*: ACARINA 1024

- . . A010 CALLICPIUS LAEVICCULUS. . . - . . . 440 _. -

m A029 CANCER IRRORATUS 4 A201 CAPRELLA 1.INEARIS 108 15 AO 4 CAFRELLA PENANTIS .4?2 .. -

6:37 CAPRELLA SPP. 16 --

A011 COROPHIUM ACUTUM 3S6 A012 COROTHIUM BQNELLI. . _ _ 680. E AOS9 COROF'HIUM INSIDIOSUM 4 A230 Cors0PMit!M SPP. 3*

.. A013 . CEX AMINE THEA- - -- . .- - - - - 404 i A007 IDOTEA BALTHICA 136 A006 IDOTEA PHOSPHOREA 384 3

. A015 ISCHYftCCCRUS ANGUIPES _.. ---- . - 80 "

A01A JA95A FALCATA 124 A0*0 METOFFLLA ANGUSTA 4 95 A017 PLEUSTMTES CLABER . 140 1 A0 t fl PONTf'OCNE T A INERMIS. 28 --

A126 PROBOLOIDES HOLMESI 4 9026 EUALUG PUCICLUS 24 AO:3 AEGININA LONGICORNIS 4 A?34 IDOTFA SPP. 4 M003 ACMAEA TESTUCINALIS . 16 -4 M034 ANOMIA SIMPLEX 4 =-

M031 CERASTODERMA PINNULATUM 4 l!

M.104 CINGUI A AFULCUM 13

-]

" A4 CT EPIDU' A FORM!!A'A M012 HTATFLLA AFCTIFA I:4 a M313 ISHN0 CHITON RU%EF. 4 i M010 LACUNA VINCTA 748 Z M317 MARCARITES HELICINUS 380 M011 MITRELLA LUNATA.. . . 34 =:

M030 MYTILIS EDULIS 35392 -

M040 ONCHIDORIS ACPE*A 416 =

M:0* CASTROP0DA 4 .

CHOO SOLItanY ASCtDACFA 23 .

NEM9 NEMERTEA 44 1

}

C001 TURBELLARIA 4 C000 SFF. 44 -

m H3AL

.. IgCL

.. Y S.TUS.y*,s <

Ea04 ASTERIAS FLEFE31 4 Tati As?rRotDCA .!UV . 4 E006 STRONGTLOCENTR0TUS DROEBACHIENSIS 2 _

E0.5 08=!DE0!rEA JUV. 4 TNh 0F DATA 0 06 SAMPt C ]

Il  !=

1 ll 5-2 9

{

k l CPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE RP39R4 TOTAL CODE TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT

[- - -9035-- - AS ABELL-I DES-0CML AT& ~ - -- -- -8 P327 EULALIA BILINEATA 4 P008 EULALIA VIRIDIS 60

- P322--44 Arm 0TMOG-EMENWATA. 4 P002 HARMOTHOE IMBRICATA 96 P003 LEPIDONOTUS SQUAMATUS 28 5014-._ NEREIS RELA 01CA-- -- P326 NICOLEA ZCSTERICOLA 308 P004 PHOLDE MINUTA 48 r . 16 r

--. P006_ . PHYLLOLCCE MACULATA.~ - - - . _ -

L P318 POLYDORA SOCIALIS 4 P300 THARYX ACUTUS 8

. P334. - - PECTINAAIA 4RANULATA - . . - - - - -32 P305 PECTINARIA SPP. 4 P332 AftfCIDEA CATHERINAE 12

- F022 SCALELEPI4-400AMATA .-- - --- 8 P217 SPIONIDAE 8 P389 POLYDORA CAULLERYI 8 f . -- AACH _ - ARCHT ANNELIDAs*05.YGGAMOS-69,- A - -- - 2 8 P038 TEREBELLIDAE 8

[ P3HO ASABELLICEG GPP. 9

. .. P 3S t . NEREIS SFP. JUV. 32 P384 PHYLLODOCE ORCENLANDICA 4 P009 ETEONE LOMOA 4

_.A2" _.ACAgfWA . - , . . . . . . _ . _ 448 A009 AMFHITHOE RUBRICATA 4 A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVIGCULUS 98

-.. A429 -. -CANCER.-IF40RATUS --- - 3 2 -

A203 CAPRELLA LINEARIS 72 A024 CAPRELLA PENANTIS 188

-- 42?' --C APRE+.6.A- S&P . - 9 +--

A011 CCRCPHIUM ACUTUM 128 A012 COROPHIUM BONELLI SOS A059 COROPHIUM INSIDIOSUM 56 A230 COROPHIUM SPP. 24 A013 DEXAMINE THEA 1168

. - .. A002__ . .. IDOTEA BALIMICA - -. -- 88-A006 IDOTEA Ptl0SPHOREA 140 A01t IGCHYr,0CERUS ANGUlrES 76

_ . AQ16- . . JASSA.FALCATA . - . -- - 96 4

A226 METOPELLA CARINATA 3017 PLEUGYMTE! GLABER 40 A0tu rONTOGkHEIA INFRMt3 24 4

( A126 A050 PROPOLDII:ES HOLMESI PHOXOCCPHAL US H01.9011.I 76 8

A204 - - CANCER SP.

A047 FAGURUS LONOICARPUG 4 4

A105 AMPHIPODA

- -A242 -AMPWIPODA JI)V. -- - 9 M003 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS 12 M031 CCRAGTODCRMA P INNUt.A f t tM 8 M306 CINGULA ACULEUS 112 M004 CRFPIDULA E0HNICATA 16 M032 HI ATELLA ARCTIC A 116 M010 LACUNA VINCTA 160 M117 PARGARITES HELICINUS 23e Mott Mt?Rn ! i t '.;t! A T A 34 M010 M'?!Lle g p,j(ig 74:4 l M040 DNr ttIDOP tC ASF F.H A 1 M006 omAL0nVR4 ATOMUS 1.

l M 54 t e s t I Na *e, n I t' 4 I

l M22 SA1TP0F0DA 4 l-M O P, MY 9 Al). NM I A 4 CHOR SOLITARY A3CIDACFA 4 coto (1+AmDGtA ElLCANS 4 CO2t TURDELLARIA 4 NFmH N8 mF475. A 16

'* 0 2 ^ wa'.f CLv?m? 18 5 . 16 C 31'1 LLUCOSEL:'9tA 0FF. 4 E004 A =5-w!P ML ! e 50U6=*TA te C014 AS T U,O ' "#.n Jt iv . 34 E006 OTRON0YLOCfMTROTUS DROEBACHIENS!$ 29 tolf CM4lvtomsg TW. 1 END Of DATA FOR SAMPLE

-1,.

' - ' ~

5-3

ll ll SPECIES DATA-POR SAMPLE RP4984 TOTAL CODE TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT

' - ..P321._ _ EULALIA SIL!NEATA .-. -- ~ . 4

, P008 EULALIA VIRIDIS 68 P32 MARMOTHOC EXTENUATA 24

-- 5002 HARMOTHOE IMf+AICATA- - -- -

84 -

P003 LEPIDONOTUS SOUAMATUS 92 P018 NAINERIS OUADRICUSPIDA 4 P014 - NEREIG.#ElAGI h -- --- -- -- - 4 F326 NICOLEA 20STERICOLA 852 P004 PHOLDE MINUTA 48 P004 FifYLLCDOCE MACULATA 8 P013 SABELLARIA VULOARIS 4 P380 ASABELLIDES SPP. 8 P024 POLYDOAA WESSTERI . . - . . 4 P331 D0DECACERIA SPP. 4 P192 FAPRICINAE SPP. 4 N F384 NERCIS EPP. JUV. . . . .-- - . 44 P009 ETEONE LONCA 4 A222 ACARIlJA 1856

-- . A01 C CALLIOPIWG 4. AKUISCULuf, .- - -- -404 6029 CANCER IRRORATUS g 12 A.'01 CAPRELLA LINEARIS 60 A024 CAFRELLA PENANTIS 212 Aall COROPHIUM ACUTUM 264 A012 COROPHIUM BONELLI 400

. A059 - .CORCPHIUM INCILIOSUM - 32 A230 COROFMIUM SPP. 24 Act? " - DCXAMINE THEA 372 A007 -. IDCIEA f5ALTHICA.. .. - -- ..- 88 A006 IDOTEA PHOSPHOREA 152 A015 ISCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES 112 A014.. . . - . JAS S A F ALCA T A .- -. - - - - - - .-- -4 4 4. -

A020 METOPELLA ANGUSTA 4 A017 PLEUSYMTFS OLABER 240 A010 ,

SONTOGENCIA INERMIS -- --

24 A126 PROPOLDIDES H01MCSI 16 A236 IDOTEA SFP. 4 A026- rVAL UG PUSIOf.US - -

24 A100 ' CANCER ROREALIS 8 A204 CANCER SP. 8 M001 ACMAEA TESTUDINALIS . 12 M020 ALVANIA ARE0 LATA 20 M036 ANOMIA SIMPLEX 4 9031 CERASTOCFFMA PINNULATUM 4

• 706 CINGULA AFULEU9 100 N004 ,CCEPIDULA FORNICATA 44 M019 . LI AF HAN A .MINUT A 8 M032 H!ATELLA ARCTICA 188 N010 ' LACUNA VINCTA 252

- - M317.. MAar,A4&TES HELICINilS g 112 M011 MITRELLA LUNATA 120 M 0.10 MYTILIC CDur10 13600 M024 NASSARIus TRIVITTATUS. 4

• 040 ONCHIDon!S A9FEPA 134 9026 GMALOGYRA *TOMUS 4 M322 GASTROF 0DA 12 ao05 CFEFIDULA FLANA 4 9 *s. * = ,

, a-?t.v .

gg

• FM6 , NEMERTEA de C0t4

• L L'urnt.0.! N I A 9Pr. ?co F020 HALICL YOTUt SPP. 29 cana ame w t r wns r e sou4ma?A (4

'A'4 A" TEE "!!.F 4 flV . It ISM 'Jfm !Dr i f t. '; Af;t }t.C a t A ,90 E006 *TRCN0YLOCENTROTUS DRCE!;ACHIENSIS r01! OPinus.c!DL' A Juv . 4 CND Of OATA FOR SAMPLF ll 5-4 g 4.-'

ll ll OPECIES DATA FOR SAMPLE RP5984 I

CODE TOTAL TAXONOMIC NAME COUNT

_ P321. . DOLECACEAI A.SP..JL._ . ... - . ._. J. .

P327 EULALIA SILINEATA 68 I

P000 EULALIA VIRIDIS

_ ptaa ,__.gagngtune everunara *0 na P002 HARMOTHOE IMBRICATA 12 P003 LEPIDCNOTUS SQUAMATUS

- -.P32A- 28 WICOL E A-ICILTEA&CALA_- 800 I

P004 PHOLDE MINUTA P006 92 PHYLLODOCF MACULATA 20 7380 ASA6ELLIBES SPP.-

P334 PECTINARIA ORANULATA .. .. . - . - - . . -20 8 ARCH ARCHIANNELIDA=POLYCORDIUS SP. A I PC25 . 4 POLYLCRA.... . ... .. . 4 F305 FECTINARIA SFP.

P194 8 NCRFIG SPP. JUV. le

- P 38 6 . ... FitTLLCDCCLfJt0ENLANDICJL_ ,

P009 .8 ETEONE LONGA I

4 A222 ACA7!NA

.AQGF _ _ AnPHITROE gUnntratA 896

_ . . . _ _ a A010 CALLIOPIUS LAEVISCULUS AO*9 468 CANCCR TRRORATUS 28 A201 I

CAFRELLA LINEARIS 96 A004 CAPRELLA PENANTIS A011 508 COROPHIUM ACUTUM 140

. - A012 A230

- . COROPHIllM BhWELLI - .

. 290 COROFH!UM SPP. 12 A013 I

DCXAMINC THEA 180

. A007 .IDOTEA.SALINICA.._

A00A

_.. _ .. _.136 IDOTEA PHUSPHORFA 164 A015 ISCHYROCERUS ANGUIPES 36

_ A01&_ .. .JASSA. FALCAT A *00 A017 PLEUSTMTE3 GLABER 116 I- A010 A026 AoSO PONTOGCNCIA INERMIS EUALUS FUSIOLUS. -

PH0x0CEPHALUS HOL90LLI 44 1*

12 A241 ARTHROPODA 4 I A100 CANCER BORFAL IS 12 -

A086 FACURUS ACADIANUS 4 A047 PAGliRUS LONCICAAPUS 4 A090 CIRRIPEDIA - .-.

M003

--- ACMAEA TESTilDINALIS 29

=020 ALVAN!A ARE0LAYA NO24 40

-I M031 M306 ANCMIA CIMPt.[X CERAST0 DERMA F INNUL ATUM 12 4

CINCULA ACUt FUS 14S M004 CF.EPIDULA FCFc !ATA M012 60 HIATELLA ARCTTCA 252

-I M010 M3L2.

M011 LACUNA VINCTA

..MARGARITEC HELICIWuG --

600 300 MITRELLA LUNATA 96 9030 MYf!LIC FDULIS I .N040 Mo?a No34 Mo.1*

CNCHIDORIS ASFERA OMALOGYRA ATomuS TELLINA AGILIS SPtsitt a 504 IDisntMA 7690 440 12 12 4

M 3 2.*

I G A S TF:GrCDA qf' ';f efe ' "i m i r. * ' f.fb A 20 4

CHOA SOLITARY Air IDAC E A e'H o 20 LCUC9'riCNIA OPS. 172 NEMM NrFEF.TE A P0 o 2?

I wAt (f l ye9'n es 6 Esna 12 i

• =8HfFwCLIS 50UAMATA 4 rH1 v.Tre0;nra JUV.

EOO6 '2

r. 0 t *, 9150NGvLOCENTROTUS LECEBACHIENSIS 44 Or n f or.o t hCA suV. 12 I

i FND Or I.ATA FOR SAMPLF 1

l ll 5-5

I

I

.I i

I I APPENDIX 6 i I

I I

l I

I I

I I

I I

W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W M W 1984 JAtJ FEB MAR APR MAY JUN _JUL AUG SEP OCT F40V DEC ,

PUMP A m m a m PUMPB mm e a

?

Appendix 6. Schedule of circulating pump operation during PflPS refueling outage of 1984.

Shaded bar represents cumulative portion of month pump was in operation.

I I

l I  !

I I

I INVESTIGATIONS OF ENTRAINMENT OF ICHTHYOPLANKTON AT PILGRIM NUCLEAR P0HER STATION I 1984 Prepared by:

Lewis N. Scotton' Senior Marine Fisheries '

Biologist I

Nuclear Management Services Department Boston Edison Company 800 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02199 April, 1985 I

I I

I I

I

I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

SUMMARY

1 I. INTRODUCTION 1 II. METHODS 2 III. RESULTS 9 A. Ichthyoplankton Entrained 9 l

B. Lobster Larvae Entrained 17 C. Contingency Sampling Plan Notification 18 IV. CONCLUSIONS & IMPACTS 20

, V. LITERATURE CITED 28 APPENDIX

• I

• Appendtx available upon request I

I I

I I

FIGURES I

Pjyle

1. Entrainment sampling station in PNPS discharge canal. 3

2. Contingency sampling locations 1:9 TABLES

1. Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) obtained in ichthyoplankton collections from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, 1984

2. Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) collected in the PNPS discharge canal from 1975 - 1984. 24 APPENDIX

• Fish egg and larval densities, per 100 m' of water, for each sample collected in the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal, January-June, 1983 A1

• Appendix available upon request.

I I

I I

I I

I

1984 ENTRAINMENT STUDY

SUMMARY

I Ichthyoplankton samples were collected from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal in triplicate, twice-monthly in January and February and October-December, and weekly March through September, 1984.

Eggs and/or larvae of 32 species of fish were obtained during the year 1984.

Eggs of the Atlantic cod only (Gadus morhua) were collected in January 1984.

Cod continued to be very abundant through April. In February through April, the most abundant eggs were those of the American plaice, Hippoglossoides platessoides, followed closely by the Atlantic cod. Through February and March, Winter flounder eggs (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) were second in abundance and fourth in April. Yellowtail flounder were third in abundance.

As in the 2 previous years, from early May through August the labrid eggs were most abundant, as were Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus) for May and June.

Mackerel had dropped off in abundance by July. Hake (Urophycis spp.) were also relatively abundant from August-November. Windowpane (Scophthalmus aquosus) were abundant in August-October as were Fourbeard rockling (Enchelyopus cimbrius) in September and October.

I Larval collections were dominated by pollock (Pollachius virens) and rock gun-nel (Pholis gunnellus) during January and rock gunnel alone during the months of February through April, followed closely by the grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus) through April. Winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) were prevalent during May and June. Sand lance (Ammcdytes sp.) ranked number 1 in abundance in May but fell off again in June. The seasnail I

(Liparis atlanticus) was the second most abundant larva in June. Several I

stage 2 larval rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) were collected in June.

Fourbeard rockling were most abundant in July and in the top 3 in abundance through October. In July, only 5 species were coller.ted. Cod were second in rank in July and then did not appear again until November and December, when they were dominant. The tautog (Tautoga onitis) was most abundant in August, followed closely by the cunner (Tautogolabrus adsoersus). The tautog was also well represented in September. Hake and silver hake (Merluccits bilinearis) dominated the September larvae catch. Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus harengus) were found only in November.

I In general the numbers of fish eggs and larvae collected during the entrain-ment sampling program in 1984 were lower than in previous years. This is at-tributed to the fact that Pilgrim Station was offline for refueling for the year, and for over half of the year, both circulating water pumps were not running. Therefore, at those times the flow was only about 5,000 gpm vs.

300,000 gpm when both circulating water pumps are running.

No larval lobster were collected.

I I

I I

I

I SECTION I INTRODUCTION l

l This report summarizes the results of ichthyoplankton sampling conducted at i the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) during 1984 by Marine Research, Inc.,

(MRI) for Boston Edison Company. MRI was also responsible for sample sorting and ichthyoplankton identification. Data analyses and report preparation were carried out by the Environmental and Radiological Health and Safety Group of Boston Edison Company's Nuclear Management Services Department.

I This report is pursuant to operational environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of NPDES Permit No. 0003557 (EPA) for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Sta-tion (PNPS), Unit I. The report describes organisms entrained at PNPS as determined by samples collected from the discharge canal.

Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station was off-line for refueling and repairs from January 1 - December 29, 1984, thus only being on line for 2 days during the entire. year. Samples were collected on the regular schedule during the entire time. However, due to the reduced volume of water since at least one Circu-

. lating Water System (CWS) Pump was off all the time, the sampling location was relocated to near the headwall of the discharge canal. From January through late March, one CHS pump was on-line, and af ter this through August 13, 1984, both CHS pumps were off-line. Sporatically after this one pump ran through the end of the year. There usually was an intake flow of approximately 5000 GPM from the Salt Service Water System (SSWS) pumps. Even at these times, the specified volume of sample was taken by sampling the discharge flow for ap-proximately 1/2 hour as opposed to the 10 minutes required by the normal sam-pling technique when both pumps are running.

I Methods are discussed in Section II and results in Section III.

SECTION TI I

METHODS The entrainment sampling plan for 1984 at the PNPS specified triplicate sam-pies to be collected twice monthly in January, February and October -

December, and weekly from March through September. During this report period due to the pumps being off-line, samples were collected on the east side of the discharge canal (Fig.-1) approximately 10 meters from the headwall at Icw tide during daylight. A 0.333-mm mesh, 60-cm diameter plankton net was streamed in the canal for approximately 30 minutes depending on the abundance of' plankton and detritus. In each case, a minimum of 100 m' of water was sampled. Exact filtration volumes were calculated with the aid of a digital flowmeter (General Oceanics Model 2030) mounted in the mouth of the net. (The normal sampling time is 6 to 15 minutes with full plant flow).

All samples were preserved in 107. formalin and returned to the laboratory for microscopic analysis. All fish eggs and larvae were identified to the lowest distinguishable taxonomic category and counted (these tasks were conducted by MRI). In most cases, species were identifiable. In certain case , however, eggs--particularly in the early stages of development--could noi. be identified at the species level in the preserved samples. In such cases, species were grouped. A brief description of each of these egg groupings is given below.

. Gadidae-Glyptocephalus group (Atlantic cod, Gadus morhua; haddock, Melanogrammus aeglefinus; pollock, Pollachius virens; and witch flounder, Glyptocephalus cynoglossus); egg diameters overlap, no oil globule present.

I I

I I i

l l

eg 1 CAPE COO BAY I. -

'Y$.,f:5.

.!di..

1 ' [ #p.,.

'%5%

. ,:q ,

-;T:

1 '.'=l, .

• ~

"id:

.[;.

- DISCHARGE CANAL

e. *

? v.

I BRIDGE

c 1n 7 O

O *sYo'O. 4,'

. ob-4 Nr a C

< B A Sig

. .gi?A.

• Og.o .

l HEADWAl.L -.:..

UNIT 1 INTAKE ' I +: igg.,

I e icHTHYOPLANKTON PNPS UNIT 1 b7j,i;b!!

STATION , ,

x STATION DURING REPE PERI @

F16 ure 1: Entrainment sampling station in PNPS discharge canal.

4 I

I - _ _

Stage III eggs (those containing embryos whose tails have grown free of I

the yolk; Ahlstrom and Counts, 1955) are separated based on relative size and pigmentation combinations. Haddock eggs are difficult to identify until shortly before hatching (late stage III). Because of this, some early stage III haddock eggs may have been identified as cod eggs. This error should be quite small judging from the relatively low numbers of late stage III haddock eggs and haddock larvae collected during recent years. The gadidae-Glyptocephalus grouping was not necessary in January and February because it is unlikely that witch flounder spawn during these months, and haddock spawning is not likely to occur in January. We assumed haddock eggs were absent in February. All eggs of the gadidae-Glyptocephalus type were therefore classified as either cod or pollock based on differing egg diameters.

. Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus group (fourbeard rockling, Enchelyopus cimbrius; hake, Urophycis spp.; and butterfish, Peprilus triancathus): egg ,

and oil globule diameters overlap. Stage III eggs are separated based on differences in embryonic pigmentation.

. Merluccius-Stenotomus-Cynoscion group (silver hake, Merluccius bilinearis; scup, Stenotomus chyrysops; and weakfish, Cynoscion regalis): egg and oil globule diameters overlap. Stage III eggs are separated into silver hake and scup-weakfish based on differences in embryonic pigmentation. Scup and weakfish eggs, which have rarely been taken, remain grouped throughout their development because differences in embryonic pigmentation are subtle and not clearly understood.

I I

I

I . Labridae-Limanda group (tautog, Tautoga onitis; cunner, Tautogolabrus L

adspersus; and yellowtail flounder, Limanda ferruginea): no oil globule I present, egg diameters overlap. Stage III eggs are separated into labri-dae and yellowtail flounder based on differences in embryonic pigmenta-I tion. A high percentage of the two species of labrid eggs are distin-guishable, but only with individual, time-consuming measurement (Marine t

Research, 1977a). Labrid eggs are therefore grouped in all three stages of development in the 1982 samples.

. Paralichtys-Scophthalmus group (fourspot flounder, Paralichthys oblongus, I' and windowpane, Scophthalmus aquosus): oil globule and egg diameters as well as pigmentation are quite similar. Separation of these two species, Ii even at stage III, remains uncertain. They are therefore grouped in all cases.

I Eggs of the bay anchovy (Anchoa mitchilli) and striped anchovy (Anchoa hepsetus) are easily distinguishable, but their larvae are not. Eggs of these fishes were therefore listed by species while the larvae are listed simply as I Anchoa spp.

8 Several other groups of eggs and larvae were not identified to the species level because adequate descriptions of each species are not available at this time. These groupings are as follows:

. Urophycis spp. - consists of the red hake (U. chuss), the spotted hake (U.

regius), and the white hake (U. tenuis). Most larvae (and eggs) in this

, genus collected at PNPS are probably the red hake (see summary in Hardy 1978).

I _ _ _ _ - _

m

. Menidia spp. - consists of the tidet:ater silverside (M. beryllina) and I

Atlantic silverside (M. menidia). Atlantic silverside larvae are probably more likely to occur as far north as Plymouth based on their more northern distribution.

1

. Ammodytes sp. - No species designation was given the sand lance because considerable taxonomic confusion exists in the literature (see for example Richards et al. 1963; Scott 1968, 1972; Winters 1970). Meyer et al.

(1979) examined adults collected on Stellwagen Bank and classified th~em as A. americanus (= A. hexacterus). This population is probably the source of larvae entrained at PNPS.

'I

. Prionotus spp. - consists of the northern searobin (P. carolinus) and the striped searobin (P. evolans).

. Liparis spp. - generally we are now separating Liparts spp. Most of these I

are L. atlanticus or L. coheni. They can also include striped seasnail (L. 11 parts). Most of those collected at PNPS are probably L. atlanticus based on an identification by K. W. Able (personal communication, July 1978).

Because of particular interest in rainbow smelt (Osmerusmerus mordax), cunner, and winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus), larvae of these species were classified into three or four arbitrary developmental stages. These stages and corresponding length ranges are given below.

I I

l lI Rainbow smelt t

Stage I - From hatching until the yolk sac is fully absorbed (5-7 mm TL).

i Stage II - From the end of stage I until dorsal fin rays become visible (6-12 mm TL).

l Stage III - From the end of stage II onward (11.5-20 mm TL).

l -

Cunner 1

Definitions of developmental stages are the same as for smelt larvae. Observed size ranges for each stage are: stage I,1.6-2.6 mm TL; stage II,1.8-6.0 mm TL; stage III, 6.5-14 mm TL.

8 Winter flounder l

I Stage I - From hatching until the yolk sac is fully absorbed (2.3-2.8 mm TL).

Stage II - From the end of stage I until a loop or coil forms in the gut

(

(2.6-4 mm TL).

Stage III - From the end of stage II until the left eye migrates past the midline of the head during transformation (3.5-8 mm TL).

Stage IV - From the end of stage III onward (7.3-8.2 mm TL).

I 1

I I I

r-In most cases, entire samples were examined for fish larvae and the less com-I mon types of fish eggs. Whten a particular species was especially abundant, aliquot subsamples were taken. Such subsamples contained 100 or more speci-mens of a given species or grouping. Unpublished studies by Marine Research have indicated that subsampling error can be maintained at a low level if the number of specimens in an aliquot increases as the fraction represented by the aliquot grows smaller, e.g., 100 larvae are sufficient in a one-half split, but 200 should be present in a one-quarter split.

I 1

I i

I i

l 3 1

I I

I

L SECTION III RESULTS H

A. Ichthyoplankton Entrained

( Population densities, per 100 m' of water, listed by date, station, and replicate for' all samples collected in 1984 are presented in the Appendix s

(available upon request). The occurrence of eggs and larvae of each species by month is summarized in Table 1. The species of fish eggs and larvae collected in the Pilgrim discharge canal from 1975 - 1984 is given

( in Table #2.

The ichthyoplankton collected may be summarized as follows:

January: Only eggs of the cod, Gadus morhua were collected in January

(

1984. These averaged 0.4 eggs per 100 cubic meters (m').

Three species of fishes were represented in the January larval j collections. Pollock (Pollachius virens) and rock gunnel (Pholls gunnellus) each composed 37% of the collections with a monthly mean density of 0.3 larvae per 100 m'. The other species represented was longhorn sculpin (Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus (27%).

.4 e

February: Ten spectos of fish were collected, three species as eggs and I

seven as larvae. Cod was the dominant egg with 72% of the catch, followed by plaice (Hippoglossoides platessoides) which had a mean density of 0.4 per 100 m' accounting for about 18% of the egg catch. Larval collections were dominated by rock gunnel and'sculpin with mean densities over the month of 10.3 and 8.8 per 100 m' of water, respectively. These two species accounted for 80.2% and 8.8%, respectively, of all larvae collected. Sand lance was third in larval abundance; no grubby were collected in 1984.

March: The species count rose to 17 during the month. Six species were represented by eggs. Plaice, cod, and winter flounder were the dominants. Plaice represented 57% of the egg catch, and cod eggs were identified as Gadus morhua, not merely as part of the gadid - Glyptocephalus grouping, and represented about 33% of the egg catch.

Thirteen species of fish were represented by larvae in March.

I This represented an increase of three over that of 1983. Rock gunnel accounted for 73% of the month's catch with a monthly mean density per 100 m' of water of 108.9. Sculpin larvae composed an additional 25.3% of the month's larval catch.

Liparis coheni represented the second species of seasnail found. Sandlance dropped off in numbers to represent less than 1 percent.

I I

I Other species represented included the wrymouth, (Cryotacan-thodes maculatus), radiated shanny (Uvaria subbifurcata), and winter flounder.

I April: Only nine species were taken during the month and six of these were represented by eggs. This represented a significant drop from 16 species in 1983. Yellowtail flounder (Limanda ferruginea) were third in abundance, preceded by cod and plaice eggs (most abundant). Hinter flounder and witch flounder (Glyptocephalus cynoglossus) composed most of the remainder of the eggs.

I Larvae representing only 5 species, versus 10 for April, 1983, were found. Rock gunnel were the most abundant, representing 44% of the catch, and grubby accounted for an additional 43%

of the catch. Tomcod was the third most abundant species.

Maximum weekly mean densities for the seasnail and grubby were 54.6 and 14.5 per 100 m', respectively. Sand lance were absent as opposed to 1983 when they were the most abundant.

May

Of the 15 species of fish collected in the May ichthyoplankton samples, 8 were represented by eggs. Mackerel eggs accounted for 30% of the egg total, becoming abundant in the second week of May through the end. The labrid-Limanda egg grouping was second in abundance, followed closely by the Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus group and fourbeard rockling. Over the month, weekly mean densities for the mackerel grouping ranged from 0 per 100m' on May 1 to 53.3 per 100m' on May 15.

,I Rockling eggs had a mean for the month of 8.3.

I Nine species of fish larvae were taken in the May samples.

Sand lance, winter flounder, seasnall, grubby and radiated shanny dominated the catch accounting for 93.37. of the total.

Weekly sand lance densities ranged from 0 to 78.9 per 100 m*. Sand lance was again dominant this year as it was in 1983. No mackerel or rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) larvae were found.

June: The species count reached 21 in June. Labrid eggs as usual dominated among the 13 species of eggs collected, assuming they dominated the labrid-Limanda group.* Combined with the grouped eggs they composed 947. of the June egg total with weekly mean densities averaging 1492 per 100 m' of water.

Atlantic mackerel, the Paralichthys - Scophthalmus, and Enchelyopus - Urophycis - Peprilus egg groupings accounted for

47. of the remaining eggs. Within these two groups fourspot flounder and butterfish were probably very uncommon, since none of these species were collected in June.

1 I

I i

• DuringthemonthofJune,yellowtailflounderstageIIIeggsaveraged1.7per These f.lgures are.quite low relative to the 100 m of water, respectively.

densities of stage III labrid eggs, and cunner and tautog larvae. Therefore the vast majority of labrid - Limanda eggs are assumed to be labrid eggs during June.

I July: Ten of the 12 species found in July were represented by eggs.

Labrid eggs clearly dominated amcng these as usual, as they did in June, accounting for 96.5% of the total (if yellowtail flounder eggs are considered to have been absent from the labrid-Limanda grouping; see footnote for June). Mean densi-ties for both labrid and labrid - Limanda eggs combined ranged from 125.9 to 871.2 per 100m' . Rockling and hake comprising the Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Peprilus egg groupings

.I were second in abundance and accounted for about 1.5% of the total. The mean egg abundance was much lower from that of June 1984, i.e., 1581 for June vs. 405 for July. The greatest total average for eggs, i.e., 2,421.5 was found on July 9 and the lowest numbers, i.e., 455.1 on July 24.

I Surprisingly, the number of larval species was only 5, as opposed to 16 species in July 1983 and 13 species in June 1984. Fourbeard Rockling were most abundant, and accounted for 66.3% of the month's larval catch with weekly mean densities ranging between 0 and 3.8 per 100m'. Coc were second in abundance comprising 16.2% of the catch. Pipefish, cunner and Atlantic mackerel comprised about 17.6% of the remaining larvae. The mean number of larvae collected in June was 11.3 versus only 1.3 for July 1984. The numbers collected in July may have been lower due to both Circulating Water Pumps being turned off and therefore, the only flow was from the Salt Service Water Pumps.

!I I

I August: Eight species were represented by eggs, the same number as in August 1983. Labrids retained their dominant position from July, and accounted for 93.67. of the eggs. This was followed by hakes, the Paralichtys-Scopthalmus and Enchelyopus-Urophycis-Feprilus groups. The weekly labrid mean density, per 100m' of water, for labrids ranged from 0.4 on August 21 to 3500 on August 1.

E The total number of species represented was 16, and the number of species represented by larvae was 13, up considerably from the number in July. Tautogs were dominant with 39.67- of the ,

month's larval catch, followed by cunner with only 15.57. of the catch. Rockling were third in abundance instead of firsc as they were last August. Weekly mean densities, per 100m' of water, ranged from 0 to 27.9 for the tautogs and 0 to 9.8 for the cunner. Other species in the top 5 of abundance were anchovies and hake. The mean number of larvae for the month increased from 1.3 in July to 11.1 in August (see Table 3).

Atlantic menhaden, Brevoortia tyrannus, were nct found.

Larvae that were collected for this ionth and not found in July or August 1983 included Black Sea Bass, goby, windowpane, and winter flounder. I September: Sixteen fish species were collected in September. Seven I

species were represented by eggs in this month's collections.

The Paralichtys-Scopthalmus group ranked first with 29.97. of the catch, followed by hake. Windowpane were probably the most important part of the P.S. group.

I Rockling and the Enchelyopus - Urophycis - Peprilus Group com-posed 35.6% of the catch. Weekly density ranges, per 100m' of water, were from ll to 86.7 for windowpane and for hake were 0-86.7. Rockling ranged from 0 to 75.6 per 100m'.

The remaining eggs were dominated by searobin. The raan num-bers of eggs, i.e., 105.9 was considerably higher than in September 1983.

I Larval collections contained 13 species. Hake composed 79% of the catch, followed by rockling at 7.6%. Anchovies and tautog were 4th and 5th in abundance. Hake weekly mean densities ranged from 1.0 to 34.8 per 100m' of water and rockling mean densities from 0 - 8.0 per 100m'. Tautog and anchovies accounted for most of the remaining catch. A small number of searobin and fourspot flounder were also found. The only larva found that was not also collected in September 1983 was the anchovy.

I October: The number of species represent'ed by eggs was five out of a total of seven species. The Enchelyopus-Urophycis - Peprilus group ranked first with 47.6% of the catch, with windowpane and rockling found at densities of 22.5% and 16.6% of the catch, respectively. Monthly mean densities, per 100m' of water, were 0.3 for the E-U-P group, 1.2 for windowpane and 0.6 for rockling. The goosefish, Lophius americanus, ranked fifth in abundance. The egg species col-lected that were not found in October 1983 were the goosefish, cod and windowpane.

y I

I Four. species of larvae tere found in the October collections.

Hake larvae accounted for 50.3% of the catch and northern pipefish were second in abundance with 30.7% of the catch.

They had monthly mean densities of 0.7 and 0.4 per 100m', I respectively. Anchovy and rockling larvae were also collected in abundance. Only anchovies and hake larvae were collected in this month without having been found in October 1983.

November: The Atlantic cod were the only eggs in this month's egg col-lections as was the case for the past two Novembers. The mean density of cod eggs per 100m' was 18.8. Cod eggs were col-lected on both sampling dates, and the mean was 3.1 larvae

/100m'.

I Two species of larvae were collected in November. Cod repre-sented 58.7% of the catch and herring (Clupea harengus) 41.2%.

I December: Only cod eggs were identified in the December egg collections as is the usual occurrence. The mean density of cod eggs was l

O.9 eggs per 100m.

Two species were found among the larvae. In contrast to the situation in December 1982 and 1983, neither sand lance nor herring were collected among the larvae. The grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus) comprised 53.5% of the catch and cod, 46.5%. Mean densities per 100m of water for grubby were 0.1 and for cod were 0.1 also.

I I

l B

L B. Lobster Larvae Entrained No lobster larvae were collected in 1984. This compares with past years as follows:

b 1984: none found

-1983: none found 1982: 1 larva - stage I 1981: 1 larva - 1 stage IV 1980: none found.

1979: 1 larva - 1 stage I on July 14.

1978: none found.

1977: 3 larvae - 1 stage I on June 10; 2 stage I on June 17.

1976: 2 larvae - 1 stage I on July 22; I stage IV-V on August 5.

1975: 1 larva - 1 stage I, date unknown.

1974: none found.

The lobster larvae collected in 1976 were obtained during a more intensive lobster larvae program which employed a 1 meter net, collecting relatively large sample volumes, in addition to the standard 60-cm plankton net (MRI 1977b). Both larvae taken in 1976 were collected in the meter net; none were found in the routine ichthyoplankton samples.

I C. Contingency Sampling Plan Notification Since the Cape Cod Bay ichthyoplankton surveys stopped in 1976, the en-trainment monitoring program has always included a special contingency I

l'l

I sampling plan (Fig. 2). This plan was designed to be implemented if the eggs or larvae of any species appear in unusually large numbers in the discharge canal when compared with previous years. For the 1984 entrain-ment program, as in 1981 - 1983, we attempted to quantify

" unusually large" by defining it as any mean density (per 100 m3 of water) which is 50% greater than the highest mean density recorded on or near that date over the past seven years (1976-1983) as presented in pre-vious entrainment reports.

BECo. was notified by MRI four times in 1984 of the occurrence of unusually large numbers. Two of these occurred in February, two in March and those were all for rock gunnel. Two extra sets of entrainment samples were required to be taken and by then the numbers had returned to acceptable ranges. No bay contingency program had to be carried out.

I I

l 1 I

l 5 E

I I

l 8

8 O C-13 DUX8URY O O C 11 C 12 ovaavar sar -

O c" * *

• O C ia C4 mh 5

O.?*

i

.l I

O ,' O C4 i~ C-7 l

"j"," n ' E 'trnl SCALE IN IMLt3 pw h vanouru ss e O

l- C4 i PLYMOUTH ' 00 l /&

i. -% _ ,. / ~.:; o db C-2 l (#N"""""

'x'7 - .o

. 5. C 1 lj s, x y>'

rx !1

./ \ -

>u E '

% j \\

Figure 2. Location of Entrainment Contingency Plan Sampling Stations, C.

I ,  ;

I SECTION IV CONCLUSIONS & IMPACTS Fish eggs and larval densities from the PNPS entrainment collections for 1984 fell within the level of variation observed during this period over the pre-vious seven years. The numbers entrained were not large enough to require the _

Cape Cod Bay contingency sampling program to be implemented.

The frequency of occurrence and levels of abundance of species represented by E

eggs and larvae in 1984 were very similar to previous years.

The numbers of fish eggs and larvae were not significantly different from those used in projections for Boston Edison's 316 a & b Environmental Docu-ments. Using similar numbers, these documents found no significant impacts to fish populations in Plymouth Harbor - Duxbury Bay or Plymouth Bight.

The numbers of fish eggs and larvae but not number of species collected during the entrainment sampling program in 1984 were lower than in previous years.

This is attributed to the fact that Pilgrim Station was offline for refueling and other purposes during nearly all of 1984, and for over half this time both circulating water pumps were not running. Thus the water flow available for entrainment sampling was approximately 5,000 gpm versus 300,000 gpm when both pumps are running.

I I

I I

-m.  !

m y  ; .

~.s 7.wgc, 9 3.::...;g. ,; . y. s; ;.y 7 ._

Table 1: Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) obtained in ichthyoplankton collections from the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station discharge canal for the year 1984.

Species Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Atlantic menhaden Brevoortia tyrannus E E/L L Atlantic herring Clupea harengus harengus L L L L Anchovy Anchoa spp. L L L Bay Anchovy Anchoa mitchilli Rainbow Smelt Osmerus mordax L Goosefish Lophius americanus E E L E Cusk Brosme brosme E Fourbeard rockling Enchelyopus cimbrius E E E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Atlantic cod Gadus morhua E E E E/L E/L E/L E/L . E E/L E/L Haddock Melancarammus aeglefinus Atlantic Tomcod Microgadus tomcod L L L Silver hake Merlucclus bilinearis E E E/L E/L Hakes Urophycis spp. E E E/L E/L E/L Silversides Menidia spp. L Northern pipefish Syngnathus fuscus J J J J J Black Sea Bass Centropristis striata L L Hrisses Labridae E E E E E Tautog Tautoga onitis L L Cunner Tautogolabrus adspersus L L L oJ = Juvenile

Table 1 (Continued).

Species Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Goby Gobiosoma ginsbural L Rad!ated Shanny Ulvaria subbifurcata L L L L Rock gunnel Pholls gunnellus L L L L L L

.Snakeblenny Lumpenus lumpretaeformis L Sai.d lance Ammodytes sp. L L L L Hrymouth Cryptacanthodes maculatus L Atlantic mackerel Scomber scombrus E E/L E/L Butterfish Peprilus triacanthus E L L Searobin Prionotus spp. E E E/L E/L Lumpfish Cyclopterus lumpus Grubby Hyoxocephalus aenaeus L L L L L LLonghorn sculpin Myoxoceplnalus octodecimspinosus L L Shorthorn sculpin Myoxocephalus scorpius L Seasnail Liparts coheni L L L Liparis atlanticus Smallmouth flounder Etropus microstomus

• Fourspot flounder Paralichthys oblongus L Hindowpane Scophthalmus aquosus E/L E/L E/L E/L E Hitch flounder Glyptocephalus cynoglossus E E E E E E M M M M M N N M M M M M M M M W M M M

1 4

z 8

O

$ a a

E _m W

W r ,

a s--

u a n a a

. 6 W W C

2 5 5 2 e 8 1 .

j i t ais s 2 : e s 83  % BE I

M5 $ 2$

E E $

l E a c E u "4 :C 24 2 8C C

l -

. z

% 2 "

, 3  :  ; C 3 a 3 5

Table 2: Species of fish eggs (E) and larvae (L) collected in the PNPS discharge canal from 1975-1984 Species 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 American eel Angullia rostrata J J J J J Alewife /blueback herring Alosa spp. L L J L Atlantic menhaden Brevoortia tyrannus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E.

Atlantic herring- Clupea harengus harengus L L L L L L L L L Anchovy Anchoa spp. L L L L E/L E/L L L Bay anchovy Anchoa mitchilli E E E E/L ltsinbow smelt Osmerus mordax L L L L L -

E/L L L i.oosefish Lophius americanus E/L E E/L E/L E/L L E/L E/L E/L E/L Cusk Brosme brosme E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E E E fourbeard rockling Enchelyopus cimbrius E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L' E/L Atlantic cod Gadus morhua E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Iladdock Melanogrammus aeglefinus L E/L E/L E/L L L Silver hake Herluccius bilinearls E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Atlantic tomcod Microgadus tomcod L L L L L L L Pollock Pollachlut virens E/L E/L E E/L E/L E/L L L rakes Urophycis spp. E/L E/L E/L E/L E E/L E/L E/L E/L E

• ~

J - Juvenile g g g M g W W W W W E E W M M E E E E

M M M M M .M M M ^M M M M M M M M' M M M Table 2: (Continued).

Species 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 Cusk-aels/Eelpouts Ophidildae-Zoarcidae L Atlantic needlefish Strengylura marina L L Killiftsh Fundulus spp. E E Mummichog Fundulus heterociitus E Striped killiftsh F. maialis J Silversides Menidia spp. L L L L E/L E/L E E/L L Atlantic silverside Menidia menidia E/L E/L E L Northern pipefish Syngnathus fuscus' J J J J J J J J J J Black sea bass Centropristis striata L L L L Heakfish Cynosc-lon regalls L Scup Stenotomus chrysops L L Northern kingfish Hentictrrhus saxatills L L Hrasses 'abridae

. E E E E E E E. E E E Tautog Tautoga onitis L L L L L L L L L L Cunner Tautogolabrus adspersus L L L L L L L L L L Snakeblenny Lumpenus lumpretaeformis L L L Radiated shanny Ulvaria subbifurcata L L L L L L L L L L

• J - Juvenile

Tobie 2: (Continued).

Species 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 Rock gunnel Pholls gunnellus L L L 'l L L L L L L Hrymouth Cryptacanthodes maculatus L L L L L L Sand lance Ammodytes sp. L L L L E/L L L L L L Seaboard goby Gobiosoma ginsburgi L L L Atlantic mackerel Scomber _scombrus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Butterfish Peprilus~triacanthus E/L E/L E/L E E E/L E/L L E/L E/L Prionotus spp. E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L hSearobins E E E E Sculpin My xocephalus spp. L L L L L L L L E/L L A111gatorfish Aspidophoroides monopterygius L L Lumpfish Cyclopterus lumpus L L L L E Seasnail Liparts atlanticus L L L L L L L L L L Liparts coheni L L Smallmouth flounder Ctropus microstomus L L Summer flounder Paralichthys dentatus E/L E/L Fourspot flounder P. oblongus E/L E/L L E/L E/L E/L E L Hindowpane Scophthalmus aquosus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Hitch flounder Glyptocephalus cynoglossus E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E mN M M W H H M M M M M M M M M' M M M i

W W .M M mW W W W W mW W W MmM M p Table 2: (Continued).

Species 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 American plalce Hippoglossoides platessoides E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L s Yellowtail flounder L1manda ferruginea E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E Hinter flounder Pseudopleuronectes americanus E/L E/L L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L E/L Hogchoker Trinectes maculatus E E E E Northern puffer Sphoeroides maculatus L Smooth Flounder Liopsetta putnami L E/L e

I V. LITERATURE CITED Ahlstrom, E.H. and R.C. Counts. 1955. Eggs and larvae of the Pacific hake Merlucclus productus. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Fish. Bull.

56(99): 295-329.

Hardy, J.D., Jr. 1978. Development of fishes of the mid-Atlantic Bight.

atlas of egg, larval and juvenile sttges. Vol. II Anguillidae through An I syngnathidae. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Biol. Serv. Progr., 458 pp.

Khan, N.Y. 1971. Comparative morphology and ecology of the pelagic larvae of nine cottidae (Pisces) on the northwest Atlantic and St. Lawrence drainage. Ph.D. thesis. Univ. Ottowa. 234 pp.

Lawton, R.P., E. Louloheras, P. Brady, and M. Borgatti. 1979. Progress report on smelt reproduction and spawning population structure in the Jones River run. In Boston Edison Company. 1979. Marine Ecology Studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual report 14.

Lawton, R.P. 1980. Final Report on smelt reproduction and spawning popu-lation structure in the Jones River, Massachusetts. I_n Boston Edison Company. 1980. Marine Ecology Studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station. Semi-annual Report 15.

Marine Research, Inc. 1977a. Entrainment investigations and Cape Cod Bay ichthyoplankton studies, March-August 1977. 31 pp. and 78 pp. Appendix.

. 1977b. Entrainment investigations and Cape Cod Bay ichthyo-plankton studies, July-September 1976. 69 pp. and 332 pp. Appendix.

. 1978. Investigations of entrainment of ichthyoplankton at the Pilgrim Station and Cape Cod Bay ichthyoplankton studies, g March-December 1977. Twelve-month summary for 1977 Cape Cod Bay 3 Ichthyoplankton Studies. 43 pp. and 180 pp. Appendix.

Meyer, T.L., R.A. Cooper, and R.W. Langton, 1979. Relative abundance, behavior, and food habits of the American sand lance, Ammodytes americanus, from the Gulf of Maine. Fish. Bull., U.S. 77: 243-253.

Richards, S.W., A. Perlmutter, and D.C. McAneny. 1963. A taxonomic study of the genus Ammodytes from the east coast of North America (Teleostei:

Ammodytes). Copeia 1963(2): 358-377.

Scott, J.S. 1968. Morphometrics, distribution, growth, and maturity of offshore sand lance (Ammodytes dubius) on the Nova Scotia banks. J. Fish Res. Board Can. 25: 1775-1785.

. 1972. Horphological and meristic variation in Northwest At-lantic sand lances (Ammodytes). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29: 1673-1678.

E I

8 U.S. Geological Survey. 1975. Water Resources Data for Massachusetts, Nets Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont. Part 1. Surface Water Records.

I Part 2. Water Quality Records. 429 pp.

. 1976 - 1981 Water Resources Data for Massachusetts and Rhode Island - Water Year 1975. Water data report MA-RI.

Winters, G.H. 1970. Meristics and Morphometrics of sand lance in the Newfoundland area. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 27: 2104-2108.

l .

I I

I I

I I

I I l E l 8

I

.I B

E b.

I

'8 IMPINGEMENT OF ORGANISMS AT PILGRIM NUCLEAR POWER STATION (January - December 1984)

I I

I Prepared by: don Robert D. Anderson Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist I

I 5

April 1985 LI Nuclear Management Services Department Boston Edison Company I

e m

-I ,

I I i 8 .

I I Herring r o uu11 Alewife

~

M!?nni?"

I s..,.

i 3

g g _

Most commonly l y sava,,is, impinged species l

I

I I

l5 i I.

I

.I

TABLE OF CONTENTS

'I

, Section Title Page I

4 1

SUMMARY

l i

2 INTRODUCTION 2 5 3 METHODS AND MATERIALS 5

8 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 7 4.1 Fishes 7 j 4.2 Invertebrates 19 j 4.3 Fish Survival 21 I

5 CONCLUSIONS 23 I .6 LITERATURE CITED 25 I

I I

I

3 ,,,

I

I LIST OF FIGURES I

Figure- Page 1 Location of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station 3 2 Cross-Section of Intake Structure of Pilgrim 4 Nuclear Power Station I

3 Trends of Intake Water Temperature, and Number 14 of Fish Captured by Month from Pilgrim Station Intake Screens for the Five Most Abundant Species Collected, January-December 1984 I

LIST OF PLATES I

I Plate i

1 The 300 foot long Pilgrim Station concrete screenwash sluiceway is molded from 18" corrJgated metal pipe, and meanders over breakwater rip rap. .

I 2 Fish survival testing is done at the end l

of the f utceway w(ere it discharges to ambient temperature intake waters.

iv

LIST OF TABLES 4

o

. Table' Page 1 . Monthly Impingement for All: Fishes Collected From 8

-Pilgrim Station Intake-Screens, January-December 1984-

[

2' ' Species,. Number, Total-Length (mm), Weight (gms) 9

-and Percentage for All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim'Statio'n Impingement-Sampling,. January-

{ December 1984

[

'3 . Annual Impingement Collections (1973-1984) for- 10

• h.~10 Most Abundant Fishes From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens Luring January-December 1984

'4 Approximate Number and Cause for 'ost Notable Fish h 12 Mortalities at Pilgrim Nuclear-Power Station,.1973-1984.

E 5 Impingement Rates per-Hour, Day and Year for All- 15 Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens During January-December 1984, Assuming 100% Operation of Pilgrim Unit 1 C

V e w . . ., . . ,

__._--__L___ _L- -

I Table Page I 6 Impingement Rates Per Hour, Day and Year For 16 All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens During 1973-1984, Assuming 1007. Operation ,

i of Pilgrim Unit 1 7 Monthly Means of Intake Temperatures (*F). Recorded 18 l l

During Impingement Collections at Pilgrim Nuclear i Power Station, 1976-1984 EIl l

Monthly Impingement for All Invertebrates Collected Il' 8 20 From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens, January-December 1984 I'

9 Survival Summary for the Fishes Collected During 22 Pilgrim Station Impingement Sampling, January-December 1984. Initial, One-Hour and Latent (56-Hoer) Survival l Numbers are Shown Under Static (8-Hour) and Continuous

( Wash Cycles I l I I

I I

I vi I

.. '_ _ ~ _ . _ _ __

i SECTION I

SUMMARY

ll Fish impingement rate averaged 0.13 fish / hour during the period January-

)

-December 1984, which is the lowest annual rate since Pilgrim Station commenced commercial operation in 1973. Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia) accounted for 16.2% of the fishes collected. Grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus), lumpfish i

, (Cyclopterus lumpus), and northern puffer (Sphoeroides maculatus) accounted for 11.0, 9.6 and 9.6%, respectively, of the fishes impinged. Peak impinge-ment months were October and December when the alewife and lumpfish, respec-tively, were most represented. Impingement survival for all fishes from static screen wash collections was approximately 40%, and from continuous screen washes-24%.

At full-load yearly (January-December) operation of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) the estimated impingement was 1,143 fishes (67 lbs.). The PNPS capacity factor was 0.0% from January-December 1984.

l The collection rate (no./hr.) for all invertebrates captured from January-December 1984 was 0.24. Common starfish ( Asterias forbesi) and horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus) accounted for 25.9 and 25.5%, respectively, of the in-vertebrates enumerated. Mixed species of algae collected on intake screens amounted to 1,120 pounds.

f i The relatively low fish and invertebrate impingement rates reflect the absence l, of any operating circulating water pumps from April-mid August, and only one of the two pumps in operation the rest of the time in 1984.

n )

I SECTION 2 ,

INTRODUCTION I

Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station (lat. 41'56' N, long. 70*34' W) is located on the northwestern shore of Cape Cod Bay (Figure 1) with a licensed capacity of 655 MWe. The unit has two circulating water pumps with a capacity of approxi-mately 345 cfs each and five service water pumps with a combined capacity of 23 cfs. Water is drawn under a skimmer wall, through vertical bar-racks spaced approximately 3 inches on center, and finally through vertical travel-ling water screens of 3/8 inch wire mesh (Figure 2). There are two travelling water screens for each circulating water pump.

This document is a report pursuant to operational environmental monitoring and reporting requirements of NPOES Permit No. 0003557 (EPA and Mass. DHPC) for Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, Unit I. The report describes impingement of i organisms and survival of fishes carried onto the vertical travelling water screens at Unit I. It presents analysis of the relationships between impinge-ment, environmental factors, and plant operational variables.

The report is based on data collected from screen wash samples from January-December 1984. Pilgrim Station was in an outage this entire period of time with only one circulating water pump operating since 1 January, and none in operation from 27 March-13 August. However, the five service water pumps were utilized in various configurations. Impingement data continued to be collected to determine the importance of water flow / velocity to this source of I environmental impact. Pilgrim Station returned to commercial operation on 29 December 1984.

I

m u

G --

... ..T.Q

, g l _

~ .

A E

.2 L .

1;..

3 b

3 c.

[

m l ..

{

=

3 4 .s

$ .(  ;

b L o

%,j:: g/r. '

o.

.a t c

5 .e 3

( 3 11 -

.s .

.g .e

( . kiz l'8

a. . ..

o 8 if I

I I

I I

I I

I SLUICl e 4Y fnnouGM Statt t em = 28 m I I ,t, l w' M

~-

g.  ;--. -,

e %' ;,., '

.5lf :,'! I ;Li L-; 'd H:- ' 9% L 3 J , , i asw0vasta n a p'Mj  :

samaACas

$707 LOC Gut 0E

.n f

E 6

E-

/

y i. l.  :  :

,,- x, -

,- , ,0  : .

._ __ .. ... ti v, t t, v rj_ -_ ._ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

<===,

e s

Fr$M Est APf 0Pf eints

• g g g  ;.3,

.g gg '

-31" g= sluica s Att r .  ?

/ s0TT0u0rsamuin At6 s

sa oB Openins 44004A C 44TantaAftAFLOW 8

• D p G OTTOM SIL L V -

,'-C;; , '

-:- ,n st ,

. .-ry ?y,v.yy:y; y;.., ,

. p,;.cp.;<:*7,y:. .

4 I

Figure 2: Cross-section of intake structure of Pilgrim Nuclear Power g Station. 3 I

I I

I

_ 4-

)o SECTION 3 i

METH005 AND MATERIALS Three screen ' washings each week were performed from January-December 1984 to provide data for evaluating the magnitude of marine biota impingement. The total weekly collection time was 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (three separate 8-hour periods:

morning, afternoon and night). Two collections predominantly represented dark period sampling and one represented light period sampling. At the beginning of each collection period, all four travelling screens were washed. Eight hours later, the screens were again washed (minimum of 30 minutes each) and

( all organisms collected. When screens were being washed continuously, one I

hour collections were made at the end of the regular sampling periods, and l they represented two light periods and one dark period on a weekly basis.

1 Water nozzles directed at the screens washed impinged organtsms and debris into a sluiceway that flowed into a trap. The original trap was made of gal-l vanized screen (3/8-inch mesh) attached to a removable steel frame and col-lected impinged biota shortly af ter being washed off the screens. A second trap was designed and used for sampling, in conjunction with sluiceway surviv-al studies, consisting of a section of half 18" corrugated metal pipe with 3/16-inch nylon, delta mesh netting attached. Impinged biota sampled by this trap were collected at the end of a 300' sluiceway where initial, one-hour and latent (56-hour) fish survival were determined for static (8-hour) and contin-uous screenwash cycles. Plates 1 and 2 provide views of the beginning and end of this sluiceway structure which was constructed in 1979.

t 1

l

_.. . .~. . - - . . ._

1

.3 i

i s

.- ' } % .,: .

.X

',1 i .d u.  :

./2 [ ~ jr

c3.~29&Tj??p YUUii i gg%

mgay,.e g,qrg;; yg -

lg K. . -

g w ~, ;, ~'

ad;_ .

..

• l

{ggp 1

!g i iE ;i? k i Y il

_ ,, c

}

3 I ..'

-2E ics

4jg -

,:r- .i 3 l Plate 1. The 300 foot long Pilgrim Station, concrete screenwash sluiceway is molded from 18" corrugated metal pipe, and meanders over breakwater rip rap.

.I I

I  !,

E g  :

.f ~

87 8 k i.

f,t.-

ry '1 : .

' ;ff (

P t .' .

~

I .

J l

Plate 2. Fish survival testing is done at the end of the sluiceway where it I discharges to ambient temperature intake waters.

I

B Variables recorded for organisms were total numbers, and individual total lengths (mm) and weights (gms) for up to 20 specimens of each species. A ran-dom sample of 20 fish or invertebrates was taken whenever the total number for l

a species exceeded 20; if the total collection for a species was less than 20, all were measured and weighed. Field work was conducted by Marine Research, Inc.

Intake seawater temperature, power level output, tidal stage, number of cir-culating water pumps in operation, time of day and date were recorded at time of collections. The collection rate (#/ hour) w&s calculated as number of or-ganisms impinged per collecting period divided by the total number of hours in that collecting period. All common and scientific names in this report iollow the American Fisheries Society (1980) and Smith (1964).

I I

I I

I I

I I

I I .

I SECTION 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION I 4.1 Fishes I

In 1,042 collection hob s, 136 fishes of twenty-five species (Table 1) were collected from Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station intake screens during January-December 1984. The collection rate was 0.13 fish / hour. This annual impinge-ment rate is the lowest recorded to date. The monthly rates from April-August are among the lowest documented, reflecting the inoperability of the two main circulating water pumps during these months. Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia) was the most abundant species accounting for 16.2% of all fishes col-lected (Table 2). Grubby (Myoxocephalus aenaeus), lumpfish (Cyclopterus lumpus) and northern puffer (Sphoeroides maculatus) accounted for 11.0, 9.6 and 9.6% of the total number of fishes collected and identified to lowest taxon.

Atlantic silverside occurred predominantly in monthly samples in February.

Hourly collection rates for Atlantic silversides ranged from 0 to 0.15.

Silversides impinged in February accounted for 50.0% of all this species cap-tured in impingement collections from January-December 1984. Atlantic silver-sides averaged 97 mm total length and 5 grams in weight. Silverside impinge-ment Indicated no relationship to tidal stage or diel factors. It is not unusual fer silversides to dominate the impingement catch in late winter as happened in 1984 (February), but a review of historical data shows them more likely to be caught in relatively high numbers during March / April. They have been one of the major impinged species collected on an annual basis from 1973-1984 (Table 3).

l .,-

Tcble 1. Monthly Impingement For All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens, January - December 1984 Species Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Totals

' Atlantic silverside 2 11 1 2 3 1 1 1 22 grubby 3 2 1 1- 1 2 5 15 lumpfish 1 1 11 13 north:rn puffer 13 13 aleulfe 1 10 1 12 Atlantic tomcod 3 1 2 1 1 4 12 windowpane 1 4 3 8 cunnar 2 4 6 blu:back herring 1 1 1 2 5 rainbow smelt 1 4 5 winter flounder 1 3 1 5 Atlantic menhaden 2 2 (butterfish 1 1 2 f little skate 2 2 northern searobin 1 1 2 pollock 1 1 2 tautog 2 2 Atlantic moonfish 1 1 northern pipe 71sh 1 1 rock gunnel 1 1 snailfish sp. I 1 striped searobin 1 1 threespine stickleback 1 1 white hake 1 1 thite perch 1 1 TOTALS 5 13 8 4 6 1 5 1 18 30 8 37 136 Collection Time (hrs.) 24 72 75 104 104 68 70 91 120 97 77 140 1,042 Collection Rate (#/hr.) 0.21 0.18 0.12 0.04 0.06 0.01 0.07 0.01 0.15 0.31 0.10 0.26 0.13 m W W W W W W W W W W W W W M M M M

a i

i I-I~

i Table 2. Species, Number, Total Length (mm), Height (gms) and Percentage For All j g Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Impingement Sampling, l 3 January-December 1984 Length Mean Height Mean Percent of j Species Number Range Length Range Weight Total Fish

$ Atlantic silverside 22 40-145 97 1-16 5 16.2 l 5 grubby 15 45-125 86 1-31 14 11.0 lumpfish 13 37-85 55 2-24 7 9.6 I northern puffer alewife Atlantic tomcod 13 12 12 118-262 63-128 60-164 95 117 165 8-68 2-42 10-110 26 16 43 9.6 8.8 8.8 windowpane 8 42-96 69 l-9 4 5.9 l cunner 6 45-92 67 1-11 6 4.4 blueback herring 5 92-187 130 7-44 21 3.7 rainbow smelt 5 66-185 106 2-43 19 3.7 winter flounder 5 54-79 65 2-5 3 3.7 Atlantic menhaden 2 80-88 84 7-9 8 1.5

butterfish 2 30-65 47 1-5 3 1.5 E little skate 2 470-525 498 680-908 794 1.5

.3 northern searobin 2 122-272 197 17-232 125 1.5 pollock 2 150-156 153 34-40 37 1.5 m tautog 63-79 6-8 l 2 71 7 1.5 g Atlantic moonfish 1 49 49 2 2 0.7 northern pipefish 1 166 166 2 2 0.7 rock gunnel 1 93 93 3 3 0.7

sna11 fish sp. 1 72 72 4 4 0.7

! striped searobin 1 66 66 6 6 0.7 i threespine stickleback 1 40 40 1 1 0.7 l

I white hake white perch 1

1 77 95 77 95 3

10 3

10 0.7 0.7 8

B B

B

Table 3. Annual Impingement Collections (1973-1984) For the 10 Most Abundant Fishes From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens During January - December 1984 Number of Impinged Fishes C0llected From January - December Species 1973 1974' 1975 1976 19772 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984' Totals Atlantic silverside 515 4 107 114 473 722 1,173 14 5,466 133 97 22 8,840 grubby 24+ 1+ 41 104 51 14 9 24 13 38 15 334 lumpfish 77 5 13 1 4 4 12 9 13 138 northern puffer 1 3 48 3 2 15 79 20 9 13 193 alewife 596* 253* 28* 2,061 15 131 28 8 11 25 8 12 3,176

) Atlantic tomcod 1 63 157 31 30 4 5 i4 17 12 334 24** 13 29 4 46 7 8 9 11 8 159

[fwindowpane cunner 99 10 28 285 154 61 22 116 55 63 16 6 915 l blueback herring 596* 253* 28* 23 19 64 20 5 15 24 59 5 1,111 rainbow smelt 291 34 6 103 273 3,019 87 95 13 60 57 5 4,043 Totals 2,224 555 200 2,756 1,237 4,087 1,426 277 5,676 373 321 111 19,243 Collection Time (hrs) 2,096.0 1,464.0 1,336.0 2,022.0 1,515.0 1,442.0 494.25 603.75 E,4.5 687.0 763 1,042 13,276.5 Collection Rate I

(#/hr) 1.06 0.38 0.15 1.36 0.82 2.83 2.89 0.46 9.88 0.54 0.42 0.11 1.45

• H:rrings (clupelds) identified as a general category in 1973 - 1975 were split among alevife, blueback herring and Atlantic menhaden.

• • Flounders identified as a general category in 1973 were split among windowpane, winter flounder and fourspot flounder.

+5culpins identified as a general category in 1973 and 1974 were split among longhorn sculpin and grubby.

'No collections were made from March - July 1974.

"No collections were made in September 1977.

'No CHS pumps were in operation 29 March - August 1984.

m m m m m e M M M mm W W m M M M m M

I In 1983, silversides showed imoingement peaks in March and December and over four times as many specimens collected in fewer collecting hours than in 1984. The two circulating water pumps operating in 1983, compared to one or none in 1984, may have accounted for this difference although natural environ-mental factors may also be implicated.

I There were no large impingement mortalities (100+ specimens) at Pilgrim Sta-tion in 1984 (Table 4). All large fish impingement mortalities have occurred while both circulating water pumps were operating. Ten large fish incidents have been documented since operation commenced and most (6) have involved im-pingement as the causative agent. However, at least in two of these the pos-sibility of pathological influence has been implicated as indirectly con-tributing to the mortalities. They were the Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus harengus) (tubular necrosis) and rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax) (piscine erythocytic necrosis) impingerrent incidents in 1976 and 1978, respectively.

I Grubby were impinged most in December. They are characteristically impinged in greatest numbers during the early Spring period and rank in the top ten fishes in numbers collected at Pilgrim Station.

I Lumpfish dominated the impingement catch in December (11 specimens).

Historically lumpfish impingement at Pilgrim Station has been relatively low but seasonal during the winter months.

I Northern puffer occurred predominantly in September, as is typical for this species. It is unusual for puffers to be a dominant in the impingement catch on an annual basis.

I I

I I

I Table 4. Approximate Number and Cause for Most Notable Fish Mortalities at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1973-1983 Species Number Cause I

Date April 9-19, 1973 Atlantic Menhaden 43,000 Gas Bubble Disease August / September, 1973 Clupeids 1,600 Impingement April 2-15, 1975 Atlantic Menhaden 5,000 Gas Bubble Disease August 2, 1975 Atlantic Menhaden 3,000 Thermal Stress August 5, 1976 Alewife 1,900 Impingement November 23-28, 1976 Atlantic Herring 10,200 Impingement August 21-25, 1978 Clupelds 2,300 Thermal Stress December 11-29, 1978 Rainbow Smelt 6,200 Impingement March / April, 1979 Atlantic Silverside 1,100 Impingement September 23-24, 1981 Atlantic Silverside 6,048 Impingement I

I I

I I

I

[

l

. Alewife dominated October- impingement collections but are generally most represented during the - summer months. This species has been impinged in large

({

numbers and is ;in the top five fishes impinged, numerically. Monthly impinge-h' ment rates for the five' dominant species are' illustrated in Figure 3.

(- The reduced water pumping capacity in 1984 apparently affected impingement  ;

seasonality, particularly during the April-mid . August period when no circu-lating water pumps were operating. Fish impingement rate at Pilgrim Station I h has been shown to'be significantly related to the number of circulating pumps operating (Lawton, Anderson et al,1984). The significance of this relation-ship is supported by the fact that total fish impingement and rate of fish impingement were at least 3 times lower in 1984 than in 1983, despite a

[.

greater. number of collecting hours in 1984.

t.

Projected fish impingement rates were calculated assuming 100% operation of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station during the period January-December 1984. Table 5 presents hourly, daily and yearly impingeraent rates for each species cap-tured (rates are rounded to significant figures). For all fishes combined the f respective rates are 0.13, 3.13, and 1,143. The yearly rate of 1,143 fishes impinged i s . 5.3% of the year (1973-1984) mean annual projection of 21,535

[ . fishes (Table 6). This is the lowest yearly fish impingement rate during the operating life of Pilgrim Station It may be attributed to lowered circulat-

.ing water pump-operation and/or population variances of the dominant species.

b 1

I

I' H1NOW/HStj H1NOW/Hsid H1NOW/Hsid

d. dW31 H1NOW/HSid H1NOW/Hsid

• e a S S S E o e o S e 4 e -4 e

g M

s s I I y O E E

i w

i w

I E

a e

i i

> 8

l. 8 I

I i

!2 j 2 k 5 f5 E

a 1 ig 3

!" }

s

$ 0 D j i i ..

w m

i i <I.i 3

52 k

s -

i 3 $

2 1 3

l _

5.

i _E

!  % o l

Ie x 2

3 N d N 5 2 i .$

E i i

e m

! > $ Ub 5

• Z $

Q '

5 5 5 =$ 5 h 42 a2 2 2 oz (NZ Br e 4 e 4 0 e 4 g e o e o o l

g g O H1NOW/HSIA HINOW/H$ld H1NOW/HStj H1NOW/HSid H1NOW/HStA

d. dW11 I

I Table 5. Impingement Rates Per Hour, Day and Year For All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens During January - December 1984, Assuming 1007. Operation of Pilgrim Unit 1*

Dominant Species Rate /Hr. Rate / Day Rate / January- Season December 1984** Of Occurrence Atlantic silverside 0.02 0.51 185 February grubby 0.01 0.35 126 December lumpfish 0.01 0.30 109 December northern puffer 0.01 0.30 109 September alewife 0.01 0.28 101 October I Atlantic tomcod windowpane cunner 0.01 0.008 0.006 0.28 0.18 0.14 101 67 50 December & January October October I blueback herring rainbow smelt winter flounder 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.12 0.12 0.12 42 42 42 December December March Atlantic menhaden 0.002 0.05 17 December butterfish 0.002 0.05 17 November & December little skate 0.002 0.05 17 October northern searobin 0.002 0.05 17 October & November I polleck tautog Atlantic moonfish 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.05 0.05 0.02 17 17 8

August & September December October I northern pipefish rock gunnel snailfish sp.

0.001 0.001 0.001 0.02 0.02 0.02 8

8 8

October October March striped searobin 0.001 0.02 I November 8

threespine stickleback 0.001 0.02 8 April white hake 0.001 0.02 8 October white perch 0.001 0.02 8 December Totals 0.13 3.13 1,143 I

• Rates have been rounded to significant figures.

• • No CHS pumps were in operation 29 March - 13 August 1984.

I i I

r -

I I

I Table 6. Impingement Rates Per Hour, Day and Year For All Fishes Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens During 1973-1984, Assuming 1007.

Operation of Pilgrim Unit 1*.

I Dominant Species E Year Rate /Hr. Rate / Day Rate / Year (Rate / Year) g 1973 1.41 33.89 12,371 Clupeids**

(7,473) 1974 0.58 13.85 5,056 Clupelds**

(4,542) 1975 0.19 4.54 1,659 Atlantic silverside 3 (702) E 1976 6.67 160.17 58,461 Atlantic herring (45,065) 1977 1.06 25.44 9,286 Atlantic silverside (2,735) 1978 4.04 97.03 35,416 rainbow smelt (29,357) 1979 3.24 77.69 28,280 Atlantic silverside (20,733) 1980 0.66 15.78 5,769 cunner (1,683) 1981 10.02 240.42 87,752 Atlantic silverside (83,346) g 1982 0.93 22.39 8,173 Atlantic silverside 3 (1,696) 1983 0.57 13.65 4,983 Atlantic silverside (1,114) 1984 0.13 3.13 1,143 Atlantic silverside (185)

Means 2.46 59.00 21,535 I

Rates have been rounded to significant figures.

Herrings (clupeids) identified as a general category in 1973 and 1974 consisted of a13 wife, blueback herring and Atlantic menhaden.

I I

I Over the 12-year period (1973-1984) it has been operating, Pilgrim Station has had a mean annual impingement rate of 2.46 fishes /hr. ranging from 0.13 (1984) to 10.02 (1981) (Table 6). Anderson et al. (1975) documented higher annual impingements at seven other northeast power plants in the early 1970's. Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company (1978) at their Nuclear Generating Station had a mean impingement rate of approximately 58 fishes /hr. from late 1972 - late I 1977. Stupka and Sharma (1977) showed annual impingement rates at numerous power plant locations for dominant species and compared to these, rates at Pilgrim Station are lower than at most other sites. However, in terms of the number of fish species impinged, Pilgrim Station displays a far greater variety than other power plants ~ in the Gulf of Maine area (Bridges and Anderson, 1984).

I Monthly intake water temperatures recorded during impingement collections at Pilgrim Station were generally similar in 1984 (except July and August) to the comparable mean monthly temperatures for the interval 1976-1984 (Table 7).

The July and August water temperatures greatly exceeded any previous highs for these months. Reduced pump-generated intake currents may have accounted for these extremes.

In general, 1976/1982/1983 displayed relatively warm water temperatures, 1977/1978/1981/1984 were average years, and 1979/1980 were cold water years.

Pilgrim station intake temperatures approximate ambient water temperature. A fairly even distribution of both cold water species (e.g., grubby, lumpfish and Atlantic tomcod) and warm water species (e.g., northern puffer, alewife and cunner) was impinged. The extremes of high water temperatures recorded in i

July and August did not result in excessive warm water fish impingement be-cause of no circulating pumps operating during most of this time period.

.}7_

Table 7. Monthly Means of Intake Temperature (*F) Recorded During Imping: ment Collections at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station, 1976-1984 Year Month (2) 1984 1983 1982 1981 1980 1979 1978 1977 1976 1976-1984 January 33.55 38.88

• 31.95

• 36.75 34.47 31.85

• 34.58 February 36.08 37.05

• 32.68

• 30.36 32.88 30.86

• 33.32 March 37.62 40.25 39.04

• 35.51 34.98 36.36 42.59 38.05 Aprl)

• 43.14 43.60 37.60 41.77 39.92 40.67 42.88 49.02 42.32 May 47.26 49.73 45.99 48.18 49.56 47.22 50.75 52.58 48.91

' June

• 57.54 55.10 52.74 49.49 54.39 50.04 54.21 52.13 53.20 5

. July 67.00 59.44 55.98 61.01 52.78 55.56 56.03 56.98 58.51 58.14 August 64.62 61.46 60.23 63.68 58.02 56.73 60.48

• 61.62 60.85 September 60.91 61.06 59.04 63.70 55.89 53.75 58.59 -*

58.94 58.98 October 55.88 55.38 55.60

• 54.64 51.94 52.80

• 54.21 54.35 November 45.71 49.64 50.36

• 46.33 48.75 49.22 47.33 45.38 47.84 December 42.30 41.43 44.55

• 39.34 40.86 40.41 39.78 38.18 40.87 Hean 47.62 Temperatures were incompletely recorded during PNPS outages in these months.

g M M M M M M M M M M M M M M

I 4.2 Invertebrates I

In 1,042 collection hours, 251 invertebrates of 10 species (Table 8) were col-lected from Pilgrim Scation intake screens from January-December 1984. The annual collection rate was 0.24 invertebrates / hour. Like the fishes, this was the lowest invertebrate impingement rate ever documented at Pilgrim Station and is indicative of the low circulating water pump capacity available in 1984. Two invertebrates, the common starfish (Asterias forbesi) and the horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphemus) accounted for 25.9 and 25.57., respective-ly, of the total number counted. An unusual occurrence was the collection of no or very few blue mussels (Mytilus edults) from 1982-1984 which have domin-ated previous impingement samples.

I The greatest collections of horseshoe crabs were in August and September.

They appear typically in highest numbers from May-July as this is their spawn-ing season. The hourly collection rates of horseshoe crabs during this period in 1983 were the highest recorded since 24-hour weekly impingement sampling commenced in 1979, and may have reflected a natural population explosion of the species. The low pumping capacity in 1984 appears to have greatly reduced the impingement of this species.

Starfish were impinged mostly in September, but have rarely dominated the invertebrate catch on an annual basis.

No specimens of the commerically important American lobster (Homarus americanus) were captured in 1984. This is unusual as some lobsters are typically impinged on an annual basis.

I I

, t

Table 8. Monthly Impingement for All Invertebrates Collected From Pilgrim Station Intake Screens, January - December 1984 Species Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Totals common starfish 1 1 3 1 4 3 1 28 6 10 7 65 horseshoe crab 23 39 2 64 gre:n crab i 1 3 2 5 15 6 2 3 38 sand shrimp 19 17 36 rock crab 3 1 4 6 8 3 25 3 green sea urchin 1 3 2 1 7 p longfin squid 7 7 1cdy crab 3 1 1 5 blue mussel 2 2 round worm sp. 2 2 TOTALS 2 20 24 1 7 6 3 33 101 25 18 11 251 Collection Time (hrs.) 24 72 75 104 104 68 70 91 120 97 77 140 1,042 Collection Rt(#/hr.) 0.08 0.28 0.32 0.01 0.07 0.09 0.04 0.36 0.84 0.26 0.23 0.08 0.24 M M M M M M '

M M M M M M M M M M

I Approximately 1,120 pounds of mixed algae spec.ies were collected during impingement sampling for a rate of 1.07 pounds /hr. As expected, this rate is low when compared with years of normal circulating pump availability.

4.3 Fish Survival I Fish survival data collected while impingement monitoring was conducted are shown in Table 9. Static screen wash collections provided the greatest num-bers of fishes and revealed survival rates around 40% at various time inter-vals. Surprisingly, fishes collectcd during continuous screen washes did not fare so well, showing survival rates near 24%. Typically fishes have a higher survival rate during continuous screen washes but the reduced intake currents in 1984, associated with limited circulating water pump operation, may have resulted in higher static wash survival due to less stress on impinged indiv-iduals.

I Among the six numerically dominant species impinged in 1984, grubby, lumpfish, northern puffer and Atlantic tomcod demonstrated survival rates approximating 50% overall. Atlantic silverside was in the 25% survival category, and out of 12 alewife sampled none survived. There was not much difference between ini-tial and long-term survival results, with most fish surviving the first shock of entrapment also surviving a 56-hour latent mortality holding period.

I I

I

Tablo 9. Survival Summary for the Fish 2s Collectcd During Pilgria Station Impingement Sampling, January-December 1984. Initial On:>-Hour and Lat:nt (56-Hour) Survival Numbers Are Shown Und:r Static (8-Hour) and Continuous Wash Cycles.

Number Collected Number Surviving Static Cont. Initial 1-Hour 56-Hour Total Length (mm)

Species Washes Washes Static Cont. Static Cont. Static Cont. Mean Range Attentic silverside 20 2 6 0 5 0 3 0 97 40-145 grubby 14 1 8 0 7 0 6* 0 86 45-125 lumpfish 10 3 5 2 4 2 3 2 55 37-85 northern puffer 13 0 8 0 8 0 8 0 95 63-128

.ileelfe 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117 60-164 Atlantic tomcod 10 2 7 0 6 0 6 0 165 118-262 windowpane 8 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 69 42-96 cunner 4 2 3 1 3 1 3 1 67 45-92 u blueback herring 5 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 130 92-187 rainbow smelt 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 106 66-185 uinter flounder 3 2 3 0 3 0 3 0 65 54-79 Aticntic menhaden 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 84 80-88 butterfish 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 47 30-65 little skate 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 498 470-525 northern searobin 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 197 122-272 pollock 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 153 150-156 tautog 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 71 63-79 Atlantic moonfish 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 49 49 northern pipefish 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 166 166 rock gunnel 0 1 9 1 0 1 0 1 93 93 sna11 fish sp. 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 72 72 striped searobin 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 66 66 threespine stickleback 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 40 40 thite hake 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 77 77 thite_ perch 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 95 95 All Species:

Number 119 17 51 4 46 4 42 4 il Surviving) (42.9) (23.5) (38.7) (23.5) (35.3) (23.5)

• i cissing M M M M M M M E3 M M M M M M M M

l I

SECTION 5 CONCLUSIONS I 1. The average Pilgrim I collection rate for the period January-December 1984 was 0.13 fish / hour. The impingement rates for both fish and invertebrates were the Icwest recorded to date because of one or both main circulating I water pumps being down during 1984.

I 2. At full-load (conservative assumption) yaarly operation the estimated max-imum January-Ce' ember 1984 impingement rate was 1,143 fishes (67 lbs.).

This projected annual fish impingement rate is the lowest in the 12-year operating history of Pilgrim Station.

I 3. Twenty-fi re species of fish were recorded in 1,042 impingement collection hou.'s . In 1983 more than three times' the number of fishes were sampled as compared to 1984, despite more collection hours in 1984. This illustrates the importance that the number of circulating pumps operating has on the quantity of impinged organisms.-

4. The major species collected and their relative percentages of the total collections were Atlantic silverside, 16.27.; grubby, 11.0%; lumpfish, 9.6%; and northern puffer, 9.67..

I 5. The peak in impingement collecticns occurred in February for Atlantic silverisde. Atlantic silverside hourly impingement rate varied from 0 to 0.15.

I I I

l I

6. Monthly intake water temperatures, which reflect ambient water tempera-tures, were similar for 1984 (except July and August) to the twelve-year monthly averages for the period 1976-1984. Reduced intake pump generated currents may have been responsible for the July and August extremes, which were the highest mean water temperatures recorded over this period.

7. The hourly collection rate for invertebrates was 0.24. Common starfish and horseshoe crab were 25.9 and 25.5% of the enumerated catch. Only 2 l blue mussels and no American lobsters were collected.

I

8. Mean hourly collection rates of horseshoe crabs for May-July 1983 were the highest recorded to date, and this pattern may have continued but low pumping capacity resulted in no horseshoe crabs being sampled during the May-July 1984 period.

9. Impinged fish survival was approximately 40% during static screen washes and 24% during continuous washes for pooled species. Generally, fish I would be expected to survive continuous washes better, but reduced pump l generated intake currents may have accounted for this reversal in survival results.

I l

I l I l

l

[

3 SECTION 6 LITERATURE CITED I Americal Fisheries Society. 1980. A list of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes From the United States and Canada. Spec. Pub. No. 12: 174 pp.

I Anderson, C.O. , Jr. , D. J. Brown, B. A. Ketschke, E. M. Elliott and P. L. Rule.

1975. The Effects of the Addition of a Fourth Generating Unit at the Salem Harbor Electric Generating Station on the Marine Ecosystem of Salem Harbor. Mass. Div. Mar. Fish., Boston 47 pp.

I Bridges, W. L. and R. O. Anderson. 1984. A brief survey of Pilgrim Nuc har Power Plant effects upon the marine aquatic environment, p. 263-271.

I_n : J. O. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp.

l Springer-Verlag. (Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol.

II).

I Lawten, R. P., R. D. Anderson, P. Brady, C. Sheehan, W. Sides, E. Koulokeras, M. Borgatti, and V. Malkoski. 1984b. Fishes of western inshore Cape Cod Bay: studies in the vicinity of the Rocky Point shoreline, p. 191-230.

Ln: J. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology l and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp.

Springer-Verlag. (Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol.

II).

I ft Maine Yankee Atomic Power Company. 1978. Impingement Studies. I_n Final Report, Environmental Surveillance and Studies at the Maine Yankee Nuclear Generating Station (1969-1977). Section3: 40 pp.

Smith, R. I. (Ed.). 1964. Keyes to Marine Invertebrates of the Woods Hole Regica. Marine Biolog' cal Laboratory. Woods Hole, Massachusetts Stupka, R. C. and R. K. Sharma. 1977. Survey of Fish Impingement at Power Plants in the United States Vol. III. Estuaries and Coastal Waters.

Argonne National Lab. 310 pp.

I E

F I'

I i

l I

g I

l f

I E

SUMMARY

REPORT:

FISH SPOTTING OVERFLIGHTS IN WESTERN CAPE C00 BAY I IN 1984 E

I Prepared by:

Robert D. Anderson Senior Marine Fisheries Biologist

, t Lewts N. Scotton g Senior Marine Fisheries g Biologist i

I April 1985 i Nuclear Management Services Department Bosten Edison Company I

8 I

p I

SUMMARY

REPORT:

FISH SPOTTING OVERFLIGHTS IN 1 WESTERN CAPE C00 BAY IN 1984 Fish spotting overflights were made north, south and in the vicinity of Pil-grim Nuclear Power Station (PNPS) during 1984. Five main groupings of fish were noted by the overflight pilot who was trained to spot fish for commercial fishing operations. The five groupings are: 1) herring, consisting primarily of Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus harengus), alewife (Alosa pseudoharengus) and/or blueback herring (Alosa aestivalis); 2) Atlantic menhaden (Brevoortia tyrannus); 3) pollock (Pollachius virens); 4) Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scom-brus); and 5) baltfish, consisting primarily of any species too small to iden-tify but most likely being composed of Atlantic silverside (Menidia menidia),

rainbow smelt (Osmerus mordax), sand lance (Ammodytes spp.) or the juveniles of other species.

Figure i shows the general area covered by the PNPS fish overflight program, although reports of fish concentrations are received from further north, or i south also. Plates I and 2 show an overflight airplane and a typical fish school as it appears when viewed from the airplane.

1 This summary report is meant for general information purposes only, as it is not possible to quantify with reasonable accuracy the data from this quallta-tive a program. Nevertheless, this program is very valuable and useful in being responsive to NPOES Permit requirements, documenting barrier net effec-tiveness by confirming large quantitles of fishes in the Pilgrim area, and alerting BECo. and regulatory personnel of the potential for a discharge-re-I lated fish mortality. The year 1984 was unusual in that Pilgrim was offline for the entire period except for 2 days. Thus there was no heated effluent 1

1 4

Figure 1. FISH SURVEILLANCE OVERFLIGHTS (Critical Area)

A i g .

\ h fMASS.7 N

s

• 3 '

\M PH-DB

\ SCALE IN MILES L

g g%

A Plymouth M \

• g PV g Piirim \

g cape cod sey

- \

\ l CHP_ N '

N

. N .

.- \

. ' . . .~l ,

'f .. CCC \ ,

co'cd,

~ ~

PH-DB Plymouth Harbor-Duxbury Bay PB Plymouth Bay PV Pilgrim Vicinity DIP Center Hill Point CCC Cape Cod Canal Note: Critical surveillance area is west of the

-F Barnstable Harbor dashed line in the vicinity of the specific locations noted. Generic observations should also be made in the course of the plane's flight to and from the critical area.

M M M h M M MM MM M M 'M MM MM M M

I a ,- ~ r, .

-~~,--~-

. -- ~- er - .

- -- ~-. ~ ,

II m .

O' E

T

• r (- . . .

~

.I- .

-u : .....c,.. -

. :.. ..:- g.yl-g -- . .\

H , ,.

L I.,Oh h . .:l - ' []

I. ,

. . _' " '_, [: . '

-i 'jft,,gif$" } e ,if .f. ' "b ' ~ - " 1M.

s

.' ,[ [ ', . .y{.

h [ [ [. - ? ' ' . .

1 W

g Plate 1. The airplane used for fish spotting overflights in the Pilgrim Station area is typical of the ones used in com.nercial fishing operations.

g,- ,_

, u---rngw 7 ,-,;.

p; .r r

Y <c

,A t

g. -

• 'M $

% e s 1 4 ~, #W

~  :,

, . , . . .l r:' . .c '.

- n J

{

3 x

a ., t J

44 p}y y '

7. , . ,. t- o . t- ,

.3

'id ,i i \p 4 m , ,

A_.uus s_.a.4 & m. ;.4. a~ U . ci.u ~.;_ a.i

( .

Plate 2. A fish school appears as a dark shadow from the airplane, and it takes

{' an experienced pilot to distinguish its composition from submerged objects.

s

E available. However, BECo followed the normal program of fish ' spotting as well as notification of regulatory agencies if menhaden schools were seen within a half-mile of Pilgrim Station.

1 Table 1 summarizes location, approximate poundage and seasonal information for the five groupings of fishes defined above. Below are some interpretive com-ments based on general trends illustrated by fish observation data for the five predominant fish groups in 1984:

I 1. Herring - This is a mixed species category but probably consists mostly of Atlantic herring. These fish were in the Cape Cod Bay area primarily frcm Fall through early-Spring, most frequently north of PNPS. The alewife and blueback herring are more prevalent in the Spring and Summer. The large numbers of herring observed on 27 March north of PNPS (650,000 pounds), 7 May in the vicinity of PNPS (250,000 pounds), 6 September (3 million pounds) and 3 October (1 million pounds) north of Pilgrim most probably represented these species. From late July - early October nearly weekly occurrences of bluebacks were spotted, mostly north of Cape Cod Bay. The majority of pounds of herring observed by fish overflights represents Atlantic herring as borne out by commercial catch statistics. On 27 March 50,000 pounds of Atlantic herring were seen one mile east of PNPS.

From February - April Atlantic berring schools averaging about 200,000 pounds were seen north of Cape Cod Bay. No fish morta11 ties occurred, although in November 1976 over 10,000 Atlantic herring were killed by Impingement on PNPS traveling screens.

8

~

l d

a . . .

4 S S I

R 9 E a1

= + -

• 5

8 8 2

a9 9 9a S8

• 3 a

0 =

=

8 0

8 9

- ~ -

q g e

4 d8 g a g =' B g 9 9 9 li edg 93

=

, 9 92 E

n;

• v q

• m "E 8 a 2 2aa =

%e

• 9 9 9 9 J 9 I c-Se g

o

• 4 e

a o

R q$ a

• g j

$5 "

d W 5 15 e t

=

=

, a e I 80 d2 - 3 n

4 S

3 2d 3 =

8% 2  : I su 19

.c . . o, Q o 8# g . 9 a a E es n a 2

0  ;

e

. a Lg a 5

35 d:  :

: i d: E

=

. 9 e e 9 2g g.

c 3 *S93-S

~

a 2

- m

~

'C *

~

yt as a

n M $

=

9 0 a m

. E' a # * *

• 5 5- - - - n

!s 1  !

I: = z i s e = .

13 e9 *

] 9 ld 9 =; I 28 d A e a i n 2 n  !

2* m 9 8 -

l  ! 1 9 l E a  : I I i , -

u g

)o d

=

g a f o

a a

w

~

a a C

~

; I w

b -

. M.

t. R.

asut W o O

? * *

?  ? $ R m n, W E-R 8

i m

0

~

2 m

d & ~

f j

v c - c c g i ?

a]a:

g g -

g - c  :

-. Z xa -g ::: :i 2 x, t

0 8 ,, t 2

! E o W e: 3 - s t t  : cw .

- 1e t <

a d s - - e s f - o - s t a ,' a

,E 2 a1 i E E &5i E E S i E E 822 n i

0 3 b t a e  : t e 3!

~

c ,

$5 2 r Eb  ;

SE 3

~b a .

f$

=

1

2. Atlantic Menhaden - This species is of concern at Pilgrim because of l

past gas bubble disease mortalities in the discharge canal and ther-mal plume. As can be seen from Table 1, menhaden occur over the en-l tire Cape Cod Bay region in the millions of pounds from Spring through Fall. Overf11ght pilots are particularly adept at identi-l fying this species as commercial ventures depend heavily on accurate l

observations for success. The first menhaden north of Cape Cod in 1984 were observed on 16 May. On 8 and 12 June about 220,000 pounds l

of menhaden were observed in the vicinity of Pilgrim. The EPA and Mass DNPC/DMF were alerted for the 8 June observations. On 23 July, l

875,000 pounds of menhaden were spotted 1/2 mile east of the PNPS l discharge vicinity. The above agencies were again notified. On 31 October 1984, 17,250 pounds of menhaden were spotted 3/4 mile north l of Pilgrim. From June - August there were approximately 50 million pounds of menhaden seen just north of Cape Cod Bay. The last men-haden observed in 1984 was a 5,000 pound school in Plymouth Bay during November.

1

3. Pollock - The pollock observed in 1984 were seen from January - May.

They were not as prolific as the herring and Atlantic menhaden, and no serious incidents have occurred involving them at PNPS although they have been seen schooling wlthin the intake embayment near the traveling screens. On 25 January 100,000 pounds were seen north of Cape Cod Bay and 15,000 pounds inside the intake breakwaters. Other pollock schools were seen north and south of Pilgrim throughout the colder months. Pollock, while at times schooling in the intake, have never been impinged on the PNPS Intake screens in proportion to their abundance.

1

4. Atlantic Mackerel - These fish support a valuable commercial fishery and are reported most frequently south of PNPS. In 1984, there were no observations made of Atlantic mackerel schools.

They usually occur in relatively large numbers usually during the Summer - early Fall months, and no notable incidents involving them have occurred at Pilgrim Station. They are an offshore species for the most part but have been observed in previous years schooling in the-PNPS intake embayment.

I

5. B_altfish - This category is a catchall and may include large numbers of small unidentified fish. Approximately 600,000 pounds of sand lance were seen in the Pilgrim vicinity on 22 August. From November until the end of the year the same concentration of baitfish (or feed) was seen in Plymouth bay on weekly overflight spottings.

Baltfish could represent the offspring of fishes in the above cate-I gories as well as Atlantic silversides, rainbow smelt and sand lance. Some of these species are significant in impingement collec-tions at PNPS.

I

6. Other - There were several other spottings made in 1984 which fall outside the above categories. Included were 50,000 pounds of jelly-fish off the Cape Cod Canal on 23 July.

E I

I E

I I

SPORT FISHING SURVEY AT PILGRIM STATION SHORETRONT I

I I By gy Robert P. Lawton, Christine Sheehan, Vincent Malkoski, Mando Borgatti, Steven Correia, Phillips Brady, and Margaret Malkoski I

E February 28, 1985 Massachusetts Department of Fisheries Wildlife and Recreational Vehicles

,I Division of Marine Fisheries 100 Cambridge Street Boston, Massachusetts 02202 I

I

~

I I

I

I I

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page I

1

SUMMARY

1 2 INTRODUCTION 1 3 METHODS 2 j 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4 Angler Contacts 4 l Species Catch 6 Catch Rates 9

{

Angling Characteristics 9 l Species Preference 10 Harvest Rates 11 Dominant Species 12 Anglers 15 Economic Benefit 15 5 CONCLUSIONS l 16 6 LITERATURE CITED 18

' ^""" "

i l

I 1 5

1 B

11 B

I I

LIST OF TABLES Table Page 1 Estimated total angler trips, fishing effort, 5

'I catch, and mean catch rate (pooled species) at the Pilgrim Shorefront, by month, fishing seasons 1973-1975, and 1983.

2 Estimated monthly sportfish catch by species at 7 the Pilgrim Shorefront, fishing seasons 1973-1975, and 1983.

3 Summary of creel survey data by species with 8 estimated catch and percentage of total catch (in parentheses) at the Pilgrim Shorefront, fishing I seasons 1973-1975, and 1983.

I I

I I

4 I

I I

g m l5 1 s

I I

LIST OF PLATES Plate Page 1 Aerial view of Pilgrim Shorefront; pictured 3 in the foreground from left to right: intake breakwater, two effluent canal jettles, and parking area.

2 Angler displays bluefish caught by red-and-reel 13 at Pilgrim Station's Shorefront Area; intake embayment and power plant are in the background.

I E

I I

I I

I I

I I

iv I

I s _ -- -

I SECTION 1

SUMMARY

A creel survey conducted in 1983 ascertained fishing activity, catch ststistics, and valuation of the recreational fishery at Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station's Shorefront. An estimated 5,541 angler visits were made and 4,929 fishes caught for a mean catch rate of 0.45 fish per angler-hour. Cunner l8 (Teutogolabrus adspersus) 54%, bluefish (Pomatomus'saltatrix) 24%, winter flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) 9%, pollock (Pollachius'virens) 5%,

end striped bass (Morone saxatilis) 3% accounted for 95% of the total cate.h.

Anglers expended an estimated total of $31,000, fi,shing at Pilgrim Shorefront from May-October 1983. .

Sportfishing activity increased through the spring and early su=mer, peaked in August, and declined in autumn. Highest monthly catch rate for all species pooled occurred in July at 0.54 fish / hour, concomitant with the largest monthly catch of cunner (1,149) for the entire survey. Fishing success varied seasonally for preferred species, with harvest rates highest in the spring for striped bass, in summer for winter flounder, and in the fall for bluefish. With the plant operating, the outfall area at Pilgrim Station has been documented to be an attractive feeding ground for sportfishes.

I SECTION 2 INTRODUCTION Pilgrim Station Shorefront is a supervised recreational area providing the puhlic,since April 1973,with shore-based marine sportfishing opportunities in Cape Cod Bay at Rocky Point. Accessibility, diversity of sportfish, ECOnic view, and convenient parking for automobiles have popularised this site in a locale that otherwise has limited shore fishing access (Lawton et al. 1984h).

8 1

E From April-November, the Shorefront is open to the public during daylight hours, and recreational fishing is allowed on the premises.

A creel survey was conducted. in 1983 to assess the present status of the sport fishery, including aspects of its economic value. Preliminary findings (Lawton et al.1984a) were compared with those from a similar survey conducted at the site from 1973-1975 (Lawton et al. 1984b). Recognizing the many demands on the area, Boston Edison Company, as an integral part of their planned recreational development, has helped create a sport fishery at the Shorefront site utilizing the heated waste-water discharge to the benefit of salt water fishermen (Lawton 1979).

I SECTION 3 METHODS An on-site intercept creel survey was conducted May-October, 1983 at Pilgrim Shorefront. This study was a follow-up to one conducted from 1973-1975. Because of funding constraints, data were not collected in April and November. Only shore anglers were interviewed by the creel agent at an access point, in that limited manpower precluded interviewing boat fishermen near the power plant.

Data accuracy was improved by directly surveying anglers during and/or immediately after they fished rather than relying totally on their recall (i.e., creel clerk identified species and obtained numbers, lengths, and weights). Complete and incomplete fishing-trip interviews generated catch statistics. Shore fishing was conducted from the two discharge canal jetties, the outer intake breakwater, and off the sandy beach at the head of the intake embayment (Plate 1). We employed a modified stratified two-stage sampling procedure, consisting of angler contacts made during four randomly selected half-day sampling units (A.M.

and P.M. time periods) during weekdays, half-day and/or all-day coverage on weekends, and all day on holidays. (See Appendix for sample creel interview form.)

2 l

!s 1

4 5l l

i i

i i

H' i _

13

'3

, p '

.. fps ~~ -%  ;

--- - mg% A

,b eit. [:. . a ,, g Qt--@ "- -jnq, y l.1 y,y ., ~a m & p p. ~._ -

l A'"N ' ~ ~

! .g:*:ye; f l

' ' WL. -. ;a: c e , * : . -

.(

. t- =

!l l b >

l t

k M. < .

- ~

'~

e_

, py . .

/'  %' .. ~ .),:

~

w4fc y ..

I i

k ,

n , ..

1 i

{

Plate 1. Aerial view of Pilgrim Station Shorefront; pictured in the foreground from left to right: intake breakwater, two effluent canal jetties, and parking area.

I 1

I

'l 3

8

. , . - . - _ g

.E Sp'ar fast s ~r I

I

I I

I M/ .

8 -

l

'I B  !

I I

I I

I /y 3 s

I

I The principal objectives of our recreational fishery survey were to des-cribe and evaluate the sport fishery at the Shorefront, specifically estimating the traditional fishery descriptors of effort (angler-hours) and yield (return to fishermen) - including catch information and economic benefits. Information collected from fishermen included number of fanglers per party, location and type of fishing, hours fished, species sought, number of each species caught, end trip expenditures. Fish length and weight measurements were generally obtained for those species retained by fishermen (harvest). Estimates of the total number of fishing trips, effort expended, catch, catch by species, and catch rates were calculated by extrapolating from respective data to account for times the creel clerk was not at the Shorefront. To handle the large data base end for comprehensive data reduction and analyses, we utilized a microcomputer.

SECTION 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Angler Contacts Although we collected no creel data in April and November, watchmen at the Shorefront kept records of catch and reported that fishing activity and harvest were relatively light both months. During the survey (May-October 1983),

we sampled a total of 135 days interviewing 1,620 individual anglers, of which 59% were contacted from July-August. Thirty-eight percent of the anglers inter-viewed had previously fished at Pilgrim Shorefront in 1982. We obtained a total of 2,457 interviews; for, as expected, some fishermen (mostly local residents) made return trips to fish at the shorefront.

There were an estimated 5,541 angler visits to the area and 10,837 angler-hours of fishing effort expended (. Table 1), for a mean duration of 1.96 I

8 I

i I

I Table 1 . Esti=ated total angler trips, fishing effort, catch, and mean catch rate (pooled species) at the Pilgris Shore- l front,by month, fishing seasons, 1973-1975, and 1983. l I  !

l Number of Pooled E Month fishing trips Effort (hours) catch Catch rate (fish /hr) 1973**

1927 3925 706 0.18 I Ju.Ly August 1266 2811 126 0.04 September 1032 2353 593 0.25 Octcher 1495 3159 754 0.24 November 181 203 2 0.01 I 12451 2181 0.17*

Total 5901 1974 I Apr:1 May 596 882 1297 1714 291 197 0.22 0.11 June 1265 2671 366 0.14 July 2137 4146 323 0.08 5 August Septem:er 2913 1562 5555 3195 1283 1233 0.23 0.39 October 703 1146 432 0.38 November 77 82 4 0.05 Total 10135 19906 4129 0.21*

1975 Apra. 185 325 7 0.02 May 673 1261 193 0.15 June 1096 1958 742 0.38 July 1467 2522 1155 0.4a Auras 363 1697 545 0.32 I Sep ec.:er 141 100 957 127 337 u3 0.35 0.34 Oct:bar Nore.:er 59 101 0 0.00 5 7:tal 3084 9048 3022 0.33*

19934*

May 434 74k 172 0.23 0.40 I Jc:a July 543 1543 1313 2914 520 1573 0.54 Act st 1621 3269 1528 0.47 Septe ber 802 1545 634 0.41 0.48 5 Oct ter 498 1052 502 0.458 Total 55i+1 10837 4929 8

• Averages figured from totals.

• • Abbreviated census period.

I 3- ,

5 5

I hours per trip. For the four years the recreational fishery has been surveyed, the average fishing trip was almost two hours. Overall angling pressure in 1983 was greater than in 1975 but less than in 1973 and 1974 The trend within cach year was for fishing effort to increase throughout the spring and early cummer, peak in July or August, and generally decline in the fall.

Species Catch At least 14 finfish species were caught in the recreational fishery off Pilgrim Station in 1983 (Table 2), while 15 speciet, were angled there from 1973-1975 (Lawton et al. 1984b). Five species: cunner, Tautogolabrus adspersus, (54.1%); bluefish, Pomatomus saltatrix, (23.7%); winter flounder, Pseudopleuro-nectes americanus, (8.8%); pollock, Pollachius virens, (4.6%); and striped bass, Morone saxatilis, (3.5%); comprised 94.7% of the recorded catch (Table 3).

Cunner, bluefish, and pollock ranked one to three, respectively, in the recrea-tional catch at Pilgrim Shorefront from 1973-1975 (Lawton et al. 1984b).

Sportfish catches were lowest in May, with only eight species landed (Table 2).

Of these, striped bass (30.2% of the catch), longhorn sculpin, Mvoxocephalus octodecemspinosus (22.7%), winter flounder (19.2%), and pollock (9.3%) were numerically dcminant. Ten species were creeled in June, with the number of fish caught tripling that in May; cunner (71.0%) and striped bass (19.4%)

comprised the majority of the catch. Monthly landings were highest in July and August, with each comprising-about 31% of the seasonal total. Twelve species were caught in July and 10 in August. Cunner (73.0%), pollock (9.0%), and i

! winter flounder (7.3%) led all catches in the former month, while cunner (53.8%),

bluefish (20.4%), and winter flounder (17.3%) prevailed in the latter. Anglers' success declined markedly in September when catch was more than halved,and l

only six species recorded. The majority'of the catch consisted of bluefish (49.1%)

I E

I

Table 2. -Estimated monthly sportfish catch by species at the Pilgris Shorefront, fishing seasons, 1973-1975, and 1983.

i-3 .3 3e I m e i Ee

~

53 4 %k k1 8 i t L C 22 2 -

%a Ag Ae .S t E8 0 1 E I ". 8 F5 -2 3 d

m xa sa se a e a s2 a .s : s. e 19738**

TuIy 11 39 46 35 461 23 82 5 4 - 0 706 Aug. O ~5 5 2 41 8 0 3 62 - 0 126 Sept. 0 0 0 0 11 14 0 127 441 - 0 593 Oct. 2 15 0 0 75 24 0 511 127 - 0 754 Nov. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 - 0 2 Total 13 59 51 37 588 69 82 648 634 - 0 2181 1974 April 0 17 0 60 208 0 0 0 0 - 6 291 May 0 24 2 70 90 2 9 0 0 - 4 197 June 2 15 0 70 95 2 178 0 0 - 2 366 ,

July 0 6 0 26 25 12 240 4 8 - 0 323 I Aug. 0 1 0 6 8 4 157 3 1104 -

0 1253 Sept. 4 0 0 0 4 4 466 0 755 -

0 1233

/ Oct. 1 72 0 0 10 4 244 32 69 - 0 432

( Nov.

Total 0

7 139 4 0 2 232 0

440 0 0 28 1294 0 0 39 1936 0 -

0 4 12* 4129 4 1975

! Apr'1. 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

0 7 5 May 3 34 0 23 25 5 78 21 0 -

4 193

. June 0 35 0 30 122 6 542 2 5 - 0 742 g July o 10 42 45 24 12 989 3 15 -

15 1155 t Aug. 0 0 is 17 11 0 310 0 189 - 0 545 Sept. 0 0 0 0 4 5 129 6 194 - 0 337 Oct. 0 0 0 0 0 3 40 0 0 -

0 +

'3 Nov. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

0 0 f *otsi 3 86 60 115 186 31 2087 35 400 -

19* 3022 6

1992***

May 0 10 0 33 16 0 6 52 0 39 16 172

? June 0 0 8 8 11 8 369 101 3 6 6 520

[ July 0 11 31 115 142 22 1149 Aug. 0 4 73 0 26 1573 5 41 264 55 5 82: 5 312 0 19 1529 Sept. 0 0 0 13 4 4 300 0 311 2 0 634 H Oct. 0 2 0 2 0 0 19 9 470 0 0 502

. Total 0 28 80 435 223 39 2665 171 1169 47 67**u929 Includes ocean pout American eel, scup, longhorn sculpin, skate spp., and northern searobin.

b Includes yellowtail flounder, northern searobin, skate spp., hake spp., and American eel.

• • • Abbreviated survey period.

7 1

l l..

r' I

Table 3. Summary of creel survey data by species with estimated catch and g percentage of total catch (in parentheses) at the Pilgrim Shore- g front, fishing seasons, 1973-1975, and 1983.

I Number of fish by species (percentage of total catch)

July - November April - November May - October Species 1973 1974 1975 1983 l

m cunner 82 (3.8) 1294 (31.3) 2087 (69.1) 2665 (54.1) bluefish 634 (29.1) 1936 (46.9) 400 (13.2) 1169 (23.7) pollock 588 (27.0) 440 (10.7) 186 (6.2) 228 (4.6) I striped bass 648 (29.7) 39 (0.9) 35 (1.2) 171 (3.5) winter flounder 37 (1.7) 232 (5.6) 115 (3.8) 435 (8.8)

Atlantic cod 59 (2.7) 139 (3.4) 86 (2.8) 28 (0.6) tautog 69 (3.2) 28 (0.7) 31 (1.0) 39 (0.8)

Atlantic mackerel 51 (2.3) 2 (trace) 60 (2.0) 80 (1.6) longhorn sculpin (trace) (trace) (trace) 47 (1.0)

Other 13 (0.6)^ 19 (0.5)* 22 (0.7)A 67 (1.3)61-Total number 2181 4129 3022 4929

! I: Includes Atlantic tomcod, skate spp., scup, ocean pout, American eel, longhorn sculpin, and northern searobin.

• • Includes northern searobin, skate spp., yellowtail flounder, hake spp.,

and American eel.

l l

I I

e 8

I and cunner (47.3%). In October, there was a further decline in number of fish end species caught; the catch was almost singularly comprised of bluefish (93.6%).

Catch Rates Total sportfish catch (number of fish for pooled species) and monthly citch rates in 1983 exceeded past statistics from the '70's (Table 1). The fishing season's mean catch rate of 0.45 fish per angling-hour was 50% greater

.I than the overall average for 1973-1975, which was 0.22. The highest monthly rate in 1983 occurred in July (Table 1), coincident with the largest monthly take of cunner for the survey. This is analogous to the finding for 1975 (Table 2). Catch rates have also been relatively high each year in September cnd October, when landings of bluefish have predominated.

At Pilgrim Shorefront, seasonal rates, ranging from 0.17 (1973) to 0.45 (1983), are low in relation to other Massachusetts' coastal areas inventoried.

Fit:: patrick and Russell (1961) reported a mean catch rate of 0.7 fish per hour cs the statewide average for shore-based marine anglers in Massachusetts. A 3-year catch rate for shore fishermen in the Cape Cod Canal averaged 0.99 fish per hour (Fairbanks et al. 1971). Mean shore recreational catch-per-unit-effort in Salem Harbor in 1973 was 0.83 (Anderson et al. 1975). Possibly, hydrography and habitat at these sites accounted for the differences in catch rates. Pilgrim Shorefront provides only limited geographical access to a shallow open coastline.

Angling Characteristics Polling all shore-based anglers surveyed, we found 46% fished from the discharge jetties primarily for game fish, e.g., striped bass and bluefish; 45%,

from the intake breakwater concentrating on groundfish; and 9%, from the head cf the intake embayment mostly for winter flounder. Forty-two percent of the fishermen employed still-fishing (bottom) techniques using natural bait as I

E -

I

I contrasted with 58% who were casting artificial lures. In the spring (May and June), 56% of the anglers fished from the intake breakwater primarily using bottom-fishing techniques with natural bait. As the season progressed, there was a conversion more to spin-casting from the discharge jetties especially for bluefish. By October, 84% of the recreational fishermen expended their efforts in the area of the thermal effluent.

Species Preference As to species desirability over the fishing season, 33% of the anglers expressed no preference for what they caught, with most of them bottom fishing.

Of those indicating a preference, more than two thirds were seeking bluefish primarily in the area of the thermal discharge, where this predatory species often concentrated. Striped bass were sought by about 15% of the fishermen, who also fished mainly from the discharge jetties by casting artificial lures into the effluent current. Fourteen percent preferred winter flounder and fished from the outer intake breakwater and to a lesser extent from the head of the intake embayment. Our trawl catches in 1984 indicated that the intake channel is the most productive area sampled for winter flounder. Pollock, Atlantic mackerel

( (Scomber scombrus), cunner, Atlantic cod (Gadus morhua), and tautog (Tautoga onitis) were actively pursued by a much smaller number of fishermen. A sport-

, fishing survey conducted along the Massachusetts' coastline by the Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries (1977) revealed that more than 80% of the recrea-tional fishermen indicated preferences for striped bass, bluefish, winter flounder, or cod.

There was a shift in species preference over the months of the creel survey l at Pilgrim Shorefront. In May, of the anglers indicating a preference, 52%

i fished for winter flounder and 35% for striped bass; cunner, bluefish, and mackerel were also sought. The emphasis in June was for striped bass with 53%

10 l I

'::l I

A of the anglers seeking this species. Angler interest increased for bluefish to 15% of the fishermen but waned for winter flounder. Fishermen also angled j for pollock, mackerel, and cod in June. Bluefish, sought by 53% of the anglers, h replaced striped bass (31%) as the most desirable quarry in July, followed by '-

winter flounder. Mackerel, tautog, cod, and pollock were also desired. From August-October, angler interest in bluefish increased each month and peaked in h

-A October at 96%. Declining emphasis was placed on winter flounder. From the

{

above, it is readily apparent that more than half of the 14 species in the f  ;

creel list were not actively pursued by many anglers. For example, although -

cunner led all catches, this species was generally not considered a desirable _

sport fish, and most were caught incidentally, often being discarded. -l Harvest Rates q .

With the partitioning of effert according to the species scught and knowing -

b the harvest by species, the most appropriate measure of catch-per-unit-effort ==

x g (CPUE), as an index of fishing success (quality), was calculated. Estimates 3 of CPUE based on total measured effort are likely not appropriate when interest g

l s

centers on a particular species, unless all species are equally vulnerable to ,

the angling techniques employed or unless the proportional contribution to -

I -

L total fishing effort by anglers seeking different fishes is constant temporally ,_

A

/ (Malvestuto 1983). Neither of these criteria hold at Pilgrim Shorefront. Thus, _

N E t the measure of CPUE that is germane to indexing fishing succese is harvest rate, 3 a

f which is obtained by dividing the harvest (fish caught and retained) of a i 1

• given species by the effort (angler-hours) directeu to catch that preferred

=

L species (Von Geldern and Tomlinson 1973). Harvest rates (CPUE) for the entire -

fishing season averaged 0.25 fish / angler-hour for blu1 fish, 0.24 for winter m

-J flounder, 0.11 for striped bass, and 0.04 for pollock. As a convenient statistic

-3

[ l 11 -

e

=.

I for comparing angler success between months, we found that harvest rates in May (0.31) and June (0.29) were highest for striped bass. In July and August, winter flounder prevailed, with the highest rate of the survey obtained in August at 0.50 flounder per hour fished. Highest catch statistics in September and October were for bluefish, with harvest rate peaking in October at 0.45 blue-fish / hour.

Dominant Species Cunner led all catches (Table 2); however, because of their low appeal, most were caught incidentally by anglers bottom fishing off the breakwater for other more desirable species. The majority of cunner were not harvested (retained),

being released by most fishermen; thus we were able to obtain only limited data on length and weight measurements. Mean length and weight were 186 mm I TL and 154 g, respectively. It is not altogether surprising that cunner ranked first in overall sportfish catch, for Bigelow and Schroeder (1953) reported that Massachusetts Bay is perhaps the center of cunner abundance. Most were caught June-September, with highest catches in July and August. This species is potentially an important recreational fish, especially to youngsters, because of its abundance and vulnerability to shore anglers (Lawton 1979).

Bluefish ranked second in total catch with most landed by anglers casting popping plugs from the discharge jetties (Plate 2). The first bluefish was angled on 27 June, and the last on 29 October. The sportfish catch consisted of individuals ranging in size from 240-920 mm T.L. (E = 604 mm) and in weight from 750-7,000 g I (E = 2,972 g). With striped bass catches low since the mid-1970's, bluefish received most of the fishing pressure expended from the discharge jetties, as mentioned earlier in this paper. This species is a warm-water fish which migrates inshore at water temperatures of 12-15 C (Lund and Maltezos 1970).

Lyman (1975) found bluefish were attracted to tidal and current rips. SCUBA I

12 I

I i

A B

I J1 79 ,_ . A '

ll i

t -

_m

! t i , .~. Y . ..

~

c a re;

g . ' 7. ~ "[ . 'h .3% l

-  :. - . ; ; _n.  :  ;-:-- ,

% .s, e ,

.L,. ;.] -l p^ ,3 j

1 x :.: ~5  ;

.-y,:: " . . . . ..

y$ ' '

l

.:/. ._c;;; :a

'- h-- - 24 ..; . ~[

I I

I I . .

I Plate 2. Angler displays bluefish caught by rod-and-reel at Pilgrim Station's Shorefront Area; intake embayment and power plant are in the background.

I I  :

I  ;

I I

I observations revealed that Pilgrim Station's thermal effluent, an artificially created current with a thermal component, concentrates forage fishes, which in turn, is an attractant to bluefish.

For the past 10 years, bluefish have abounded in Plymouth waters during summer and early fall, and catches in the area of Pilgrim Station have generally been outstanding both in number and size of fish caught, except in 1984 when the power plant was not operating. During the latter year , the security guards at the Shorefront informed us that the recreational catch of bluefish was the lowect observed since the Shorefront was opened in 1973. Whereas in 1983, bluefish catches were relatively high (Table 2) with harvest rates steadily increasing throughout the fishing season, ranging from 0.06 in July to 0.45 fish per angling-hour in October. None were reported to be caught in November, when the species is traditionally known to migrate offshore and/or southward.

Winter flounder, third in catch abundance, was actively sought by anglers employing bottom fishing techniques. Catches included flounder ranging in size from 200-300 mm T.L. (E = 302 mm) ahd weighing from 250-600 g (i = 418 g). The majority were angled from the intake breakwater and were retained (harvested) by most fishermen, in that they were considered a desirable species. In May, the most sought after species was the winter flounder. Fifty-two percent of the anglers, indicating a preference that month, were bottom fishing for flounder using natural bait. Catches were highest in July and August, when I flounder are apparently most abundant in the western inshore sector of Cape Cod Bay. Long-term trawl data from the area confirm this finding (Lawton, Anderson et al. 1984c).

Pollock ranked fourth in sportfish totals and augmented irregular catches E

14 I

l

l I

crustaceans in the thermal plume and protective habitat afforded by the jetties apparently attracted pollock (Lawton 1979). Many were caught incidentally by anglers fishing for other species and were released. Catches peaked in July (Table 2), with the mean size being 279 mm FL and weight averaging 297 g.

Ranked fifth in total catch was striped bass. Catches were made from the discharge jetties by anglers fishing in the area of mixing of the thermal effluent and ambient Cape Cod Bay water. Most were released because of their sub-legal size (< 61 cm F.L.). The largest bass recorded measured 92, em FL and weighed 7 kg. Striped bass were among the dominants caught in May and June, with catches seasonally declining thereafter. A marked reduction in annual creel landings of bass at Pilgrim Station (Table 2) was first noted in 1974 (Lawton et al. 1978) and was indicative of an overall population decline of striped bass along the Atlantic coast.

Anglers We also examined age, sex composition, and residence of anglers fishing at Pilgrim Shorefront from May-October. Ninety-two percent were males, with ages ranging from 3 to 76 years old. The oldest female angler was 68 years of age. In May, all visiting fishermen were frem Massachusetts; whereas beginning in June, anglers travelling from greater distances fished at the Shorefront. During the fishing season, out-of-state participants came from Rhode Island, Connecticut, Maine, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Florida, Colorado, and Montana. Foreign visitors from Canada, Germany, and England also partook in the fishing.

Economic Benefit The yield of a recreational fishery encompasses more than just catch and includes economic benefits associated with angling. A component of the economic value of a recreational fishery is total angler expenditures directed toward 15 I

I the fishery. Fishing trip expenditures incurred while travelling to, fishing at, and returning from Pilgrim Shorefront included costs for fuel, bait, fishing tackle, food, incidental costs, and even lodging for some anglers. According to the Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries (1977), the average expenditure incurred by a Massachusetts' marine recreational fisherman in 1975 was $5.60 per fishing trip. The out-of-pocket costs per angler-day, estimated by fishermen at Pilgrim Shorefront in 1983, ranged from $0 to $150. Most anglers visiting this area made only day trips, and $5.60 represented a reasonable mean cost per day again in 1983. Based on trip expenditures, an annual economic worth of the sport fishery at Pilgrim Station was estimated at $33,000 in 1973 (based on a partial season), $57,000 in 1974, and $28,000 in 1975 (Lawton et al. 1984b).

The estimated value in 1983 was $31,000 (based on a partial survey).

SECTION 5 CONCLUSIONS Since its opening in 1973, considerable angler interest has been created by the Sherefront development at Pilgrim Station. This area has provided angling opportunities in a locale that was previously inaccessible to most shore fishermen.

Uith the plant operating, the outfall area has provided an attractive feeding ground for game fish, in that the discharge current concentrates forage fishes that the former prey upon. In the fall of 1974 and throughout the fishing season of 1984, we found that bluefishing was adversely affected because of a power outage.

The power plant has had a positive impact on the sport fishery off P.ocky Point, Pipouth. Conversely, the attraction of game fish to the thermal discharge increases 9he potential for fish kills due to gas bubble disease and thermal intolerance (Bridges and Anderson 1984).

I 16 I

I

C A comparison of creel data collected at Pilgrim Shorefront from 1973-1975 with information collected in 1983 revealed that catch composition was similar.

Fifteen species were recorded in the former years and 14 in the latter. Cunner, bluefish, pollock, winter flounder, and striped bass were the five dominant sp cies caught during both surveys, which reflect both local abundance levels and Englers' preferences. A major difference in findings between the two study

( p;riods was that total catch and catch rates in 1983 were substantially higher th n frem 1973-1975; the reason is unknown.

Seasonal fluctuations in angling pressure at Pilgrim Shorefront were attri-buted to fishermen's knowledge of sport fish migrations in Plymouth waters as w:11 as to periods of favorable weather conditions and traditional summer vacations.

( Fishing success (harvest rate) was evidently influenced by seasonal species cvailability and plant operation.

C C

C C

L

(

(

(

( 17

I SECTION 6 LITERATURE CITED Anderson, C. O., Jr., D. J. Brown, B. Ketschke, E. Elliot, and P. Rule. 1975.

I The effects of the addition of a fourth generating unit at the Salem Harbor electric generating station on the marine ecosystem of Salem Harbor.

Mass. Dept. Fish., Wildlife, and Rec. Vehicles.

Bridges, W. L., and R. D. Anderson. 1984 A brief survey of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Plant effects upon the marine aquatic environment, p. 263-271. g:

J. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp. Springer-Verlag. (Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol.11). I Fairbanks, R. B., W. S. Collings, and W. T. Sides. 1971. An assessment of the effects of electric power generation upon marine rescurces in the Cape Cod Canal. Mass. Dept. Nat. Res. 48 p.

Fits: patrick, W. A. , and S. Russell. 1961. Massachusetts marine sport fisheries inventory. Mass. Div. Fish,and Game., Fish. Bull. No. 26, 46 p.

Lawton, R. P. , W. T. Sides , E. A. Koulcheras, R. B. Fairbanks, M. Borgatti, and W. S. Collings. 1978. Final report on the assessment of possible effects of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station on the marine environment. Project Report No. 24 (1970-1977). Mass. Div. of Marine Fisheries. g: Marine ecology studies related to operation of Pilgrim Station. Final Report, Vol. 1, I Boston Edison Company.

Lawton, R. P. 1979. Sport fishing at the power plants. Massachusetts Wildlife 30(3): 12-15.

I 18 l

I

L LITERATURE CITED (continued)

Lawton, R. P., P. Brady, C. Sheehan, M. Borgatti, and V. Malkoski. 1984a.

{ Semi-annual report on studies to evaluate possible effects of Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station on marine fisheries resources of western Cape Cod Bay.

Project Report No. 36 (Jan.-Dec., 1983). In,: Marine Ecology Studies Related to Operation of Pilgrim Station, Semi-Annual Report No. 23. Boston L

Edison Company. 114 pp.

h Lawton, R. P., F. Brady, C. Sheehan, W. Sides, E. Kouloheras, M. Borgatti, and V. Malkoski. 1984b. The recreational fishery at Pilgrim Shorefront, k p. 231-240. n I_n,: J. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp.

Springer-Verlag. (Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol. II).

Lawton, R. P., R. D. Anderson, P. Brady, C. Sheehan, W. Sides, E. Koulcheras, M. Bergatti, and V. Malkoski. 1984c. Fishes of western inshore Cape Cod P

L Bay: studies in the vicinity of the Rocky Point shoreline, p. 191-230.

,I_n,: J. D. Davis and D. Merriman (editors), Observations on the ecology and biology of western Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 289 pp. Springer-Verlag.

(Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies, Vol. 11).

Lund W. A., and G. C. Malte:os. 1970. Movements and migrations of the blue-I' L fish, Pematomus saltatrix, tagged in waters off New York and southern New

- England. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society 99(4): 719-725.

Lyr:.an , H. 1975. Successful bluefishing. International Marine, 128 p.

{

Malvestuto, S. P. 1983. Sampling the rec.reational fishery, p. 397-420. In:

L. A. Nielsen and D. L. Johnson, editors, Fisheries Techniques, 468 pp.

The American Fisheries Society: rishery Educators Section.

[

19

?

W r

I LITERATURE CITED (continued)

Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries. 1977. Summari::ation of Massachusetts trarine sportfishing statistics,1975. 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts. 42 pp. I)  !

Von Geldern, C. E., Jr., and P. K. Tomlinson. 1973. On the analysis of angler catch rate data from warm water reservoirs. California Fish and Game l i

58: 75-93.

I I'

I I

I I'

l 8

I I

I l

l; I

20 I

I

L SECTION 7 APPENDIX I An example of the creel survey interview fom utilized at Pilgrim Shorefront in 1983.

I L

IWuiS DIV. OF MARINE FISHERIES //6 L f SHORE SPORT FISH SURVEY - PNPS SHOREFRONT L

toestioar inta, y, m,4 9- i, ,n,

% ,. ie. ,e%ee, _ enee. no,e,

_ o n.: 5t/ 4/ ,1 ,, u nmee .,u r - enee v *.re-f Age: vs s.. rY M e assed.n.e:Ws k h,s L

weethert *uo eti Wind: < 7C)"Y)

Soecies preference:

i A . Ow A, No. oe veer,'8ti nenei 30 p r.nin, T ,n.:

I /1, Tioe em.e e k carci. seertine and Pinioning Mr. Nr. l A.u. 7e o 1 P M.

it 12 eient s 3 4 5 6 7 Operettag: *M S Check r comoteted Angeing . V. Incomelees.

• 1, incornoteve, now muen songer ao eney enticipate fisning:

5 SPEC l53 No. Ave Length No. Ave Weight Cauent (VM)  %- f) t Attent6e Cod (TL)

Atlantic Meeeeeee (pu y Attentse Tomeos (70

_ siveei.n ie a Cunner 17 0 L pyt .t, y g q' Home soo. (Tu ,

4 Pot'ocer (TL)

Longnern ecuacen (Tu y Sh etee too. (70 strices ease (p u

_Tautog (TL)

Winter Plounder (70 g _ Yellowtest Plouncer (Tu Winooweene (TW Nortaern $eerooln tTo (Othert Moe tne oorson seen enterviewoo sareeow at #N#S tnis weer: V9 e" r i s . Cut o', poem et e.oeaoleu ee 'er the ' Inning trio, s r. f o

. e ino e einnene. .in n. a e eatino se,t: ciaug.p e.um.reo er.o. to % s i.et v..r: s i Amviet :

Comments;

& (overs W I Q'. q b, L

s.

[

21 s

I L

I MEMORANDUM I TO: Members of the Administrative-Technical Committee, Pilgrim Power Plant Investigations a FROM: Christine C. Sheehan, Recording Secretary, Marine Fisheries Biologist, g Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries

SUBJECT:

Minutes of the 62nd meeting of the Pilgrim Administrative-Technical Committee l DATE: Cetober 5, 1984

{I

's The 62nd Administrative-Technical (A-T) Committee meeting was called to order on October 5,1984 at 10:30 a.m. at the Headquarters of the Massachusetts g Division of Water Pollution Control (WPC) at Westview Building - Lyman School, Westborough, Massachusetts, by Chairman Szal. Eight agenda items were addressed.

I. Minutes of the 61st meeting l Corrections to the 61st Committee minutes were tendered and are atte hed l

I as an addendum to these minutes. Leigh Bridges moved the 61st minutes be accepted with the appropriate corrections. Bob Lawton second, and the motion passed unanimously.

II. 1985 Marine Fisheries Study i

I Jack Finn, chairman of the Fisheries subcommittee, was not present.

I Bob Anderson reviewed the subcommittee's recommendations. The subcommittee approved a repeat of the studies performed last year. Bob noted that the group feels a seven year program would be desirable. The studies are now in their fourth year; 1985 would be the fifth year. The 1984 studies have collected a I unique set of data in that the plant has been on an outage since December, 1983.

l There has been no thermal effect all year, and also no current from the discharge (pumps shut down) for several months as well.

The subcomittee brought one study, the shorefront creel survey, before the main committee for discussion. The subcommittee rated the creel survey last, but notes that species and size frequencies are sampled in this program that are not in other programs. It is also an additional opportunity to gather data on the condition of fish swiming in the discharge plume. Bob Lawton also noted that the numbers of fish taken per unit effort were greater in 1983 than this year, I and feels it is due to the plant being off-line.

. Gerry Szal, speaking for WPC, stated that if Boston Edison Company (BECo) is able to fund the creel survey, WPC does support it but rates it last on technical merit. Gerry stated that WPC is most interested in studies that measure impact. Leigh Bridges commented that impact can be beneficial. Bob 1.

I

r I

Leger supported Leigh's statement, further commenting that the Shorefront I

Area was apparently providing a beneficial impact to the sportfishery. g Bob Anderson briefly reviewed the other marine fisheries programs: W Nearshore trawl began in 1981 and is recommended to continue at the same level of effort in 1985. This study replaced otter trawl sampling in order to survey an area closer to the discharge plume. Lobster pot catch would also continue at the same level. The haul seine program would continue with utilisation of the deeper (10') seine in the intake area versus the shallow (6') seine in other areas. The deeper seine has already proved to be a more efficient net for the intake embayment. This was evidenced by larger catches of sand lance and winter flounder.

The finfish observational dive study was rated first by the fisheries subcommittee. It was noted that in addition to the regular program, the g Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries (DMF) would be making extra observations 3 of denuded and stunted zones, as long as sufficient oxygen remained in the divers' tanks to complete these observations. This information is being g gathered to enhance study integration. All additional data gathered by the DMT will be forwarded to John Williams at Battelle with a copy sent to B Lew Scotton. This is a voluntary effort and will be of no additional cost to BECo.

Gerry Szal moved that the Committee recommend the studies for 1985 as outlined in the letter from the fisheries subecmmittee chairman, including E the sportfish survey. Bob Anderson second, and the motion passed unanimously. E DMT A-T Committee members Leigh Bridges and Robert Lawton abstained from the vote.

III. 1985 Benthic Studies Don Miller stated that Battelle still had one unfinished item in their contract. They plan to look for correlations of other factors contributing to the stunted area. Don cautioned that the mussel growth study was designed for the operators to know how fast growth was, and that these data should not E be used to construe ecological meaning from monitoring. E Don also discussed the possibility of an additional set of dives by 3 Battelle just prior to the plant going on line. He feels that this will provide 3 a valuable data set for measuring impact and getting a general discriptive handle on recovery rates. Lew noted that the DMT was also being requested to make additional dives at that time and subsequent to the plant coming on line.

The proposal for 1985 is identical to that proposed for 1984. There would be two sets of quantitative quadrat sampics (twice/ year) at three stations. l In addition, there would be four qualitative SCUBA surveys. Lew Scotton added W that if the study stayed at the same level of effort, the cost would be approx-imately the same as last year. Lew also noted that if this study is renewed, Dick McGrath would no longer be heading it, and Lew expressed some concern 2.

I L

I I about quality control. He wishes to ensure proper project management.

I Don Miller suggested that members of the benthic subcomittee meet with Battelle to discuss the personnel shifts. The general concensus of Committee members was that this would be advisable if the study is approved.

Bob Leger asked how long the Committee envisions collecting these data.

Don Miller stated that he felt the quantitative sampling should continue for a minimum of seven years, whereas the qualitative SCUBA surveys should probably I continue for the life of the plant. Don said that he feels even seven years is a conservative request because of natural variability.

I Gerry Szal motioned to accept the benthic proposal as presented.

Lawton second, and the motion passed unanimously.

Bob I The fish stomach analysis proposal was brought up next for discussion.

Don Miller wanted to know if there was any real need for this study. Lew explained that it was intended for integration. If we knew what fish feed on in the different areas, we might be able to measure impact, and perhaps select an indicator species. In the study, 4 of the most abundant species in DMF trawl samples would be analyzed for stomach content. . Twenty-five stomachs would be taken from each of the 4 species. Leigh Bridges commented that 25 I stomachs wouldn't be enough to show anything. Bob Lawton also mentioned that there is a problem with fish moving in and out of the area, so you wouldn't knew where the fish had actually been feeding. Don Miller asked if we really I want to invest in integration, and questioned if this study is within the realm of concern of this Committee. Don also stated that if the company did decide to fund this study, number 6 in the proposal is not applicable to Pilgrim studies.

Leigh Bridges motioned that this proposal be tabled and returned to the benthic subcommittee for further consideration. Bob Maletta second, and the motion passed unanimously. Don Miller added that this study could be examined I with Battelle during the meeting to discuss personnel shifts at Battelle. The meeting will be held in November.

IV. 1985 Impingement and Overflight Monitoring Bob Anderson reviewed impingement for 1984, noting that this year's impingement rate was the lowest ever, probably due to the low flow. Bob I mentioned that the dechlorination of the sluiceway water was operatoring fairly well. The only problem remains with the screen wash operators failing to turn the dechlorination systems on when the screens were I rotated. A recorder has now been installed and Marine Bio Control will monitor the number of aberrations.

I I 3.

I I

l J

r I

Leigh Bridges commented that mortalities were high at the end I

of the sluiceway and felt that chlorination of the sluiceway water may well have contributed to the poor survivability. Lew Scotton noted that the chlorine level ranged from 0.2 to 0.5 ppm. Leigh suggested that a replication of the sluiceway survival study minus the chlorine effect E would be desirable, and further commented that no chlorine should be 3 allowed in the sluiceway. Bob Leger noted that chlorine in the sluice-way is an unauthorized discharge from a point source and when the discharge g monitoring report is reviewed by EPA, this will be noted. Leigh Bridges g stated that there appears to be a piping problem to the spray-wash system. He felt the spray-wash water should be drawn directly from the intake water, and not chlorinated. Lew Scotton agreed to ask for clarification on why the water is not taken directly from the intake, and look into obtaining the cost estimate to change the water source.

Lew also mentioned that he has nearly completed the intermittent chlorination testing for mussel control. Results indicate that intermitt-ent chlorination will be possible if run for 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> of chlorination at 3 0.25 ppm and 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> no chlorination. Several combinations were exper- g imented with, but it appears that this is the best.

Gerry Szal moved that the committee accept the three times / week (8 hr. washes) impingement monitoring as put forth in the proposal, with the addition of another survival study. Leigh Bridges second, and the motion passed unanimously.

Leigh Bridges moved that the Committee review the dechlorination survival again next May. Bob Maietta second, and the motion passed unanimously.

2. Overflights Bob Andersor reviewed the proposal for 1985. The study would remain the same as in 1984, with one overflight per week throughout the year.

Cost would remain the same, at approximately $10,000. The regulators were notified twice in 1984, during June and July; menhaden were sighted within 1/2 mile of the plant. Lew noted that on one occasion, approxi-mately 2,000 menhaden were chased by bluefish in front of the screens. g Leigh Bridges moved that the overflight monitoring be accepted as proposed E for 1985. Bob Maletta second, and the motion passed unanimously.

V. Entrainment and Icthyoplankton Monitoring Lew Scotton reviewed the study proposal for 1985. Sampling will occur weekly from March through September, and biweekly October-February. The

' unusual occurrence' program would also continue as in 1984. The cost would increase 5%, placing the price of the study at approximately $37,000. Lew noted that this year, the regulators were notified twice when ichthyoplankton counts rose to the 'unusal occurrence' levels.

t 4.

g 4

( M m

-k

=

( Lew commented that because of low water flow rates due to the shut-down, low _A speed vanes were fitted to the flowmeters, and tows were conducted for 30 i minutes (instead of 10) in order to sample similar volumes.

[

9 1 L

Some discussion occurred on the assessment of impact utilizing adult d equivalency. Leigh Bridges stated that he doesn't feel there is enough information to correctly define the parameters required in the adult equiva-1ency model. Don Miller questioned locating the ichthyoplankton net in the a discharge. Chris Sheehan pointed out that densities in the discharge are e often significantly different from those in the intake due to disintegration _d

( of eggs and larvae passing through the power plant. The densities from each ]

area should be tested prior to utilizing the numbers to estimate the adult population. Lew Scotton said he believed this had been done but would examine .- *

[ the past data. 'Leigh and Gerry Szal agreed that this method of impact (

L analysis should be examined again by the Committee, but with more information -

available.

Lew agreed to provide the additional information.

[

L Leigh Bridges also commented that now would be an ideal opportunity to E

consider measuring mortalities due to mechanical damage, separate from heat -

~ effects. Lew mentioned that this was not in the budget, but could be placed

[ in the next contract (in January), if the plant was still off-line. }

4 Leigh Bridges moved to accept the study as outlined by Lew. Bob Maletta i f second, and the motion passed unanimously. _

VI. 1984 PNPS Outage Update L Lew Scotton said the plant is scheduled to resume operation on October 22. ai T

VII. Marine Ecology Monograph Update Leigh Bridges informed the Committee that the monograph is in press and will be published in November. The authors and Committee members will receive 4

' 1 free copy. There will be a gift of 100 free copies to the group. The books ~

will sell for $21 each but can be purchased by authors at 80% of cost. -

r VIII. Other Business "

No other business was brought before the Committee. &

[ IX. Adjournment

]

i Meeting adjourned at 2:30 p.m. =

3, a

-2 l

S. -

?

' =

A"

I I

ADMINISTRATIVE-TECHNICAL COMMITTEE MEETING October 5, 1984 Gerald M. Seal, Chairman Mass. DWPC/DEQE Christine Sheehan, Recording Secretary Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries l (non-voting advisory member) W Leigh Bridges Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Robert Lawton Mass. Division of Marine Fisheries Robert Maietta Mass. DWPC/DEQE Lew Scotton BECo Robert Anderson BECo Don Miller U.S.E.P.A. Environmental g Research Laboratory 3 Michael Bilger U.S.E.P.A., Lexington Robert Leger U.S.E.P.A.

I I

I I

I I

6.

< I{

I I

I MEMORANDUM TO: Members of the Administrative-Technical Committee, Pilgrim Power Plant Investigations.

FROM: Christine Sheehan, Recording Secretary, Marine Fisheries Biologist, Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries.

SUBJECT:

Addendum to the 61st meeting minutes of the Administrative Technical

, Committee.

DATE: October 5, 1984 i

The minutes of the 61st meeting are corrected as follows:

Page 2, Item 2, line 16: omit the word " algal".

l Page 3, Item 6, line 1: change the phrase "In May/ June and Sept./Oct."

to "In May through October".

lI i

I lI

,I Lg I

LI

• , 1 s b y

. , , . I BOSTON EDISON COMPANY ,

800 BovLaTON STRECT BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 0219 9 WILLIAM D. HARRINGTON '

. . . ~ .

t s

b April 29,1985 t

1 BECo 5.852 030 7 . J Mass. Division of Water PollutYon Control 4 Permit Section - 7th Floor -

One Winter Street

.Soston, MA 02108 l

Dear Sir:

l In accordance with Part I, Paragraph A.7.tc. & c. and Attachment I, Paragraph G. of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station NPDES Permit No. MA0003557, the

, Semi-Annual Marine Ecology Report No. 25 is hereby submitted. This report covers the period from January through December 1984.

+a

. . Very truly yours,

~'

l n

MTL/ns cc: Mass. Division of Water Pollution Control l Y Lakeville Hospital

, Lakeville, MA 02346 A

s x . ,

l t % '

l l

t

,i .,

~

5 h ,h '

li -

BOSTON EDISON COMPANY B00 BQYLETON STREET BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02199 WILLIAM D. HARRINGTON April 29,1985 i BECo 5.85. 030 i

United States Environmental Protection Agency Region I Permits Processing Unit - Room 2109 John F. Kennedy Federal Building Boston, MA 02203

Dear Sir:

In accordance with Part I, Paragraph A.7.b. & c. and Attachment I, Paragraph G. of the Pilgrim Nuclear Power Station NPDES Permit No. MA0003557, the Semi-Annual Marine Ecology Report No. 25 is hereby submitted. This report covers the period from January through December 1984.

Very truly yours, I

}Y MTL/ns cc: Regional Administrator U. S. Environmental Protection Agency Region I John F. Kennedy Federal Building Boston, MA 02203 t

).j 4